Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout323 E 6th St Technical - BuildingTECHNICAL Permit 09 go Address 3 z3 E S� Project description Fire. SPr4hlCler S �s� Date the permit was finaled ll -Zs- og Number of technical pages 12-`1- Project: First Step Family Support Center 325 East Sixth Street Port Angeles, Washington 98362 Submitted By Knight Fire Protection, Inc 2509 West 19 Street Port Angeles, Washington 98363 V (360) 417 -0505 F (360) 452-8074 Submittal Date May 6 2009 w Spr±nkler Systems Design PROJECT INFORMATION Sheet t of LS Job_ FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE REMOTE AREA #0 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES., WA Occupancy LIGHT HAZARD /OFFICE BLDG /DAYCARE Density 0 10 gpm /sq ft Area of Operation 1044 square feet Area per Sprinkler 225 SF MAX Number of Sprinklers Calculated 12 heads Authority having Jurisdiction_ NFPA -13 Hose 100 0 gpm Outside Hose System type_ Wet Water Supply 100 00 psi Static, 85 00 psi Residual 3032 0 gpm Sprinklers TYCO 1/2" QR 155 PENDENTS K =5 6 Demand 66 60 psi 74 77 psi 99 76 psi Demand is Notes 1 -2" CONCEALED TEST HYD IS #S- PEABODY ST,3"AC FP CONTRACTOR CALCULATION SUMMARY 226 1 gpm B O R 326 2 gpm Supply available 326 2 gpm below curve by 24 99 psi PIPE IS BLAZEMASTER CPVC EXPOSED PIPE IS DYNAFLOW STEEL 656 AT 6TH AND CHASE ST 'TAKEN 1997 UG IS 6 "AC IN CHASE AND IN 5TH AND 6TH 1,500 SF RA IS REDUCED 40% FOR QR SPKR /10'CLG KNIGHT FIRE PROTECTION, 2509 W 19TH ST PORT ANGELES, WA PROGRAM 'HydroCalc' by Micro Space Systems P 0 Box 5069, Glacier, WA 98244 -5069 (509) 682 -7043 Date 04/29/09 Job FSFSRA00 FSFSRA00 04/29/09 5 57am es ea w Pressure U1 Static 100 00 psi, Residual 85 00 psi Demand at BOR 66 60 psi with 226 1 gpm System demand 74 77 psi with 326 2 gpm Pressure available 99 76 psi when 326 2 Demand is below curve by 24 99 psi (25 (P SI) co Sheet 1_/12) at a flow of 3032 0 gpm flowing flowing gpm is flowing 1 0 Sheet 3/1B Sprinkler Systems Design Description of Fitting abbreviations Code Description T Tee VT Victaulic tee VE Victaulic ninety degree elbow PT Plastic Tee PE Plastic 90 degree Elbow PTR Plastic Tee flow thru run BKF Backflow preventor GV Gate valve UE Underground ASCA ninety degree elbow UT3 Underground ASCA tee flow in bull, out one run only Code Description Description of Other abbreviations AO Arm -over DR Drop BL Branch Line CM Cross Main PT Total pressure PE Pressure loss due to elevation changes PF Pressure loss due to friction 5 Raised to the power of 5 (Square Root) A Actual pipe length F Fitting equivalent pipe length T Total pipe length 1 2 3 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 40 41 42 43 44 51 52 53 70 72 81 82 83 84 85 89 93 94 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 FSFORA00 04/29/09 5 45am FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE REMOTE AREA #0 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Raw data previous to any calculations No Code Diam Length Kfacl Kfac2 Press Elev Hose HW Vel Fittings DR1 A02 A03 A08 UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L BL1 BL1 BL1 BL2 BL2 CMA CMA CMA CMA CMA CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD BL8 BL8 BL8 BL8 BL8 BL8 CME CME CME CME CME RI1 RI2 UG1 UG2 UG3 1 109 1 109 1 109 1 109 3 068 6 160 6 160 3 068 6 16.0 3 068 3 068 1 109 1 400 1 400 1 109 1 109 1 602 1 602 1 602 1 602 2 227 2 227 2 227 2 227 2 227 2 227 2 227 2 227 2 22.7 2 227 2 227 1 109 1 109 1 400 1 752 1 602 1 600 2 227 2 227 2 003 2 003 2 003 2 731 2 635 2 635 4 100 4 100 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations 0 6 6 4 300 50 350 600 400 299 1 8 6 6 8 2 1 3 0 10 4 2 6 1 3 3 3 5 3 7 26 9 5 6 17 15 8 4 12 10 1 4 6 2 29 65 53 5 5 6 7 5 6 7 5 6 5 5 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 UG3 0 DR1 7 DR1 5 A02 0 DR1 7 DR1 3 BL1 BL2 0 BL1 4 A03 5 5 7 CMA 0 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 5 3 DR1 3 DR1 5 A08 1 3 3 5 CMD 3 1 7 0 BL8 6 CME 4 RI1 0 RI2 0 UG1 0 UG2 -6 0 7 00 -0 50 0 7 00 -0 50 0 7 00 -5 50 0 7 00 -0 50 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 100 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 GO -10 50 0 0 00 -4 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 0 00 4 50 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 10 08 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 1 00 0 0 00 6 62 0 0 00 2 37 0 0 00 0 50 0 0 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 150 150 150 150 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 150 150 150 120 150 150 120 120 150 150 150 120 120 120 150 150 Sheet 4/l 5 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 1PT 2PE,1PT 5PE,1PT 1PE,1PT 1GV,1T 1GV 1GV,1UT3 2GV,1T 2GV,lUT3 1GV 1T 1PTR 1PE,1PTR 1PTR 1PTR 1PT 1PT 1PTR 1PE 1PE 1VE,1VT 1VT 1PTR 1PT 1PTR 5VE 1PT 1PT 1VE 1VE 1PE 1PT 2PE,1PT 1BKF 2VE 2UE,1GV 1GV,1UT3 FSFSRA00 04/29/09 5 45am Sheet 57) 5 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE REMOTE AREA #0 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) K- factor for drop 1 14 8/(6 99) 5 5 60 at Hyd Ref Pts 20 21 24 25 81 82 K- factor for arm -over 2 14 8/(7 75)" 5 5 32 K- factor for arm -over 3 14 8/(6 38)" 5 5 86 K- factor for arm -over 8 14 8/(7 41) 5 5 44 Notes Drop 1 C 150 A 0 5 PT 7 00 1 14 8 =5 60 (7 00) 5 F 5 0 PE -0 22 (EL= -0" 50 ft) 1 14 8 1 11 1PT T 5 5 0 03771 PF 0.21 4 92 PT 6 99 20 Bl Jct Arm -over 2 C 150 A 6 7 PT 7 00 2 14 8 =5 60(7 00)" 5 F 19 0 PE -0 22 (EL= -0 50 ft) 2 14 8 1 11 2PE 1PT T 25 7 0 03771 PF 0 97 4 92 PT 7 75 22 Bl Jct Arm -over 3 C 150 A 6 7 PT 7 00 3 14 8 =5 60(7 00)" 5 F 40 0 PE -2 38 (EL= -5 50 ft) 3 14 8 1 11 5PE 1PT T 46 7 0 03771 PF 1 76 4 92 PT 6 38 28 B1 Jct Arm -over 8 C 150 A 4 5 PT 7 00 8 14 8 =5 60(7 00)"' 5 F 12 0 PE -0 22 (EL= -0 50 ft) 8 14 8 1 11 1PE 1PT T 16 5 0 03771 PF 0 62 4 92 PT 7 41 83 Bl Jct FSFgRA00 04/29/09 5 45am Sheet (,f($ Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE REMOTE AREA #0 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Branchline No 1 C 150 A 8 0 PT 6 99 20 DR1 14 8 =5 60(6 99)" 5 F 1 0 PE 0 00 20 14 8 1.-11 1PTR 9 0 0 03763 PF 0 34 4 92 A 6 7 PT 7 33 21 DR1 15 2 =5 60 (7 33) 5 F 9 0 PE 0 00 21 30 0 1 40 1PE 1PTR T 15 7 0 04458 PF 0 70 6 24 A 6 5 PT 8 03 22 A02 15 1 =5 32 (8 03) 5 F 1 0 PE 0 00 22 45 0 1 40 1PTR T 7 5 0 09472 PF 0 71 9 38 PT 8 74 26 Cross main Jct K- factor for branchline no 1 45 0/(8 74)" 5 15 22 at Hyd Ref Pts 26 27 Branchline No 2 C 150 A 8 0 PT 6 99 24 DR1 14 8 =5 60 (6 99) 5 F 1 0 PE 0 00 24 14 8 1 11 1PTR T 9 0 0 03763 PF 0 34 4 92 A 2 7 PT 7 33 25 DR1. 15 2 =5 60(7 33)"' 5 F 5 0 PE 0 00 25 30 0 1 11 1PT T 7 7 0 13868 PF 1 07 9 95 PT 8 40 26 Cross main Jct K- factor for branchline no 2 30 0/(8 40) 5 10 35 Notes FSFS`RA00 04/29/09 5 45am Sheet 'cite Pipe Flow Dia Fitting No (gpm) (inch) and Dev Branchline No 8 A 14 8 =5 60 (6 99) 5 F 81 14 8 1 11 1PTR T A 15 2 =5 60 (7 38) 5 F 82 30 0 1 11 1PT T A 16 2 =5 44 (8 81) 5 F 83 46 2 1 40 1PTR T A F 84. 46 2 1 75 5VE T A F 85 46 2 1 60 1PT T A F 89 46 2 1 60 1PT T Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculation8 FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) 9 3 PT 1 0 PE 10 3 0 03763 PF 5 3 PT 5 0 PE 10 3 0 13911 PF 6 5 PT 1 0 PE 7 5 0 09918 PF 17 1 PT 20 4 PE 37 5 0 05027 PF 15 3 PT 8 0 PE 23 3 0 05145 PF 8 3 PT 8 0 PE 16 3 0 05176 PF PT K- factor for branchline no 8 46 2/(13 48)"' 5 12 .58 REMOTE AREA #0 Notes C 150 6 99 81 DR1 0 00 0 39 4 92 7 38 82 DR1 O 00 1 43 9 97 8 81 83 AO8 0 00 O 74 9 62 9 56 84 C ='120 0 00 1 88 6 14 11 44 85 C 150 O 00 1 20 7 35 12 64 89 O 00 0 84 7 36 13 48 98 Cross main Jct FSFSRA00 04 /29/09 5 45am FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting No (gpm) (inch) and Dev Cross main A K =25 57 =15 22 +10 35 A 75 6 =25 57 (8 74) 5 F 26 75 6 1 60 1PT T A 48 0 =15 22 (9 93) 5 F 27 123 6 1 60 1PTR T A 19 6 =5 B6(11 21) 5 F 28 143 2 1 60 1PE T A F 29 143 2 1 60 1PE T A F 30 143 2 2 23 1VE 1VT T Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) 1 3 PT 8 0 PE 9 3 0 12823 PF 3 a PT 1 0 PE 4 0 0 31823 PF 0 4 PT 9 0 PE 9 4 0 41794 PF 10 5 PT 9 0 PE 19 5 0 41794 PF 4 5 PT 17 3 PE 21 8 0 12697 PF PT K- factor for Cross main A 143 2/(19 77) 5 32 21 8 74 26 0 00 1 19 12 03 Sheet WI e REMOTE AREA #0 Notes C 150 BL1 BL2 9 93 27 BL1 0 00 1 27 19 67 11 21 28 A03 0 00 3 93 22 79 15 13 29 -4 55 (EL -10 50. ft) 8 15 22 79 18 74 30 C 120 -1 73 (EL= -4 00 ft) 2 76 11 79 19 77 40 Cross main Jct FSFBRA00 04/29/09 5 45am Sheet #0/15 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE REMOTE AREA #0 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Notes Cross main D C 120 A 2 7 PT 19 77 40 CM A 143 2 =32 21(19 77)"' 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 40 143 2 2 23 T 2 7 0 12698 PF 0 34 11 79 A 6'0 PT 20 11 41 F 0 0 PE 0 00 41 143 2 2 23 T 6 0 0 12698 PF 0 76 11 79 A 1 5 PT 20 87 42 F 0 0 PE 0 .00 42 143 2 2 23 T 1 5 0 12698 PF -0 19 11 79 A 3 5 PT 21 06 43 F 0 0 PE 0 00 43 143 2 2 23 T 3 5 0 12698 PF 0 44 11 79 A 3 0 PT 21 51 44 F 0 0 PE 0 00 44 143 2 2 23 T 3 0 0 12698- PF 0 38 11 79 A 3 0 PT 21 89 51 F 0 0 PE 0 00 51 143 2 2 23 T 3 0 0 12698 PF 0 38 11 79 A 5 0 PT 22 27 52 F 0 0 PE 0 00 52 143 2 2 23 T 5 0 0 12698 PF 0 63 11 79 A 3 0 PT 22 90 53 F 0 0 PE 0 00 53 143 2 2 23 T 3 0 0 12698 PF 0 38 11 79 A 7 0 PT 23 28 70 F 0 0 PE 0 00 70 143 2 2 23 T 7 0 0 12698 PF 0 89 11 79 A 26 5 PT 24 17 72 F 12 2 PE 0 00 72 143 2 2 23 1VT T 38 7 0 12698 PF 4 92 11 79 PT 29 09 93 Cross main Jct K- factor for Cross main D 143 2/(29 09) 5 26 55 FSFSRA00 04/29/09 5 45am .Sheet t° Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE REMOTE AREA #0 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Cross main E C 120 A 4 5 PT 29 09 93 CM D 143 2 =26 55(29 09)" 5 F 5 0 PE 1 95 (EL= 4 50 ft) 93 143 2 2 23 1VE T 9 5 0 12698 PF 1 21 11 79 A 12 3 PT 32 25 94 F 5 0 PE 0 00 94 143 2 2 23 1VE T 17 3 0 12698 PF 2 20 11 79 A 10 1 PT 34 45 96 C 150 F 11 0 PE 4 36 (EL= 10 08 ft) 96 143 2 2 00 1PE T 21 1 0 14082 PF 2 97 14 58 A 1 7 PT 41 79 97 F 10 0 PE 0 00 97 143 2 2 00 1PT T 11 7 0 14082 PF 1 65 14 58 J A 4 0 PT 43 43 98 BL8 82 9 =12 58(43 43)" 5 F 32 0 PE 0 43 (EL= 1 00 ft) 98 226 1 2 00 2PE 1PT T 36 0 0 32788 PF 11 80 23 02 PT 55 67 99 Top of Riser K- factor for Cross main E 226 1/(55 67)" 5 30 30 Notes FSFgRA00 04/29/09 5 45am Sheet l l 1 b Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Riser 99 226 1 2 73 Riser K- factor for Riser 226 1/(59 26)" 5 29 37 100 226 1 2 64 Under ground 101 226 1 2 64 Under ground Under ground REMOTE AREA #0 Notes C 120 A 6 6 PT 55 67 99 CM E F 0 0 PE 2 87 (EL= 6 62 ft) T 6 6 0 10945 PF 0 72 12 38 PT 59 26 100 B 0 R C 120 A 2 4 PT 59 26 100 Top of Riser F 0 0 PE 1 03 (ELT 2 37 ft) 1BKF T 2 4 0 13029 PF 6 31 13 30 1BKF 6 00# PT 66 60 101 B O R C 120 A 29 0 PT 66 60 101 B 0 R F 11 0 PE 0 22 (EL= 0 50 ft) 2.VE T 40 0 0 13029 PF 5 21 13 30 PT 72 02 102 A 65 0 PT 72 02 102 F 16 9 PE 0 00 102 226 .1 4 10 2UE 1GV T 81 9 0 01001 PF 0 82 PT 72 84 103 5 49 A 53 0 PT 72 84 103 F 19 2 PE 0 00 103 226 1 4 10 1GV lUT3 T 72 2 0 01001 PF 0 72 5 49 PT 73 57 16 C 150 B 0 R C 150 B O R Split Point FSFERA00• 04/29 /.09 5 45am Sheet 0-,1 5 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Clockwise (100 0 hose at Split) A 350 0 PT 72 81 12 F 26 3 PE 0 00 12 25 2 6 16 1GV lUT3 T 376 3 0 00003 PF 0 01 0 27 A 600 0 PT 72 82 13 F 22 6 PE 0 00 13 25 2 3 07 2GV 1T T 622 6 0 00080 PF 0 50 1 09 A 400 0 PT 73 32 14 F 30 6 PE 0 00 14 25 2 6 16 2GV lUT3 T 430 6 0 00003 PF 0 01 0 27 A 299 0 PT 73 33 15 F 1 3 PE 0 00 15 25 2 3 07 1GV T 300 3 0 00080 PF 0 24 1 09 A 1 0 PT 73 58 16 226 1 =26 36(73 58)"' 5 F 20 0 PE 0 00 16 251 3 3 07 iT T 21 0 0 05676 PF 1 19 10 90 PT 74 77 17 Counter Clockwise (100 0 hose at Split) A 50 0 PT 72 81 12 F 4 3 PE 0 00 11 74 9 6 16 1GV T 54 3 0 00020 PF 0 01 0 81 A 300 0 PT 72 82 11 F 21 3 PE 0 00 10 74 9 3 07 1GV 1T T 321 3 0 00604 PF 1 94 3 25 PT 74 77 107 REMOTE AREA #0 C 140 Hose =100. gpm C 140 Hose =100 gpm (Balance Accuracy 74 77 74 77 0 00) Available flow at 74 77 psi is 4016 0 gpm which is 3689 8 gpm from curve Supply pressure available with 326 2 gpm flowing is 9.9 76 psi, thus system requirement is 24 99 psi below supply curve (25 Oo) Notes Loop Jct Loop Jct FSFSRA00 04/29/09 5 45am Sheet 05 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE REMOTE AREA #0 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Node Detail Discharge Pressure Outlet Elevation Node (gpm) (psi) K -Value Source (ft) Comments 1 14 8 7 00 Orif= 5 60 10 07 2 14 8 7 00 Orif= 5 60 10 07 3 14 8 7 00 Orif= 5 60 5 07 8 14 8 7 00 Orif= 5 60 9 99 11 72 82 0 00 12 100 0 72 81 Hose 0 00 13 72 82 0 00' 14 73 32 0 00 15 73 33 0 00 16 73 58 0 00 17 74 77 0 00 20 14 8 6 99 K. 5 60 DR1 10 57 21 15 2 7 33 K= 5 60 DR1 10 57 22 15 1 8 03 K= 5 32 A02 10 57 24 14 8 6 99 K. 5 60 DR1 10 57 25 15 2 7 33 K= 5 60 DR1 10 57 26 8 74 10 57 27 9 93 10 57 28 19 6 11 21 K. 5 86 AO3 10 57 29 15 13 10 5 7 30 18 74 21 07 40 19 77 25 07 41 20 11 25 07 42 20 87 25 07 43 21 06 25. 07 44 21 51 25 07 51 21 89 25 07 52 22 27 25 07 53 22 90 25 07 70 23 28 25 07 72 24 17 25 07 81 14 8 6 99 K. 5 60 DR1 10 49 82 15 2 7 38 K= 5 60 DR1 10 49 83 16 2 8 81 K= 5 44 AO8 10 49 84 9 56 10 49 85 11 44 10 49 89 12 64 10 49 93 29 09 25 07 94 32 25 20 57 96 34 45 20 57 97 41 79 10 49 98 43 43 10 49 99 55 67 9 49. 100 59 26 2 87 101 66 60 0 50 102 72 02 0 00 103 72 84 0 00 FSFSRA00 04/29/09 5 45am Sheet 1611 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE REMOTE AREA #0 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Detail Actual Total Elev Fric Fric Press Press Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes Beg End No (inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm)(Psi /Ft)(Psi)(Fps) Beg End (Psi) (Psi) 1 1 11 0 5 5 5 -0 50 14 8 0 0377 0 21 4 9 1 20 7 00 6 99 Fit= 5 0 1PT 2 1 11 6 7 25 7 -0 50 14 8 0 0377 0 97 4 9 2 22 7 00 8 03 Fit= 19 0 2PE 1PT 3 1 11 6 7 46 7 -5 50 14 8 0 0377 1 76 4 9 3 28 7 00 11 21 Fit= 40 0 5PE 1PT 8 1 11 4 5 16 5 -0 50 14 8 0 0377 0 62 4 9 8 83 1 00 8 81 Fit= 12 0 1PE 1PT 10 3 07 300 0 321 3 0 00 74 9 0 0060 1 94 3 2 17 11 74 77 72 82 Fit= 21 3 1GV 1T 11 6 16 50 0 54 3 0 00 74 9 0 0002 0 01 0 8 11 12 72 82 72 81 Fit= 4 3 1GV 12 6 16 350 0 376 3 0 00 25 2 0 0000 -0 01 0 3 12 13 72 81 72 82 Fit= 26 3 1GV lUT3 13 3 07 600 0 622 6 0 00 25 2 0 0008 0 50 1 1 13 14 72 82 73 3 Fit= 22 6 2GV 1T 14 6 16 400 0 430 6 0 00 25 2 0 0000 0 01 0 3 14 15 73 32 73 33 Fit= 30 6 2GV lUT3 15. 3 07 299 0 300 3 0 00 25 2. 0 0008 0 24 1 1 15 16 73 33 73 58 Fit= 1 3 1GV 16 3 07 1 0 21 0 0 00 251 3 0 0568. 1 19 10 9 16 17 73 58 74 77 Fit= 20 0 1T 20 1 11 8 0 9 0 0 00 14 8 0 0376 0 34 4 9 20 21 6 99 7 33 Fit= 1 0 1PTR 21 1 40 6 7 15 7 0 00 30 0 0 0446 0 70 6 2 21 22 7 33 8 03 Fit= 9 0 1PE 1PTR 22 1 40 6 5 7 5 0 00 45 0 0 0947 0 71 9 4 22 26 8 03 8 74 Fit= 1 0 1PTR 24 1 11 8 0 9 0 0 00 14 8 0 0376 0 3.4 4 9 24 25 6 99 7 33 Fit= 1 0 1PTR 25 1 11 2 7 7 7 0 00 30 0 0 1387 1 07 9 9 25 26 7 33 8 74 Fit= 5 0 1PT 26 1 60 1 3 9 3 0 00 75 6 0 12.82 1 19 12 0 26 27 8 74 9 93 Fit= 8 0 1PT 27 1 60 3 0 4 0 0 00 123 6 0 3182 1 27 19 7 27 28 9 93 11 21 Fit= 1 0 1PTR 28 1 6,43 0 4 9 4 0 00 143 2 0 4179 3 22 8 28 29 11 21 15 13 Fit= 9 0 1PE 29 1 60 10 5 19 5 -10 50 143 2 0 4179 8 15 22 8 29 30 15 13 18 74 Fit= 9 0 1PE 30 2 23 4 5 21 8 -4 00 143 2 0 1270 2 76 11 8 30 40 18 74 19 77 Fit= 17._3 1VE 1VT 40 2 23 2 7 2 7 0 00 143 2 0 1270 0 34 11 8 40 41 19 77 20 11 41 2 23 6 0 6 0 0 00 143 2 0 1270 0 76 11 8 41 42 20 11 20 87 t/1? 42* 2 23 1 5 1 5 0 00 143 2 0 1270 0 19 11 8 42 43 20 87 21 06 Fit= 19 2 1GV 1UT3 peb FSFSRA00 04/29/09 5 46am Sheet 1,F41 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations 43 2 23 44 2 23 51 2 23 52 2 23 53 2 23 70 2 23 100 2 64 Fit= 101 2 64 Fit= 102 4 10 Fit= 103 4 10 FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 1ST FLR DAYCARE REMOTE AREA #0 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA 72 2 23 Fit= 81 1 11 Fit= 82 1 11 Fit= 83 1 40 Fit= 84 1 75 Fit= 85 1 60 Fit= 89 1 60 Fit= 93 2 23 Fit= 94 2 23 Fit= 96 2 00 Fit= 97 2 00 Fit= 98 2 00 Fit= 99 2 73 Pipe Detail Actual Total Elev Fric Fric Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes No (inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm)(Psi /Ft)(Psi)(Fps) Beg End 3 5 3 5 0 00 143 2 0 1270 0 44 11 8 43 44 3 0 3 0 0 00 143 2 0 1270 0 38 11 8 44 51 3 0 3 0 0 00 143 2 0 1270 0 38 11 8 51 52 5 0 5 0 0 00 143 2 0 1270 0 63 11 8 52 53 3 0 3 0 0 00 143 2 0 1270 0 38 11 8 53 70 7 0 7 0 0 00 143 2 0 1270 0 89 11 8 70 72 26 5 38 7 12 2 1VT 9 3 10 3 0 00 1 0 1PTR 5 3 10 3 0 00 5 0 1PT 6 5 7 5 0 00 1 0 1PTR 17 1 37 5 0 00 20 4 5VE 15 3 23 3 0 00 8 0 1PT 8 3 16 3 0 00 8 0 1PT 4 5 9 5 5 0 1VE 12 3 17 3 5 0 1VE 10 1 21 1 10 08 143 2 0 1408 2 97 14 6 96 97 11 0 1PE 1 7 11 7 0 00 143 2 0 1408 1 65 14 6 97 98 10 0 1PT 4 0 3.6 0 1 00 226 1 0 3279 11 80 23 0 98 99 32 0 2PE 1PT 6 6 6 6 6 62 226 1 0 1095 0 72 12 4 99 100 0 00 143 2 0 1270 4 92 11 8 72 93 14 8 0 0376 0 39 4 9 81 82 30 0 0 1391 1 43 10 0 82 83 46 2 0 0992 0 74 9 6 83 84 46 2 0 0503 1 88 6 1 84 85 46 2 0 0514 1 20 7 3 85 89 46 2 0 0518 0 84 7 4 89 98 4 50 143 2 0 1270 1 21 11 8 93 94 0 00 143 2 0 1270 2 20 11 8 94 96 2 4 2 4 2 37 226 1 0 13.03 6 31 13 3 100 101 1BKF 29 0 40 0 0 50 226 1 0 1303 5 21 13 3 101 102 11 0 2VE 65 0 81 9 0 00 226 1 0 0100 0 82 5 5 102 103 16 9 2UE 1GV 53 0 72 2 0 00 226 1 0 0100 0 72 5 5 103 16 Press Press Beg End (Psi) (Psi) 21 06 21 51 21 89 22 27 22 90 23 28 24 17 6 99 7 38 8 81 9 56 11 44 12 64 29 09 32 25 34 45 41 79 43 43 55 67 59 26 66 60 72 02 72 84 21 51 21 89 22 27 22 90 23 28 24 17 29 09 7 38 8 81 9 56 11 44 12 64 43 43 32 25 34 45 41 79 43 43 55 67 59 26 66 60 72 02 72 84 73 58 Sprinkler Systems Design PROJECT INFORMATION Job_ FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES REMOTE AREA #2 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Occupancy LIGHT HAZARD /OFFICE BLDG /DAYCARE Density 0 10 gpm /sq ft Area of Operation 1000 square feet Area per Sprinkler 225 SF MAX Number of Sprinklers Calculated 11 heads Authority having Jurisdiction_ NFPA -13 Hose 100 0 gpm Outside Hose System type_ Wet Water Supply 100 00 psi Static, 85 00 psi Residual 3032 0 gpm Sprinklers TYCO 1/2" QR 155 PENDENTS K =5 6 CALCULATION SUMMARY Demand 63 91 psi 198 5 gpm B O R 77 08 psi 298 5 gpm Supply 99 79 psi available 298 5 gpm Demand is below curve by 22 71 psi Sheet of LS Date 04/29/09 Job FSFSRA02 Notes 1 -2 "CONCEALED PIPE IN JOISTS IS BLAZEMASTER CPVC EXP PIPE IS DYNAFLOW STEEL TEST HYD IS #S -656 AT 6TH AND CHASE ST TAKEN 1997 UG IS 6"" AC IN CHASE AND PEABODY ST,3 "AC IN 5TH AND 6TH 1,500 SF RA IS REDUCED 40% FOR QR SPKR/10'CLG FP CONTRACTOR KNIGHT FIRE PRO.TECTION,, 25"09 W 19TH ST PORT ANGELES, WA PROGRAM 'HydroCalc' by Micro Space Systems P 0 Box 5069, Glacier, WA 98244 -5069 (509) 682 -7043 FSFSRA02 04/29/09 6 03am CO e oI ea im s. co Pressure (PSI) 0 Static 100 00 psi, Residual 85 00 psi at a flow of 3032 0 Demand at BOR 63 91 psi with 198 5 gpm flowing System demand 77 08 psi with 298 5 gpm flowing Pressure available 99 79 psi when 298 5 gpm is flowing Demand is below curve by 22 71 psi (22 8 1 Sheet 2-/16 4.0 gpm Sprinkler Systems Design Description of Fitting abbreviations Code .Description T Tee E Ninety degree elbow VT Victaulic tee VE Victaulic ninety degree elbow PT Plastic Tee PE Plastic. 90 degree Elbow BKF Backflow preventor GV Gate valve UE Underground ASCA ninety degree elbow UT3 Underground ASCA tee flow in bull, out one run only Code Description Description of Other abbreviations AO Arm -over DR Drop BL Branch Line RN Riser Nipple CM Cross Main PT Total pressure PE Pressure loss due to elevation changes PF Pressure loss due to friction 5 Raised to the power of 5 (Square Root) A Actual pipe length F Fitting equivalent pipe length T Total pipe length Sheet -3/1." FSFSRA02 04/29/09 6 04am Sheet 4/15 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES REMOTE AREA #2 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Node Detail Discharge Pressure Outlet Elevation Node (gpm) (psi) K -Value Source (ft) Comments 3 14 8 7 00 Orif= 5 60 20 07 6 14 8 7 00 Orif= 5 60 20 07 11 70 79 0 00 12 100 0 70 75 Hose 0 00 13 70 73 0 00 14 69 47 0 00 15 69 44 0 00 16 76 59 0 00 17 77 08 0 00 32 14 8 7 54 K. 5 39 DR6 20 57 33 15 7 8 49 K. 5 39 DR6 20 57 35 14 8. 7 54 K. 5 39 DR6 20 57 36 15 3 8 09 K= 5 39 DR6 20 57 37 9 71 20 57 43 10 54 25 07 44 10 63 25 07 46 14 8 7 54 K. 5 39 DR6 20 57 47 15 9 8 51 K. 5 44 A03 20 57 49 14 8 7 54 K. 5 39 DR6 20 57 50 9 00 20 57 51 10 71 25 07 52 17 8 10 95 K. 5 39 DR6 25 07 53 18 3 11 47 K= 5 39 DR6 25 07 61 14 8 7 54 K= 5 39 DR6 22 57 63 14 8 7 54 K= 5 39 DR6 22 57 64 8 47 22 57 65 7 28 27 07 67 14 8 7 54 K. 5 39 DR6 27 07 69 7 68 27 07 70 11 87 25 07 72 13 50 25 07 93 22 50 25 07 94 26 66 20 57 96 30 68 20 57 97 40 49 10 49 98 43 50 10 49 99 53 21 9 49 100 56 64 2 87 101 63 91 0 50 102 68 22 0 00 103 68 87 0 00 FSF$RA02 04/29/09 6 04am Sheet 67Is Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES REMOTE AREA #2 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Detail Actual 'Total Elev Fric Fric Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes No (inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm)(Psi /Ft)_(Psi)(Fps) Beg End 3 1 11 1 5 10 7 -0 50 14 8 0 0570 0 61 4 9 3 47 Fit= 9 2 lE 1T 6 1 11 1 5 13 3 -0 50 14 8 0 0570 0 76 4 9 6 32 Fit= 11 8 2E 1T 10 3 07 300 0 321 3 0 00 141 4 0 0196 6 30 6 1 17 11 Fit= 21 3 1GV 1T 11 6 16 50 0 54 3 0 00 1 -41 4 0 0007 0 04 1 5 11 12 Fit= 4 3 1GV 12 6 16 350 0 376 3 0 00 41 4 0 0001 0 03 0 4 12 13 Fit= 26 3 1GV lUT3 13 3 07 600 0 622 6 0 00 41 4 0 0020 1 26 1 8 13 14 Fit= 22 6 2GV 1T 14 6 16 400 0 430 6 0 00 41 4 0 0001 0 03 0 4 14 15 Fit= 30 6 2GV lUT3 15 3 07 299 0 300 3 0 00 157 1 0 0238 7 15 6 8 15 16 Fit= 1 3 1GV 16 3 07 1 0 21 0 0 00 157 1 0 0238 0 50 6 8 16 17 Fit= 32 1 05 Fit= 33 1 38 Fit= 35 1 05 36 1 38 Fit= 37 1 38 Fit= 43 2 23 44 2 23 46 1 05 Fit= 47 1 38 Fit= 49 1 05 Fit= 50 1 38 Fit= 51 2 23 52 2 23 53 2 23 20 0 1T 8 7 12 7 0 00 14 8 00746 0 95 5 5 32 33 4 0 2E 7 3 16 3 0 00 30 5 0 0747 1 22 6 5 33 37 9 0 lE 1T 7 3 7 3 0 00 14 8 0 0746 0 54 5 5 35 36 30 1 0 0730 1 52 6 5 36 37 60 8 0 2674 2 78 13 0 37 43 60 8 0 0260 0 09 5 0 43 44 3 0 3 0 0 00 60 8 0 0260 0 08 5 0 44 51 14 8 0 0746 0 97 5 5 46 47 30 7 0 0755 0 49 6 6 47 50 14 8 0 0746 1 30 5 5 49 50 45 6 0 1574 1 65 9 8 50 51 11 8 20 8 0 00 9 0 1E IT 4 4 10 4 -4 50 6 0 1T 3 5 3 5 0 0 0 11 0 13 0 0 00 2 0 1E 0 5 6 5 0 00 6 0 1T 10 5 17 5 0 00 7 0 1E 1T 4 5 10 5 -4 50 6 0 1T 3 0 3 0 0 00 111 4 0 0798 0 24 9 2 51 52 5 0 5 0 0 00 129 2 0 1050 0 52 10 6 52 53 3 0 3 0 0 00 147 5 0 1341 0 40 12 1 53 70 Press Beg (Psi) 7 00 7 00 77 08 7.0 79 70 75 70 73 69 47 69 44 7-6 59 7 54 8 49 7 54 8 09 9 71 10 54 10 63 7 54 8 51 7 54 9 00 10 71 10 95 11 47 Press End (Psi) 8 51 7 54 70 79 70 75 70 73 69 47 69 44 76 59 77 08 8 49 9 71 8 09 9 71 10 54 10 63 10 71. 8 51 9 00 9 00 10 71 10 95 11 47 11 87 g/1 61' 1 05 2 5 7 5 0 00 14 8 0 0746 0 56 5 5 61 64 7 54 .8 47 Fit= 5 0 1T FSFSRA02 04/29/09 6 05am Sheet 7/ Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Detail REMOTE AREA #2 Actual Total Elev Fric Fric Press Press Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes Beg End No (inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm)(Psi /Ft)(Psi)(Fps) Beg End (Psi) (Psi) 63 1 05 7 5 12 5 0 00 14 8 0 0746 0 93 5 5 63 64 7 54 8 47 Fit= 5 0 1T 64 1 38 4 5 10 5 -4 50 29 9 0 0722 0 76 6 4 64 65 8 47 7 28 Fit= 6 0 1T 65 1 75 7 5 17 5 0 00. 29 9 0 0225 0 39 4 0 65 69 7 28 7 68 Fit= 10 0 1VT 67 1 75 7 0 17 0 0 00 14 8 0 0061 0 10 2 0 67 69 7 54 7 68 Fit= 10 0 1VT 69 1 75 2 0 12 0 2 00 44 7 0 0474 0 57 6 0 69 70 7 68 11 87 Fit= 10 0 1VT 70 2 23 7 0 7 0 0 00 198 5 0 2323 1 63 16 3 70 72 11 87 13 50 72 2 23 26 5 38 7 0 00 198 5 0 2323 9 00 16 3 72 93 13 50 22 50 Fit= 12 2 1VT 93 2 23 4 5 9 5 4 50 198 5 0 2323 2 21 16 3 93 94 22 50 26 66 Fit= 5 0 1VE 94 2 23 12 3 17 3 0 00 198 5 0 2323 4 03 16 3 94 96 26 66 30 68 Fit= 5 0 1VE 96 2 00 10 1 21 1 10 08 198 5 0 2577 5 44 20 2 96 97 30.68 40. 49 Fit= 11 0 1PE 97 2 00 1 7 11 7 0 00 198 5 0 2577 3 01 20 2 97 98 40 49 43 50 Fit= 10 0 1PT 98 2 00 4 0 36 0 1 00 198 5 0 2577 9 28 20 2 98 99 43 50 53 21 Fit= 32 0 2PE 1PT 99 2 73 6 6 6 6 6 62 198 5 0 0860 0 57 10 9 99 100 53 21 56 64 100 2 64 2 4 2 4 2 37 198 5 0 1024 6 25 11 7 100 101 56 64 63 91 Fit= 1BKF 101 2 64 29 0 40 Q 0 50 198 5 0 1024 4 09 11 7 101 102 63 91 68 22 Fit= 11 0 2VE 102 4 10 65 0 81 9 0 00 198 5 0 0079 0 64 4 8 102 103 68 22 68 87 Fit= 16 9 2U 1GV 103 4 10 53 0 72 2 0 00 198 5 0 0079 0 57 4 8 103 15 68 87 69 44 Fit= 19 2 1GV lUT3 FSFSRA02 04/29/09 6 04am Sheet g /t6 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST No Code 3 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 32 33 35 36 37 43 44 46 47 49 50 51 52 53. 61 63 64 65 67 69 70 72 93 94 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 A03 DR6 UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L BL3 BL3 BL13 BL13 RN3 CMD CMD BL4 BL4 BL14 RN4 CMD CMD CMD BL5 BL15 RN5 CMB BL16 CMC CMD CMD CME CME CME CME CME RI1 RI2 UG1 UG2 UG3 STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES REMOTE AREA #2 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Raw data previous to any calculations Diam Length Kfacl Kfac2 Press Elev Hose HW Vel Fittings 1 109 1 5 5 6 7 00 -0 50 0 0 120 32 1E,1T 1 109 1 5 5 6 7 00 -0 50 0 0 120 32 2E,1T 3 068 300 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 140 32 1GV,1T 6 160 50 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 140 32 1GV 6 160 350 0 0 00 0 00 100 0 140 32 1GV,1UT3 3 068 600 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 140 32 2GV,1T 6 160 400 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 140 32 2GV,1UT3 3 068 299 0 UG3 0 00 0 00 0 0 140 32 1GV 3 068 1 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 140 32 1T 1 049 8 7 DR6 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 2E 1 380 7.3 DR6 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1E,1T 1 049 7 3 DR6 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1 380 11 8 DR6 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1E,1T 1 380 4 4 BL3 BL13 0 00 -4 50 0 0 120 32 1T 2 227 3 5 RN3 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 2 227 3 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1 049 11 0 DR6 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1E 1 380 0 5 A03 a 00 0 00 0 0. 120 32 1T 1 04 10 5 DR6 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1E,1T 1 380 4 5 BL4. BL14 0 00 -4 50 0 0 120 32 1T 2 227 3 0 RN4 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 2 227 5 0 DR6 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 2 227 3 0 DR6 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1 049 2 5 DR6 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1T 1 049 7 5 DR6 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1T 1 380 4 5 BL5 BL15 0 00 -4 50 0 0 120 32 1T 1 752 7 5 RN5 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1VT 1 752 7 0 DR6 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1VT 1 752 2 0 CMB BL16 0 00 2 00 0 0 120 32 1VT 2 227 7 0 CMC 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 2 227 26 5 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1VT 2 227 4 5 CMD 0 00 4 50 0 0 120 32 1VE 2 227 12 3 0 00 0 00 0 0 120 32 1VE 2 003 .10 1 0 00 10 08 0 0 150 32 1PE 2 003 1 7 0 00 0 00 0 0 150 32 1PT 2 003 4 0 0 00 1 00 0 0 150 32 2PE,1PT 2 731 6 6 CME 0 00 6 62 0 0 120 32 2 635 2 4 RI1 -6 0 0 00 2 37 0 0 120 32 1BKF 2 635 29 0 RI2 0 00 0 50 0 0 120 32 2VE 4 100 65 0 UG1 0 00 0 00 0 0 150 32 2UE;1GV 4 100 53 0 UG2 0 00 0 00 0 0 150 32 1GV,1UT3 FSFSRA02 04/29/09 6 04am Sheet 9/1 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES REMOTE AREA #2 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) {psi) Ref (fps) Arm -over 3 C 120 A 1 5 PT 7 00 3 14 8 =5 60(7 00) 5 F 9 2 PE -0 22 (EL= -0 50 ft) 3 14 8 1 11 1E 1T T 10 7 0 05698 PF 0 61 4 92 PT 7 39 47 Bi Jct K- factor for arm -over 3 14 8/(7 39) 5 5 44 Drop 6 C 120 A 1 5 PT 7 00 6 14 8 =5 60(7 00)" 5 F 11 8 PE -0 22 (EL= -0 50 ft) 6 14 8 1 11 2E 1T T 13 3 0 05698 PF 0 76 4 92 PT 7 54 32 Bl Jct K- factor for drop 6 14 8/(7 54)" 5 5 39 at Hyd Ref Pts 32 33 46 61 35 36 49 63 67 52 53 Notes FSFSRA02 04/29/09 6 04am Sheet) /I Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES REMOTE AREA #2 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Notes Branchline No 3 C 120 A 8 7 PT 7 54 32 DR6 14 8 =5 39 (7 54) 5 F 4 0 PE 0 00 32 14_8 1 05 2E T 12 7 0 07455 PF 0 95 5 49 A 7 3 PT 8 49 33 DR6 15 7 =5 39 (8 49) 5 F 9 0 PE 0 00 33 30 5 1 38 1E 1T T 16 3 0 07472 PF 1 22 6 54 PT 9 71 37 Riser Nipple Jct K- factor for branchline no 3 30 5/(9 71)" 5 9 79 Branchline No 4 C 120 A 11 0 PT 7 54 46 DR6 14 8 =5 39(7 54)" 5 F 2 0 PE 0 00 46 14 8 1 05 1E T 13 0 0 07455 PF 0 97 5 49 A 0 5 PT 8 51 47 A03 15 9 =5 44(8 51)" 5 F 6 0 PE 0 00 47 30 7 1 38 1T T 6.5 0 07553 PF 0 49 6 58 PT 9 00 50 Riser Nipple Jct K- factor for branchline no 4 30 7/(9 00)" 5 10 23 Branchline No 5 C 120 A 2 5 PT 7 54 61 DR6 14 8 =5 39(7 54)" 5 F 5 0 PE 0 00 61 14 8 1 05 1T T 7 5 0 07455 PF 0 56 5 49 PT 8 10 64 Riser Nipple Jct K- factor for branchline no 5 14 8/(8 10)" 5 5 20 Branchline No 13 C 120 A 7 3 PT 7 54 35 DR6 14 8 =5 39(7 54)" 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 35 14 8 1 05 T 7 3 0 07455 PF 0 54 5 49 A 11 8 PT 8 09 36 DR6 15 3 =5 39(8 09)" 5 F 9 0 PE 0 00 36 30 1 1 38 lE 1T T 20 8 0 07302 PF 1 52 6 46 PT 9 60 37 Riser Nipple Jct K- factor for branchline no 13 30 1/(9 60)" 5 9 71 Riser Nipple (Top of RN .Branchline 3 Branchline 13) C 120 K =19 50 =9 79 +9 71 A 4 4 PT 9 71 37 BL3 BL13 60 8 =19 50(9 71)" 5 F 6 0 PE -1 95 (EL= -4 50 ft) 37 60 8 1 38 iT T 10 4 0 26738 PF 2 78 13 03 PT 10 54 43 Cross main Jct K- factor for riser nipple 60 8/(10 54)" 5 18 73 FSFSRA02 04/29/09 6 •04am Sheet ll -Mr Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Syst -ems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES REMOTE AREA #2 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) K- factor for branchline no 14 14 8/(8 85) 5 4 98 K- factor for riser nipple 45 6/(8 71)" 5 15 46 K- factor for branchline no 15 14 8/(8 47)" 5 5 08 K- factor for riser nipple 29 9/(7 28)" 5 11 08 K- factor for branchline no 16 14 8/(7 65)" 5 5 35 Notes Branchline No 14 C 120 A 10 5 PT 7 54 49 DR6 14 8 =5 39(7 54) 5 F 7 0 PE 0 00 49 14 8 1 05 1E 1T T 17 5 0 07455 PF 1 30 5 49 PT 8 85 50 Riser Nipple Jct Riser Nipple (Top of RN Branchline 4 Branchline 14) C 120 K =15 21 =10 23 +4 98 A 4 5 PT 9 00 50 BL4 BL14 45 6 =15 21(9 00)" 5 F 6 0 PE -1 95 (EL= -4 50 ft) 50 45 6 1 38 1T T 10 5 0 15741 PF 1 65 9 79 PT 8 71 51 Cross. main Jct Branchline No 15 C 120 A 7 5 PT 7 54 63 DR6 14 8 =5 39(7 54) 5 F 5 0 PE 0 00 63 14 8 1 05 1T T 12 5 0 07455 PF 0 93 5 49 PT 8 47 64 Riser Nipple Jct Riser Nipple (Top of RN Branchline 5 Branchline 15) C 120 K =10 28 =5 20 +5 08 A 4 5 PT 8 47 64 BL5 BL15 29 9 =10 28(8 47)" 5 F 6 0 PE -1 95 (EL= -4 50 ft) 64 29 9 1 38 1T T 10 5 0 07218 PF 0 76 6 42 PT 7 28 65 Cross main Jct Branchline No 16 C 120 A 7 0 PT 7 54 67 DR6 14 8 =5 39(7 54)" 5 F 10 0 PE 0 00 67 14 8 1 75 1VT T 17 0 0 00613 PF 0 10 1 97 PT 7 65 69 Cross main Jct FSF8RA02 04/29/09 6 04am Sheet a/ Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT' CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES. REMOTE AREA #2 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Cross main B C 120 A 7 5 PT 7 28 65 RN #64 29 9 =11 08(7 28)" 5 F 10 0 PE 0 .00 65 29 9 1 75 1VT T 17 5 0 02252 PF 0 39 3 98 PT 7 68 69 Cross main Jct K- factor for Cross main B 29 9/(7 68)" 5 10 79 K- factor for Cross main C 44 7/(9 11) 5 14 81 Cross main D C 120 A 3 5 PT 10 54 43 RN #37 60 8 =18 73 (10 54) 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 43 60 8 2 23 T 3 5 0 02603 PF 0 09 5 01 A 3 0 PT 10 63 44 F 0 0 PE 0 00 44 60 8 2 23 T 3 0 0 02603 PF 0 08 5 01 A 3 0 PT 10 71 51 RN #50 50 6 =15 46 (10 71) 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 51 111 4 2 23 T 3 0 0 07976 PF 0 24 9 17 A 5 0 PT 10 95 52 DR6 17 8 =5 39(10 95)" 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 52 129 2 2 23 T 5 0 0 10498 PF 0 52 10 64 A 3 0 PT 11 47 53 DR6 18 3 =5 39(11 47) 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 53 147 5 2 23 T 3 0 0 13405 PF 0 40 12 15 A 7 0 PT 11. 87 70 CM C 51 0 =14 81(11 87)" 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 70 198 5 2 23 T 7 0 0 23232 PF 1 63 16 35 A 26 5 PT 13 50 7.2 F 12 2 PE 0 00 72 198 5 2 23 1VT T 38 7 0 23232 PF 9 00 16 35 PT 22 50 93 Cross main Jct K- factor for Cross main D 198 5/(22 50)" 5 41 85 5 Notes Cross main C C 1.20 K =16 15 =10 80 +5 35 A 2 0 PT 7 68 69 CM B BL16 44 7 =16 15(7 68)" 5 F 10 0 PE 0 87 (EL= 2 00 ft) 69 44 7 1 75 1VT T 12 0 0 04745 PF 0 57 5 95 PT 9 11 70 Cross main Jct FSFBRA02 04/29/09 6 04am Sheet ['WIS Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Cross main E C 120 A 4 5 PT 22 50 93 CM D 198 5 =41 85(22 50)"' 5 F 5 0 PE 1 95 (EL= 4 50 ft) 93 198 5 2 23 1VE T 9 5 0 23233 PF 2 21 16 35 A 12 3 PT 26 66 94 F 5 0 PE 0 00 94 198 5 2 23 1VE T 17 3 0 23233 PF 4 03 16 35 A 10 1 PT 30 68 96 C 150 F 11 0 PE 4 36 (EL= 10 08 ft) 96 198 5 2 00 1PE T 21 1 0 25766 PF 5 44 20 21 A 1 7 PT 40 49 97 F 10 0 PE 0 00 97 198 5 2 00 1PT T 11 7 0 25766 PF 3 01 20 21 A 4 0 PT 43 50 98 F 32 0 PE 0 43 (EL= 1 00 ft) 98 198 5 2 00 2PE 1PT T 36 0 0 25766 PF 9 28 20 21 PT 53 21 99 Top of Riser K- factor for Cross main E 198 5/(53 21)" 5 27 21 REMOTE AREA #2 Notes FSFSRA02 04/29/09 6 04am Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES REMOTE AREA #2 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Notes Riser C 120 A 6 6 PT 53 21 99 CM E F 0 0 PE 2 87 (EL= 6 62 ft) 99 198 5 2 73 T 6 6 0 08602 PF 0 57 10 87 PT 56 64 100 B O R Riser Under ground Under ground Under ground K- factor for Riser 198 5/(56 64)" 5 26 37 100 198 5 2 64 101 198 5 2 64 C 120 A 2 4 PT 56 64 100 Top of Riser F 0 0 PE 1 03 (EL= 2 37 ft) 1BKF T 2 4 0 10240 PF 6 25 11 68 1BKF 6 00# PT 63 91 101 B 0 R C 120 A 29 0 PT 63 91 101 B 0 R F 11 0 PE 0 22 (EL= 0 50 ft) 2VE T 40 0 0 10240 PF 4 09 11 68 PT 68 22 102 A 65 0 PT 68 22 102 F 16 9 PE 0 00 102 198 5 4 10 2UE 1GV T 81 9 0 00787 PF 0 64 4 82 PT 68 87 103 A 53 0 PT 68 87 103 F 19 2 PE 0 00 103 198 5 4 10 1GV lUT3 T 72 2 0 00787 PF 0 57 4 82 PT 69 44 15 Clockwise (K- Factor split =23 82 from UG3) A 299 0 PT 69 44 15 F 1 3 PE 0 00 15 157 1 3 07 1GV T 300 3 0 02380 PF 7 15 6 82 A 1 0 PT 76 59 16 F 20 0 PE 0 00 16 157 1 3 07 1T T 21 0 0 02380 PF 0 50 6 82 PT 77 09 17 Sheet 14/ C 150 B 0 R. C 150 B O R Split Point C 140 Split Point Loop Jct FSFSRA02 04/29/09 6 04am Sheet 15 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR OFFICES REMOTE AREA #2 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Counter Clockwise (K- Factor split =23 82 from UG3) C 140 A 400 0 PT 69 44 15 Split Point F 30 6 PE 0 00 14 41 4 6 16 2GV lUT3 T 430 6 0 00007 PF 0 03 0 45 A 600 0 PT 69 47 14 F 22 6 PE 0 00 13 41 4 3 07 2GV 1T T 622 6 0 002.02 PF 1 26 1 80 A 350 0 PT 70 73 13 F 26 3 PE 0 00 12 41 4 6 16 1GV lUT3 T 376 3. 0 00007 PF 0 03 0 45 A 50 0 PT 70 75 12 100 0 gpm Hose F 4 3 PE 0 00 11 141 4 6 16 1GV T 54 3 0 00066 PF 0 04 1 52 A 300 0 PT 70 79 11 F 21 3 PE 0 00 10 141 4 3 07 1GV 1T T 321 3 0 01960 PF 6 30 6 14 PT 77 09 107 (Balance Accuracy 77 09 77 09 0 00) Available flow at 77 08 psi is 3812 9 gpm which is 3514 4 gpm from curve Supply pressure available with 298 5 gpm flowing is 99 79 psi, thus system requirement is 22 71 psi below supply curve (22 8 Notes Loop Jct Sprinkler Systems Design PROJECT INFORMATION Job_ FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR WARM ATTIC 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA CALCULATION SUMMARY Demand 53 41 psi 126 0 gpm B O R 60 16 psi 226 0 gpm Supply 99 88 psi available 226 0 gpm Demand is below curve by 39 72 psi PROGRAM 'HydroCalc' by Micro Space Systems P 0 Box 5069, Glacier, WA 98244 -5069 (509) 682 -7043 Sheet t of t2 Occupancy LIGHT HAZARD /OFFICE BLDG /DAYCARE Density 0 10 gpm /sq ft Area per Sprinkler 6'x40' =25 GPM 20 PSI MIN PER LISTING Number of Sprinklers Calculated 5 heads Authority having Jurisdiction_ NFPA -13 Hose 100 0 gpm Outside Hose System type_ Wet Water Supply 100 00 psi Static, 85 00 psi Residual 3032 0 gpm Sprinklers TYCO 1/2" QR 200 BB1 K =5 6 SPEC APPL Date 04/29/09 Job FSFSRA04 RA #4 Notes 1 -2 "CONCEALED PIPE IN JOISTS IS BLAZEMASTER CPVC EXP PIPE IS DYNAFLOW STEEL TEST HYD IS #S -656 AT 6TH AND CHASE ST TAKEN 1997 UG IS 6" AC IN CHASE AND PEABODY ST, 3" AC IN 5TH AND 6TH RA IS A 5 SPKR CALC FOR SPECIAL APPL SPKRS FP CONTRACTOR KNIGHT FIRE PROTECTION, 2509 W 19TH ST PORT ANGELES, WA FSFSRA04 04/29/09 6 25am Pressure (PSI) Sheet 2-P Static 100 00 psi, Residual 85 00 psi at a flow of 3032 0 gpm Demand at BOR 53 41 psi with 126 0 gpm flowing System demand 60 16 psi with 226 0 gpm flowing Pressure available 99 88 psi when 226 0 gpm is flowing Demand is below curve by 39 72 psi (39 80) Sprinkler Systems Design Description of Fitting abbreviations Code Description T Tee VT Victaulic tee VE Victaulic ninety degree elbow PT Plastic Tee PE Plastic 90 degree Elbow BKF Backflow preventor GV Gate valve UE Underground ASCA ninety degree elbow UT3 Underground ASCA tee flow in bull, out one run only Code Description Description of Other abbreviations CM Cross Main PT Total pressure PE Pressure loss due to elevation changes PF Pressure loss due to friction 5 Raised to the power of 5 (Square Root) A Actual pipe length F Fitting equivalent pipe length T Total pipe length Sheet 5/ 1 a FSFSRA04 04/29/09 6 26am Sheet 1 0 2 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR WARM ATTIC RA #4 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Node Detail Discharge Pressure Outlet Elevation Node (gpm) (psi) K -Value Source (ft) Comments 11 56 Off 0 00 12 100 0 56 06 Hose 0 00 13 56 06 0 00 14 55 93 0 00 15 55 93 0 00 16 59 89 0 00 17 60 16 0 00 39 25 1 20 00 Orif= 5 60 25 07 40 20 01 25 07 41 25 1 20 02 Orif= 5 60 25 07 42 25 1 20 13 Orif= 5 60 25 07 43 20 19 25 07 44 25 3 20 32 Orif= 5 60 25 07 51 20 52 25 07 52 25 5 20 72 Orif= 5 60 25 07 53 21 22 25 07 70 21 52 25 07 72 22 22 25 07 93 26 08 25 07 94 28 98 20 57 96 30 72 20 57 97 37 43 10 49 98 38 73 10 49 99 43 16 9 49 100- 46 27 2 87 101 53 41 0 50 102 55 39 0 00 103 55 68 0 00 FSFSRA04 04/29/09 6 26am Sheet 7 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Detail 2ND FLR WARM ATTIC RA #4 Actual Total Elev Fric Fric Press Press Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes Beg End No (inch) (Ft) (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm)(Psi /Ft)(Psi)(Fps) Beg End (Psi) (Psi) 10 3 07 300 0 321 3 0 00 111 9 0 0127 4 08 4 9 17 11 60 16 56 08 Fit= 21 3 1GV 1T 11. 6 16 50 0 54 3 0 00 111 9 0 0004 0 02 1 2 11 12 56 08 56 06 Fit= 4 3 1GV 12 6 16 350 0 376 3 0 00 11 9 0 0000 0 00 0 1 12 13 56 06 56 06 Fit= 26 3 1GV lUT3 13 3 07 600 0 622 6 0 00 11 9 0 0002 0 12 0 5 13 14 56 06 55 93 Fit= 22 6 2GV 1T 14 6 16 400 0 430 6 0 00 11 9 0 0000 0 00 0 1 14 15 55 93 55 93 Fit= 30 6 2GV lUT3 15 3 07 299 0 300 3 0 00 114 1 0 0132 3 96 5 0 15 16 55 93 59 89 Fit= 1 3 1GV 16 3 07 1 0 21 0 0 00 114 1 0 0132 0 28 5 0 16 17 59 89 60 16 Fit= 20 0 1T 39 2 23 1 3 1 3 0 00 25 1 0 0050 0 01 2 1 39 40 20 00 20 01 40 2 23 2 7 2 7 0 00 25 1 0 0050 0 01 2 1 40 41 20 01 20 02 41 2 23 6 0 6 0 0 00 50 1 0 0182 0 11 4 1 41 42 2 02 20 13 42 2 23 1 5 1 5 0 00 75 2 0 0386 0 06 6 2 42 43 20 13 20 19 43 2 23 3 5 3 5 0 00 75 2 0 0386 0 14 6 2 43 44 20 19 20_32 44 2 23 3 .0 3 0 0 00 100 5 0 0659 0 20 8 3 44 51 20 32 20 52 51 2 23 3 0 3 0 0 00 100 5 0 0659 0 20 8 3 51 52 20 52 20 72 52 2 23 5 0 5 0 0 00 126 0 0 1002 0 50 10 4 52 53 20 72 21 22 53 2 23 3 0 3 0 0 00 126 0 0 1002 0 30 10 4 53 70 21 22 21 52 70 2 23 7 0 7 0 0 00 126 0 0 1002 0 70 10 4 70 72 21 52 22 22 72 2 23 26 3 38 5 0 00 126 0 0 1002 3 86 10 4 72 93 22 22 26 08 Fit= 12 2 1VT 93 2 23 4 5 9 5 4 50 126 0 0 1002 0 96 10 4 93 94 26 08 28 98 Fit= 5 0 1VE 94 2 23 12 3 17 3 0 00 126 0 0 1002 1 74 10 4 94 96 28 98 30 72 Fit= 5 0 1VE 96 2 00 10 1 21 1 10 08 126 0 0 1111 2 35 12 8 96 97 30 72 37 43 Fit= 11 0 1PE 97 2 00 1 7 11 7 0 00 126 0 0 1111 1 30 12 8 97 98 37 43 38 73 Fit= 10 0 1PT 98 2 00 4 0 36 0 1 00 126 0 0 1111 4 00 12 8 98 99 38 73 43 16 to/1 Fit= 32 0 2PE 1PT 99' 2 73 6 6 6 6 6 62 126 0 0 0371 0 24 6 9 99 100 43 16 46 27 FS.FSRA04 04/29/09 6 26am Sheet 7/0- Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP, FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR WARM ATTIC 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Detail RA #4 Actual Total Elev Fric Fric Press Press Pipe Diam Len Len Head Flow Loss Loss Vel Nodes Beg End No (inch) (Ft} (Ft) (Ft) (Gpm)(Psi /Ft)(Psi)(Fps) Beg End (Psi) (Psi) 100 2 64 2 4 2 4 2 37 126 0 0 0442 6 11 7 4 100. 1.01 46 27 53 41 Fit= 1BKF 101 2 64 29 0 40 0 0 50 126 0 0 0442 1 77 7 4 101 102 53 41 55 39 Fit= 11 0 2VE 102 4 07 65 0 81 8 0 00 126 0 0 0035 0 29 3 1 102 103 55 39 55 68 Fit= 16 8 2UE 1GV 103 4 07 53 0 72 1 0 00 126 0 0 0035 0 25 3 1 103 15 55 68 55 93 Fit= 19 1 1GV lUT3 FSFSRA04 04/29/09 6 26am No Code 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 39 40 41 42 43 44 51 52 53 70 72 93 94 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 FIRST UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L UG4L CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CMD CME CME CME CME CME RI1 RI2 UG1 UG2 UG3 Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR WARM ATTIC 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Raw data previous Diam Length Kfacl 3 068 300 0 6 160 50 0 6 160 350 0 3 068 600 0 6 160 400 0 3 068 299 0 UG3 3 068 1 0 2 227 1 3 5 6 2 227 2 7 2 227 6 0 5 6 2 227 1 5 5 6 2 227 3,5 2 227 3 0 5 6 2 227 3 0 2 227 5 0 5 6 2 227 3 0 2 227 7 0 2 227 26 3 2 227 4 5 CMD 2 227 12 3 2 003 10 1 2 003 1 7 2 003 4 0 2 731 6 6 CME 2 635 2 4 RI1 2 635 29 0 RI2 4 070 65 0 UG1 4 070 53 0 UG2 Kfac2 Press Elev Hose HW Vel -6 0 to any calculations O 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 100 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 20 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 20 00 0 00 0 20 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 20 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 20 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 4 50 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 10 08 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 1 00 0 0 00 6 62 0 O 00 2 37 0 0 00 0 50 0 0 00 0 00 0 O 00 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 150 150 150 120 120 120 150 150 Sheet Pill" RA #4 Fittings 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 1GV,1T 1GV 1GV,1UT3 2GV,1T 2GV,1UT3 1GV 1T 1VT 1VE_ 1VE 1PE 1PT 2PE,1PT 1BKF 2VE 2UE,1GV 1GV,1UT3 FSF$RA04 04/29/09 6 26am Sheet vo. Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR WARM ATTIC 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Cross -main D C 120 A 1 3 PT 20 00 39 25 1 =5 60 (20 00) 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 39 25 1 2 23 T 1 3 0 00504 PF 0 01 2 06 A 2 7 PT 20 01 40 F 0 0 PE 0 00 40 25 1 2 23 T 2 7 0 00504 PF 0 01 2 06 A 6 0 PT 20 02 41 25 1 =5 60 (20 02) 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 41 50 1 2 23 T 6 0 0 01820 PF 0 11 4 13 A 1 5 PT 20 13 42 25 1 =5 60 (20 13) 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 42 75 2 2 23 T 1 5 0 03859 PF 0 06 6 20 A 3 5 PT 20 19 43 F 0 0 PE 0 00 43 75 2 2 23 T 3 5 0 03859. PF 0 14 6 20 A 3 0 PT 20 32 44 25 3 =5 60(20 32)" 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 44 100 5 2 23 T 3 0 0 06592 PF 0 20 8 2S A 3 0 PT 20 52 51 F 0 0 PE 0 00 51 100 5 2 23 T 3 0 0 06592 PF 0 20 8 28 A 5 0 PT 20 72 52 25 5 =5 60(20 72)"' 5 F 0 0 PE 0 00 52 126 0 2 23 T 5 0 0 10016 PF 0 50 10 37 A 3 0 PT 21 22 53 F 0 0 PE 0 00 53 126 0 2 23 T 3 0 0 10016 PF 0 30 10 37 A 7 0 PT 21 52 70 F 0 0 PE. 0 00 70 126 0 2 23 T 7 0 0 10016 PF 0 70 10 37 A 26 3 PT 22 22 72 F 12 2 PE 0 00 72 126 0 2 23 1VT T 38 5 0 10016 PF 3 86 10 37 PT 26 08 93 Cross main Jct K- factor for Cross main D 126 0/(26 08)" 5 24 67 RA #4 Notes FSF8RA04 04/29/09 6 26am Sheet to /I Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR WARM ATTIC 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Cross main E C 120 A 4 5 PT 26 08 93 CM D 126 0 =24 67 (26 08) 5 F 5 0 PE 1 95 (EL= 4 50 ft) 93 126 0 2 23 1VE T 9 5 0 10022 PF 0 96 10 38 A 12 3 PT 28 98 94 F 5 0 PE 0 00 94 126 0 2 23 1VE T 17 3 0 10022 PF 1 74 10 38 A 10 1 PT 30 72 96 C 150 F 11 0 PE 4 36 (EL= 10 08 ft) 96 126 0 2 00 1PE T 21 1 0 11114 PF 2 35 12 83 A 1 7 PT 37 43 97 F 10 0 PE 0 00 97 126 0 2 00 1PT T 11 7 0 11114 PF 1 30 12 83 A 4 0 PT 38 73 98 F 32 0 PE 0 43 (EL= 1 00 ft) 98 126 0 2 00 2PE 1PT T 36 0 0 11114 PF 4 00 12 83 PT 43 16 99 Top of Riser K- factor for Cross main E 126 0/(43 16)"' 5 19 18 RA #4 Notes FSFtRA04 04/29/09' 6 26am Sheet 010- Pipe Flow Dia Fitting Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel No (gpm) (inch) and Dev (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) Riser C 120 A 6 6 PT 43 16 99 CM E F 0 0 PE 2 87 (EL= 6 62 ft) 99 126 0 2 73 T 6 6 0 03711 PF 0 24 6 90 PT 46 27 100 B 0 R Riser FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR WARM ATTIC 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Under ground Under ground Under ground Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations K- factor for Riser 126 0/(46 27)" 5 18 52 100 126 0 2 64 101 126 0 2 64 RA #4 Notes C 120 A 2 4 PT 46.27 100 Top of Riser F 0 0 PE 1 .03 (EL= 2 37 ft) 1BKF T 2 4 0 04417 PF 6 11 7 41 1BKF 6 00# PT 53 41 101 B 0 R C 120 A 29 0 PT 53 41 101 B 0 R F 11 0 PE 0 22 (EL= 0 50 ft) 2VE T 40 0 0 04417 PF 1 77 7 41 PT 55 39 102 A 65 0 PT 55 39 102 F 16 8 PE 0 00 102 126 0 4 07 2UE 1GV T 81 8 0 00352 PF 0 29 3 11 PT 55 67 103 A 53 0 PT 55 68 103 F 19 1 PE 0 00 103 126 0 4 07 1GV lUT3 T 72 1 0 00352 PF 0 25- PT 55 93 15 3 11 Clockwise (K- Factor split =16 85 from UG3) A 299 0 PT 55 93 15 F 1 3 PE 0 00 15 114 1 3 07 1GV T 300 3 0 01318 PF 3 96 4 95 A 1 0 PT 59 89 16 F 20 0 PE 0 00 16 114 1 3 07 1T T 21 0 0 01318 PF 0 28 4 95 PT 60 16 17 C 150 B 0 R C 150 B 0 R Split Point C 140 Split Point Loop Jct FSF RA04 04/29/09 6 26am Sheet t \I- Sprinkler Systems Design Sprinkler Systems Hydraulic Flow Calculations FIRST STEP FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER 2ND FLR WARM ATTIC 325 EAST 6TH STREET, PORT ANGELES, WA Length Fr Loss Press Hyd Vel (ft) (psi /ft) (psi) Ref (fps) split =16 85 from UG3) A 400 0 PT F 30 6 PE 2GV lUT3 T 430 6 0 00001 PF A 600 0 PT F 22 6 PE 2GV 1T T 622 6 0 00020 PF A 350 0 PT F 26 3 PE 1GV lUT3 T 376 3 0 00001 PF A 50 0 PT 100 0 gpm Hose F 4 3 PE 11 111 9 6 16 1GV T 54 3 0 00043 PF A 300 0 PT F 21 3 PE 10 111 9 3 07 1GV 1T T 321 3 0 01270 PF PT Pipe Flow Dia Fitting No (gpm) (inch) and Dev Counter-Clockwise (K- Factor 14 11 9 6 16 13 11 9 3 07 12 11 9 6 16 55 93 15 0 00 0 00 0 13 55 93 14 0 00 0 12 0 52 56 06 13 0 00 0 00 0 13 56 06 12 0 00 0 0.2 1 2 0 56 08 11 0 00 4 08 4 86 60 16 107 RA #4 C 140 Split Point (Balance Accuracy 60 16 60 16 0 00) Available flow at 60 16 psi is 5140 9 gpm which is 4914 9 gpm from curve Supply pressure available with 226 0 gpm flowing is 99 88 psi, thus system requirement is 39 72 psi below supply curve (39 8%) Notes Loop Jct Schedule -10/Schedule -40® Fully Listed and FM Approved Sprinkler Pipe When you specify Schedule 10 /Schedule -40 sprinkler pipe you get a UL listed and FM approved product. Although these products do not require separate approvals, Schedule 10 /Schedule -40 gives you the extra quality assurance you demand. Our Sch -10 (1 8 pipe and Sch -40 (1 2Y pipe have passed the same thorough lab testing as our other listed pipe products, and receive periodic mill inspections from both UL and FM agents to ensure consistent quality Galvanized Pipe Schedule 10 /Schedule -40 product can be 'hot -dip' galvanized to meet FM requirements for dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A 123 Superior Coating Our advanced formula mill coating of fers a clean, durable surface. It is also paint -ready for custom color applications without special preparation. The internal surface of all black Allied Tube Conduit Fire Spnnkler pipe products up to 4.5000' in diameter is coated with our new Antibacterial For mula, ABF' in scientific laboratory test, ABS proved to have superior resis- tance to microbial colonization of pipe walls, thereby delaying or possibly pre venting the onset of Microbiologically Influenced corrosion (MIC) when the First Spnnkler System is first installed. American Made Meets 'Buy American requirement and is available through distributors in the USA, Canada and Mexico. Specifications Approvals Schedule 10 /Schedule -40 pipe are in compliance with the following: ASTM A 135 and NFPA 13 Both pipe products have a working pressure rating of 300 psi maximum and also meet the stringent requirement for the following tests: Welded Outlets Hydrostatic Pressure Side Wall Rupture Vibration Test VICO /How Control G--) a iecl Sch -40 Specifications NPS Nominal I.D. Wt. WI. (N20 Filled) Pcs/ Wt/Lift (21') Wt/Lift (24') In; mm In; mm Lbs /Ft; Kg /m Lbs/Ft; Kg /m Lift Lbs; Kg Lbs; Kg 1 1.049 1.680 2.05 70 2,470 2,822 25 26.6 2.5 3.05 70 1 120 1,280 1 1.380 2.270 2.93 51 2,431 2,778 32 35.1 4.36 4.36 51 1103 1,260 1 1.610 2.720 3.61 44 2,513 2,872 40 40.9 4.0 5.37 44 1 140 1,303 2' 2.067 3.650 5.13 30 2,300 2,628 50 52.5 5.4 7.63 30 1 043 1 192 212" 2.469 5.790 7.86 19 2,310 2,640 65 62.7 8.6 11 73 19 1,048 1 197 Wt/Lift (25') Lbs; Kg 2,940 1,334 2,894 1,313 2,992 1,357 2,738 1,242 2,750 1,247 Sch•10 Specifications WI. Wt..(H20 Filled) Pcs/ Wt/Lift (21') Wt/Lift (24') In; mm In; mm Lbs/Ft; Kg /m Lbs /Ft; Kg/m Lift Lbs; Kg Lbs; Kg 1 1.097 1 400 1.81 91 2,675 3,053 25 27.9 2.1 2.70 91 1,213 1,385 11/4" 1 442 1.810 2.52 61 2,319 2,664 32 36.6 2.7 3.75 61 1,052 1,208 11/2' 1.682 2.080 3.04 61 2,664 3,045 40 42.7 3.1 4.52 61 1,208 1,381 2" 2.157 2.640 4.22 37 2,051 2,344 50 54.8 3.9 6.28 37 930 1 063 212 2.635 3.530 5.89 30 2,224 2,542 65 66.9 5.3 8.77 30 1 009 1153 3" 3.260 4.330 7.94 19 1 728 1,975 80 82.8 6.4 11.82 19 784 896 4" 4.260 5.610 1178 19 2,238 2,558 90 108.2 8.3 17.53 19 1,015 1 160 5" 5.295 7 77 17.33 10 1,632 1,865 125 134.5 11.56 25.80 10 740 846 6" 6.357 9.290 23.03 10 1,951 2,230 150 161.5 13.8 34.27 10 885 1,012 8' 8.249 16.490 40.15 7 2,424 2,770 200 209.5 24.5 59.75 7 1 100 1,256 NPS TUBE CONDUIT Nominal I.D. Listed 16100 S Lathrop Harvey IL 60426 11350 Norcom Rd. Philadelphia, PA 19154 2525 N. 27 th Ave. Phoenix, AZ 85009 Approved Wt/Lilt (25') Lbs; Kg 3,185 1 445 2,760 1,252 3 172 1 439 2,442 1 108 2,648 1,201 2,057 933 2,665 1,209 1,943 881 2,322 1,053 2,885 1,309 Listed Customer Service: (800) 882-5543 Fax 708 339 -1806 S5 3 Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U S and Canada) even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube made the decision to have them approved and listed for your peace of mind Our Sch 10 and Sch 40 have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 Schedule 10 Pipe Schedule 40 Pipe II BULL MOOSE TUBE COMPANY FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe A 1 315 1 660 1 900 2 375 2 875 3 500 4 500 1 315 1 660 1 900 2 375 2 875 3 500 4 500 1 097 1 442 1 682 2 157 2 635 3.260 4.260 1 049 1 380 1 610 2 067 2 468 3 068 4.260 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 (800) 325-4467 FAX. (636) 537 -2645 www.bullmoosetube.com e -mail: saleslci,'bullmoosetube.com Bull Moose Tubes Sch 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795 These products are typically supplied with our protective coating but can be supplied without the coating so they can be hot -dip galvanized to meet FM requirements for use in dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or ASTM A53 1 41 lbs /ft 1 81 Ibs /ft 2.09 Ibs /ft 2 64 Ibs /ft 3 53 Ibs /ft 4 34 Ibs /ft 5 62 Ibs /ft 1 68 Ibs /ft 2.27 Ibs /ft 2.72 Ibs /ft 3 66 Ibs /ft 5 80 Ibs /ft 7 58 Ibs /ft 10 80 Ibs /ft For additional information, contact your salesperson today at (800) 325 -4467 or (636) 537 -2600 in the USA, or from Canada call (800) 882-4666 91 61 61 37 30 19 19 70 51 44 30 30 19 19 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak -tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. APPROVED All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 8/08 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION FireLockTM Style 005 rigid coupling has a unique, pat ented angle -pad design which allows the housings to offset while clamping the grooves. By permitting the housings to slide on the angled bolt pads, rigidity is obtained. Patented 7 77 DIMENSIONS P it l'cu.-ui An trig 9001 certified company Rated for wet and dry sprinkler systems at 350 PSI (2413 kPa) for 1 4 (42,4 114,3 mm) sizes and 300 PSI (2068 kPa) for 4 8' (108,0 219,1 mm) sizes; Schedule 10 roll grooved or Schedule 40 cut or roll grooved steel pipe. Style 005 is rigid and does not accommodate expan- sion, contraction or angular deflection. \ictaulic The FireLock couplings provide rigidity for valve connections fire mains and long straight runs Support and hanging requirements correspond to NFPA 13 SIZE Nominal Inches 2 2/ 76,1 mm 3 4 108,0 mm 5 133,0 mm 1397 mm 6 Max. Work. Press. PsI'F 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 300 300 300 300 300 300 159,0 mm 165 1 mm 8 300 t Reter to notes on page 2 300 Max. End Load Lbs.' /t 755 Gasket System 990 1550 2270 2475 3365 5565 4255 7290 6495 7125 10340 9200 9955 17525 Sprinkler Systems. Angle pad design permits assem- bly by removing one nut/ bolt and swinging the housing over the gasket. This reduces components to handle during assembly speeds and eases installa- tion on pipe grooved to Victaulic specifications. Style 005 FireLock cou- plings with the Vic P1us' Gasket System are designed and rec- ommended for use C VdS LPC and VdS Approved, see notes on page 2. Allow. Pipe End Sep. t In./: 0.05 0.05 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.19 Style 005 FireLock Rigid Coupling with Vic- PIUSTM Gasket System BoIUNut No. Size Inches/ 2 X 2 2 X 2 2 3 /8 X 2/ 2 3 /aX2 1 2 X 2/ 2 3 /8 X 2 2 3 /a X 2 2 3 /8 X 2 2 1 X 2 2 1/2 X 2 2 1 X23 2 1 /2 X 2 2 X 4 2 Y X2 2 X 4 X 2.75 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.13 5.75 ONLY on fire protection systems. Vic -Plus Gasket System: Victaulic now offers a gas- ket system which requires no field lubrication. The Vic Plus""' System (patent pending) is dry clean, and non toxic. It reduces assembly time substantially and eliminates the mess and chance of over lubrication. 4.63 5.63 6.88 6.63 6.88 8.00 7.63 8.15 10 50 Dimensions Inches Y 4.50 4 75 5.25 5.75 5.75 6.13 7.25 7.25 9.00 9.00 9.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 13.13 z 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 2.13 2.13 2.13 2.13 2.13 2.13 2.13 2.13 2.63 Aprx. Wgt. Ea. Lbs./ 1.2 1.2 1.6 1.9 1.9 2.1 3.1 3.1 4.5 4.5 4.8 5.0 5.5 5.5 11.3 1002.10 Victauiic World Headquarters P.O. Box 31 Easton, PA 18044 -0031 4901 Kesslersville Rd. Easton, PA 18040.1- 800 -PICK VIC FAX. 610/250 -8817 www.victaulic.com 1538 Rev E 10 /00 Registered Trademark of Vrclautic m Copynghl 1999 Victaulic Pr nted U.S.A MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS 10 90 2 Housing: Ductile iron conform- ing to ASTM A -395, grade 65- 45-15, and ASTM A -536 grade 65- 45 -12. Housing Coating: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dipped galva- nized Gasket: Grade E' EPDM Type A Vic -Plus Gasket System t (Violet color code) FireLock products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings /Approvals are subject to change and /or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Rated Working Pressure Pipe Size Schedule Inches 5 1 3 1 /a 4 5 8 BLT 1 2 1 4 6 DT 1 2 EL 1 2 10, 40 DF UL 175 350 300 300 300 175 300 300 NOTES. 5 refers to Listed /Approved Schedule 5 steel sprinkler pipe. 10 refers to Listed /Approved Schedule 10 steel sprinkler pipe. 40 refers to Listed /Approved Schedule 40 steel sprinkler pipe BLT refers to Listed /Approved steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by American Tube Company DF refers to Listed /Approved Dyna -Flow steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by American Tube Company DT refers to Listed /Approved Dyne Thread steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by American Tube Company ULC 175 350 300 300 300 175 300 300 Inc. and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler ser- vices up to the rated working pressure using the Grade 'E' Type A Vic -Plus Gasket System, requiring no field lubrication. For dry services, Victaulic continues to recommend the use of Grade 'E' Type A FlushSeal Vic -Plus Gasket System. Contact Victaulic for details. FM 175 350 300 300 300 175 300 300 11 Pipe Size Schedule Inches 4 6 11 SF I 11/4 1 Super 40 I 1 1 TL I 1 WLS I 1 1 XL/XL -II f 1 EZ EL refers to Listed /Approved Eddylite steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. EZ refers to Listed /Approved EZ -Flow steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Casing Co SF refers to Listed /Approved Super -Flo steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. SL refers to Listed /Approved steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. Bolts/Nuts: Heat treated car- bon steel, zinc electroplated to ASTM B -633; Track head bolt conforming to ASTM A -183 minimum tensile 110,000 PSI (758340 kPa); Flanged hex nut conforming to ASTM A -563, Grade A. t Standard gasket and FlushSeal gasket approved for dry pipe systems to -40 F 40 °C). Supplemental lubricant is rec ommended for services installed at or continuously operating below 0 F 18 °C). Victaulic continues to recom- mend the use of FlushSeal gaskets tor dry services. Rated Working Pressure 4 2 2 2 3 UL 300 175 300 300 300 300 300 10.02 -2A ULC FM 300 300 175 175 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Super 40/XL refers to Listed/ Approved Super 40 or Super XL steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. WLS refers to Listed /Approved steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Company XLJXL -Il refers to Listed /Approved XL or XL -11 steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. NOTES Working Pressure and End Load are total, Irom all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accor- dance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING. FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 times the figures shown. 1 For field installation only FireLock Style 005 couplings are essentially rigid and do not accommodate expansion /contraction. Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. Style 005 couplings are VdS and LPC Approved to 12 Bar (175 PSI). WARNING. Piping systems must always be depressurized and drained before attempting disassembly and removal of any Victaulic piping products. This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company All products shall be installed in accordance with current Victaulic rnstattationlassembly rnstrucuons. Victaulic reserves the fight to change product specifications. designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS FireLock Fittings PRODUCT DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS I-C.to E°{ Ctoe 1- to E No. 001 C to 61 0 6 C to ole E h 1� No. 002 No. 003 -T No. 006 FireLock` products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full -flow elbows and tees are a CAD developed, hydrodynamic design that has a shorter center -to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Style 005 FireLock couplings. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Victaulic FireLock fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock Style 005 couplings. Patented See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details. No. 001 Fitting Size 90° Elbow Actual Aprx. Nominal Outside C to E Weight Diameter Diameter Inches Each inches/mm Incheslmm mm LbsJkg 1 32 1 /2 40 2 2.375 50 60.3 2 65 76.1 mm 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 1.660 42,4 1.900 48,3 2.875 73.0 3.000 76.1 3.500 88.9 4.500 114,3 5.563 141.3 6.625 168,3 8.625 219.1 2.75 70 3 00 76 3.00 76 3 38 86 4.00 102 4.88 124 5.50 140 6.81 173 1 7 2.00 0.8 51 3.1 2.25 14 57 3.30 2.25 1.5 57 4.0 1.8 6.7 3.0 12.6 5.7 18.3 8.3 25.5 11,6 No. 003 45 Elbow Aprx. C to E Weight Inches Each mm Lbs./kg 2.50 64 3.00 76 3.25 83 3.50 89 4.25 108 Viclaulic Company of America Phone: 1-800-PICK VIC (1- 800 742 5842) Fax: 610 -250 -8817 e- mail:pickvic@victautic.conl Viclaulic Company of Canada Phone. 905- 884 -7444 Fax. 905. 884 -9774 e-mail: vlccanadac victaulic.c0m Viclaulic Europe Phone.32 -9 -181 -1500 Fax: 32 9 -780 -4438 a -mail: ;iceuro@victaulic.be Viclaulic America Latina Phone: 610- 559 -3300 Fix: 610 -559 -3608 e -mail vicar ;iclaulic.com Victaulic Asia Pacific Phone 65- 6235 -3035 Fax 65. 6235 -053` e -mail vlcape +ictawicCom 1.8 0.8 2.2 1.0 2.4 1 1 3.1 14 5.6 2.5 8.3 3.8 11 7 5.3 20.4 9.3 No. 002 Straight Tee Aprx. C to E Weight Inches Each mm Lbsikg 2.75 70 3.00 76 3.38 86 4.00 102 4.88 124 5 50 140 6.94 176 VICTAULIC' IS AN 150 9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY 2.4 1,1 3.6 1.6 5.3 2.4 8.7 3.9 15.7 71 No. 006 Cap Thickness Aprx. Weight Inches Each mm Lbs./kg 0.82 21 0.82 21 0.88 22 0.88 22 0.88 22 1.00 25 1.00 25 22.7 1.00 10.3 25 38.7 1 13 17.6 29 10.03 0.3 0.1 04 0.2 0.6 0.3 1.0 0.5 1.2 0.5 2.4 1.1 4 1 1.9 59 2.7 12.7 5.8 9 REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC 0 COPYRIGHT P003 VICTAULIC PRINTED IN U.S.A. 1539 REV D j ctaulic 10.03 FLOW DATA Nominal Diameter Inches/mm 2 50 2 65 76.1 mm 3 80 4 100 5 125 Fitting Size Actual Straight Tee Outside No. 002 Diameter 90° Elbow 45° Elbow Inches/mm No. 001 No. 003 Branch 2.375 60.3 2.875 73.0 3.000 76.1 3.500 88,9 4.500 114,3 5.563 141.3 3.5 1,1 4.3 1.3 4.5 14 5.0 1.5 6.8 2.1 8.5 2.6 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 150 168,3 3.0 1.5 8 8.625 13.0 200 219.1 4.0 1 The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A -536, grade 65 -45 -12 Fitting Coating: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Frictional Resistance Equivalent Feet/meters of Straight Pipe 1.8 0.5 2.2 0.7 2.3 0.7 2.6 0.8 3.4 1.0 42 1.3 5.0 1.5 8.5 2.6 10.8 3.3 11.0 3.4 13.0 4.0 16.0 4.9 21.0 6.4 25.0 7.6 33.0 10.1 This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Run 3.5 1.1 4.3 1,3 4.5 1,4 5.0 1,5 6.8 2,1 8.5 2.6 10.0 3.0 13.0 4.0 2 FireLock Fittings S7ARTIPEPRODUCTS NOMINAL SO E IH 11/4 02 1 114 3/4 114 1 1 12 1/2 11/2 3/4 11/2 1 2 1/2 2 3/4 2 1/2 1/2 2 1/2 314 21/2 1 3 0.O.xt/2 3 0.D.x3/4 3 0.D.x1 Page 12' MAO 1 /4011 MOP KING 309 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 309 300 300 300 300 300 300 5N IK 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.19 NOMINAL END SIZE to IN. END IN 1 3.00 1 1/4 4.00 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 2.1 2.14 2.27 2.26 2.26 2.39 2.51 2.51 2.64 2.76 2.76 2.88 2.82 2.82 2.95 1.64 1.64 1.61 1.76 1.76 1.73 2.01 2.01 1.98 2.26 2.26 2.22 2.32 2.32 2.29 DIME NS ION S .lntbt. 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.75 3.75 3.75 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 415 4.25 F1/3 N 4 GxH N-4 HOSE NIPPLE APPR VIZ NOMINAL END APPROX. WEIGHT\ SIZE to WEIGHT EACH N IN. END EAC Lbs. IN, Lb 0.40 I 3.25 x/6.40 0.80 1 1/a.„I 3 Jrer II 0.70 1 1l4 00 I 0.80 4.00 0.90 4.00 1.20 /I 4.62 NK1.3 4.00 1.90 21/2 5.50 I 2N 4.00 2.50, 3 6.00 3.3 4 6.00 I50 4 7.25 5 6.03), 7 40 I 5 9.75 I 8.1 6 )/6.00 9.50 6 11.00 I 13.2 8 I 6.00 14.20 8 12.50 I 24.0 ,16 8.00 27.00 10 14.00 I 12 8.00 33.00 12 16.00 I 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.81 1.61 1.81 1.88 1.88 1.88 GROOVED FITTINGS/ MECHANICAL TEES 5.5 46.00 SW Segmentaly welded steel (d) Ductile iron Model MT 3 MT -9 Mechanical tee serves the same function as MT 1 MT -8 but uses a steel electro plated u -bolt to save space and for easier installation in tight places. It is ideal for direct connections with sprinkler heads and drop nipples. HOUSING: Ductile iron ASTM A536 grade 65- 45 -12. COATING: Zinc electroplated U BOLT: Carbon steel SAE grade 2, zinc plated. NUT: Carbon steel ASTM A194 zinc plated. GASKET EPDM -30 F to 230 F) THREADS: MT 3 NPT per ANSI /ASME B1.20.1 MT -9 British standard parallel (BSP) per BS21 MT -3 MT -9 MECANICAL TEES AYP PO0 WEIGH EACH Lbs 225 0.83 225 0.87 225 1.06 2.25 0.83 2.25 0.87 2.25 1.06 2.25 0.87 2.25 0.94 2.25 109 225 0.69 225 0.98 2.25 1.14 2.25 0.89 2.25 0.98 2.25 1.14 LISTED LISTED APPROVED For fire protection services request submittal GR 29.00 CtoE t+ i CtoE T X -1 CROSS(sw) 21/2 I 3.75 I 4.25 I 5.00 5 v 5.25 I 6 I 8 7 75 10 9.00 12 I 10.00 NOMINAL SIZE IN. 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 C E ND to E ND IN 3.75 3.75 3.75 APPROX. WEIGHT EACH Lbs. 2.0 2.2 3.0 5.0 71 11.9 17 1 27.5 47.0 E STAIVPIPEPRODUCTS Mechanical branch connections for reducing branch outlets without welding. The MT 1 is a bolted saddle type fitting with NPT female threaded outlets. Design assures superior sealing, full pipe support, excellent stability and easy installation MT -1 THREADED MECHANICAL BRANCH TEE NOMINAL SIZE IN. 2x1 2x1 1/4 2x1 1/2 2 1/2x1 2 112x1 114 2 1/2x1 1/2 3x1 3x1 1/4 3x1 1/2 3 x2 31/2x2 4x1 4x1 1/4 4x1 1/2 4x2 4x2 1/2 5x1 1/2 5x2 5x2 1/2 6x1 1/2 6x2 6x2 1/2 8x2 UL or FM MAX. WORKING P .S 1./ 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 HOLE DIA 125/-0.0 IN. 1.75 1.75 1.50 2.00 2.00 1.50 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.50 1.50 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.75 2.00 2.50 2.75 2.00 2.50 2.75 2.50 QT Y All sizes may be used as mechanical crosses. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 Contact Star Pipe Products for actual listings on specific pipes MECHANICAL TEES LISTED LISTED APPROVED For fire protection services request submittal GRS 1.3 NUTS /BOLTS DIM ENS IONS Inch h.... APPROX (INCH) WEIGHT SIZE A B C D E EACH Lbs 2 3/8x2 2.62 1.58 4.62 I 2.47 1.96 1.70 2 3/8x2 2.62 1.58 4.62 I 2.47 1.94 170 2 3/8x2 2.62 1.58 4.62 I 2.86 1.94 1.70 2 112x2 3/4 3.12 1.83 5.56 I 3.38 2.46 3.60 2 1/2x2 3/4 3.12 1.83 5.56 I 3.38 2.44 3.60 2 1/2x2 3/4 3.12 1.83 5.56 I 3.38 2.44 3.60 2 1/2x2 3/4 3.44 2.15 6.25 I 3.91 2.78 3.80 2 1/2x2 3/4 3.44 2.15 6.25 I 3.91 2.76 3.80 2 1/2x2 3/4 3.44 2.15 6.25 I 3.91 2.76 3.80 2 1/2x2 3/4 3.44 2.15 6.25 I 3.91 2.74 4.40 2 1/2x2 3/4 3.88 2.46 6.62 I 3.92 3.18 4.60 2 112x2 3/4 4.00 2.65 7.25 I 3.83 3.34 4.60 2 1/2x2 3/4 4.00 2.65 7.25 I 3.83 3.32 4.60 2 1/2x2 3/4 4.00 2.65 7.25 I 3.83 3.32 4.60 2 1/2x2 3/4 4.00 2.65 7.25 4.52 3.30 4.80 2 1/2x2 3/4 4.00 2.65 7.25 4.52 3.07 5.40 2 5/8x4 4.75 3.18 8.30 3.83 4.07 6.93 2 5/8x4 4.75 3.18 8.30 3.83 4.05 748 2 5/8x4 4.75 3.18 8.30 3.83 3.82 7.61 2 5/8x4 5.12 3.71 I 9.38 3.86 4.44 7.50 2 5 /8x4 5.12 3.71 I 9.38 4.42 I 4.42 8.00 2 5/8x4 5.12 3.71 I 9.38 4.42 1 4.19 I 8.00 2 3/4x4 1/4 6.25 4.83 I I 12.32 4.48 I 5.55 I 11.60 Page 13 LISTED LISTED APPROVED For fire protection services request submittal GRS 1.3 Mechanical branch connections for reducing branch outlets without welding. The MT 2 is a bolted saddle type fitting with grooved outlets. Design assures superior sealing, full pipe support, excellent stability and easy installation D NOMINAL UL or FM MAX. SIZE WORKING IN. P .s .1./ 3 O.D.x1 1/4 1 300 3 O.D.x1 1/2 I 300 3x1 1/2 I 300 3x2 I 300 4x1 1/2 300 4x2 300 4x2 1/2 300 4x3 O.D. 300 4x3 300 5x2 300 5x2 1/2 300 5x3 300 6x1 1/2 300 6x2 300 6x2 112 300 6x3 O.D. 300 6x3 300 6x4 300 6.5 0.D.x1 1/2 300 6.5 0.D.x2 300 6.5 0.D.x3 O.D. 300 6.5 0.D.x3 300 6.5 O.D.x4 300 8x2 1/2 300 8x3 300 8x4 300 Page 14 STA1VPIPEPRODUCTS r HOLE D IA. 125/ -0.0 IN- 2.00 MT -2 GROOVED MECHANICAL BRANCH TEE 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.00 2.50 2.75 2.75 3.50 2.50 2.75 3.50 2.00 2.50 2.75 2.75 3.50 4.50 2.00 2.50 2.75 3.50 4.50 2.75 3.50 4.50 NUFS /BOLTS (INCH) QTY SIZE 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 314 2 112x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/ 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x3 1/4 2 5/8x4 2 5/8x4 2 5/8x4 2 5/8x4 2 518x4 2 5/8x4 2 518x4 2 5/8x4 2 5 /8x4 2 5/8x4 2 5/8x4 2 5/8x4 2 5/8x4 2 5/8x4 2 3!4x41/4 3/4x4 1/4 3/4x4 1/4 All sizes may be used as mechanical crosses. Outlet branch is machined per standard cut groove specification Contact Star Pipe Products for actual listings on specific pipes A 3.18 3.18 3.44 3.44 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.13 4.75 4.75 5.00 5.12 5.12 5.12 5.12 5.25 5:38 5.12 5.12 5.12 5.25 5.38 6.25 6.50 6.38 MECHANICAL TEES 1.89 1.89 2.15 2.15 2.64 2.65 2.65 2.65 2.65 3.18 3.18 3.18 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.71 3.65 3.65 3.65 3.65 3.65 4.83 4:83 4.83 DIME NS IONS Inch /rrw C 5.69 5.69 6.25 6.25 7.25 7.25 7.25 7.25 7.25 8.30 8.30 8.30 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.25 9.25 9.25 9.25 9.38 12.32 12.32 12.32 D 3.38 3.38 3.91 3.91 3.83 4.52 4.52 4.52 5.12 4.52 4.52 5.12 3.86 4.42 4.42 4.42 5.62 6.50 3.86 4.42 4.42 5.62 6.50 4.48 5.68 6.59 AP P R OX. WEIGHT EACH Lbs 3.60 3.60 3.80 4.40 4.60 4.80 5.40 7.60 7.60 719 7 19 7.90 7.50 8.00 8.00 9.70 9.70 13.60 7.50 8.00 8.00 9.70 13.60 11.60 12.60 15.30 Mechanical branch connections for reducing branch outlets without welding. The MT-8 is a bolted saddle type fitting with BSP female threaded outlets. Design assures superior sealing, full pipe support, excellent stability and easy installation. NOMINAL 5 IZ E IN. 2x1 2x1 1/4 2x1 1/2 3 O.D.x1 3 O.D.x1 1/4 S%lAR °PIPEPRODUCTS 3 O.D.x1 1/2 3x1 3x1 1/4 3x1 1/2 3x2 4x1 4x1 1/4 4x1 1/2 4x2 4x3 O.D. 6 O.D.x 11/2 6 O.D.x 2 6 O.D.x3 O.D. UL or FM MAX. WOR KING P.S.1./ 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 HOLE DIA. 125/-0.0 IN. 1.50 1.75 1.75 1.50 2.00 2.00 1.50 2.00 2.00 2.50 1.50 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.75 2.00 2.50 2.75 NUT S/B OLT S (INCH) QTY SIZE 2 3/8x2 2 3/8x2 2 3/8x2 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 112x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 1/2x2 3/4 2 5/8x4 2 5/8x4 2 5/8x4 All Sizes may be used as mechanical crosses. Threads are British standard paralled jointing per BS 21 Contact Star Pipe Products for actual listings on specific pipes MT -8 BSP THREADED MECHANICAL BRANCH TEE A 2.62 2.62 2.62 3.18 3.18 3.18 3.44 3.44 3.44 3.44 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 5.06 5.06 5.12 MECHANICAL TEES LPC13 O LISTED LISTED APPROVED For fire protection services request submittal GRS 1.3 E C DIMENSIONS -Inch/ B C D 1.58 I 4.62 2.47 1.58 I 4.62 2.47 1.58 I 4.62 2.86 1.89 5.69 3.38 1.89 5.69 3.38 1.89 I 5.69 3.38 2.15 I 6.25 3.91 2.15 I 6.25 3.91 2.15 6.25 3.91 2.15 6.25 3.91 2.65 7.25 3.83 2.65 I 7.25 3.83 2.65 7.25 3.83 2.65 I 7.25 4.52 2.65 7.25 4.52 3.65 J 9.25 3.86 3.65 9.25 4.42 3.65 1 9.25 4.42 1.96 1.94 1.94 2.46 2.44 2.44 2.78 2.76 2.76 2.74 3.34 3.32 3.32 3.30 3.07 4.32 4.32 4.19 AP P R OX. WE IGHT EACH Lbs. 1.70 1.70 1.70 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.80 3.80 3.80 4.40 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.80 5.40 7.50 8.00 8.00 Page 15 STANDARD CAST IRON PIPE FITTINGS CLASS 125 30 The iron from which Class 125 cast iron fittings are made is held to strict formula by careful chemical analysis and control. Tapping is done on the most modern types of threading machines. All tappings are to USA Standards for iron pipe threads. Straightness and correct depth of threads assured through continuous capable inspection, by carefully trained inspectors. Every fitting is hand sorted and i inspected to eliminate defective castings. WARD fittings are made to specifications as published by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) for pipe fittings. They also conform to United States Federal Specifications. A chamfer is cut or cast in all openings, permitting easy entrance of pipe and preventing damage to the first thread in handling and threading. Because of the close attention paid to formula control together with the use of modern precision equipment we are able to produce castings of rugged strength and ability to make up tight. TEMPERATURE PRESSURE RATING TEMP F 20 TO 150 200 250 300 350 400 PSIG 175 165 150 140 125 (see note 1) NOTES 1) Permissible for service temperature up to 353 F reflecting temperature of saturated steam at 125 psig. .2) Permissible for service temperature up to 406° F reflecting temperature of saturated steam at 250 psig. Pressure Ratings: Coatings: Size 1 /4 3/8" 1/2" 3/4. 1 1 1/4' 1 1/2" 2 I 1 1/2' 3 1/2" 4' 0.1) of Band .970 1160 1.380 1 670 1.990 2.430 2.720 3.320 3.90 4 660 5.240 5.830 Thread Length 360 400 470 540 620 710 740 790 960 1 020 1 070 1 120 Metal Thickness (min) 110 120 130 150 170 180 .200 .220 .240 .260 .280 .310 Material: ASTM A1.26 Class A Minimum for cast iron Dimensions: ANSI B 16.1 ANSI B 1.20.1 for pipe threads ANSI /ASME B 16.1 for cast iron ASTM (ANSI) A 153 for galvanizing Additional Specifications:UL, ULC AND FM where applicable. Federal specifications WWP 501 CAST IRON STRAIGHT 90° ELLS NPS 1/4 3/8° 1/2° 3/4" 1 1 1/4 1 1/2" 2" 2 1/2" 3 3 1/2" 4" 1/2 x 3/8' 3/4 x 1/2° 3/4 x 3/8" 1 x 3/4" 1 x 1/2" 1 1/4 x 1" 1 1/4 x 3/4' 1 1/4 x 1/2' 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 11/2x1 1 1/2 X 3/4" 1 1/2 x 1/2" 2 x 1 1/2" 2 x 1 1/4" 2x1 2 X 3/4 2 x 1/2" 21/2 x 2' 2 1/2 x 1 1/2" 2 1/2 X 1 1/4' 2 1/2 X 1 2 1/2x3/4' 3x21/2' 3 x 2' 3 x 1 1/2' 3 X 1 1/4 3x1 31/2 x 3" 4 x 3 1/2" 4 x 3' 4 x 21 /2" 4 x 2' 4x11/2' Center to End A 0.810 0.950 1 120 1.310 1.500 1 750 1.940 2.250 2.700 3.080 3.420 3.790 1 120 1.200 1.200 1.370 1.260 1.580 1 450 1.340 1.820 1 650 1.520 1.520 2.020 1.900 1 730 1.600 1 600 2.390 2.160 2.040 1.870 1.870 2.830 2.520 2.520 2.170 2.170 3.420 3.540 3.300 3.300 2.740 2.740 Outside Dia. of Band B (min) 0.930 1 120 1.340 1.630 1.950 2.390 2.680 3.280 3.860 4 620 5.200 5.790 1 120 1.220 1.220 1 450 1.360 1.670 1 620 1.530 1.880 1.800 1 750 1 750 2.160 2.100 2.020 1.970 1.970 2.600 2.510 2.450 2.370 2.370 2.990 2.890 2.890 2.740 2 740 3.420 3.690 3.600 3.600 3.410 3.410 1.340 1.630 1 630 1.950 1.950 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.680 2.680 2.680 2.680 3.280 3.280 3.280 3.280 3.280 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 4.620 4 620 4.620 4.620 4 620 5.200 5.790 5 790 5 790 5.790 5.790 Thread Length D (min) 0.320 0.360 0 430 0.500 0.580 0.670 0 700 0 750 0.920 0.980 1.030 1 080 1.340 1.340 1.340 1.630 1.340 1.950 1.630 1.340 2.390 1 950 1 630 1.630 2 680 2.390 1.950 1 630 1.630 3.280 2.680 2.390 1.950 1.950 3 860 3.280 3.280 2.390 2.390 5.200 5.200 4 620 4 620 3.280 3.280 Take Out Dimension 0.435 0.575 0.558 0.748 0 813 1 063 1.253 1.500 1 763 2.080 2.358 2.665 0 430 0.500 0.500 0.580 0.580 0.670 0.670 0 670 0 700 0 700 0 700 0 700 0 750 0 750 0 750 0 750 0 750 0.920 0.920 0 920 0.920 0.920 0.980 0.980 0.980 0.980 0.980 1 030 1 080 1.080 1 080 1 080 1 080 0.360 0 430 0.360 0.500 0 430 0.580 0.500 0 430 0 670 0.580 0.500 0 430 0 700 0 670 0.580 0.500 0 430 0 750 0 700 0 670 0.580 0.500 0.920 0 750 0 700 0.670 0.580 0.980 1 030 0.980 0.920 0.750 0.700 CAST IRON REDUCING 90° ELL S Center Center Outside Outside Length Length Take Take NPS to End to End Dia. of Dia. of of of Out Out Band Band Thread Thread X Z B1(min) B2(min) D1(min) D2(min) 0.745 0 700 0.825 0.808 0 760 0.893 0.888 0.840 1 133 0.963 0.958 1 020 1,333 1.213 1.043 1 168 1 100 1.640 1 473 1.353 1 183 1.308 1.893 1 770 1.833 1 483 1 483 2.420 2.478 2.300 2.363 1.990 2.053 0 620 0 658 0 658. 0 762 0 672 0.982 0.933 0.843 1 193 1 113 1 063 1 063 1 410 1.350 1.270 1.220 1.220 1 663 1.573 1.513 1 433 1 433 1.990 1.890 1.890 1 740 1 740 2.358 2.565 2.475 2.475 2.285 2.285 FIGURE 21 FIGURE 22 31 CAST IRON 45° ELLS 32 x' s z �i%.." i "•a`�3.y�i:33i ii�t�i`5= Center to Outside Dia. Length of Take Out NPS End of Band Thread A B (min) C (min) 1/2" 0.880 1.340 1 0 430 0.380 3/4 0.980 1.630 1 0.500 0 418 1 1 120 1.950 1 0.580 0.433 1 1/4" 1.290 2.390 0.670 0.603 1 1/2" 1 430 2.680 0.700 0 743 2" 1 680 3.280 1 0 750 0.930 2 1/2" 1.950 3.860 1 0:920 1 013 3" 2.170 4.620 N 0.980 1 170 3 1/2" 2.390 5.200 1 1.030 1.328 4" 2.610 5.790 1 1.080 1 485 Center Outside Thread Take NPS to End Dia. of Band Length Out Dim. A B (min) D (min) 3/8" 0.950 1 1 120 0.360 0.575 1/2" 1 120 1.340 0.430 0 620 3/4' 1.310 1.630 1 0.500 0.748 1 1 1.500 1.950 1 0.580 0.813 11/4' 1 1 750 2.390 0.670 1 063 1 1/2' 1.940 2.680 0 700 1.253 2" 1 2.250 3.280 1 0 750- 1.500 2 1/2' 1 2.700 3.860 1 0.920 1 763 3" 1 3.080 4.620 1 0.980 2.080 3 1/2' 1 3.420 5.200 1 1.030 2.358 4' 1 3.790 5.790 1 1.080 2.665 CAST IRON STRAIGHT TEES "?p,4*Tr F �.S :„7"..! FIGURE 24 Z• i+. '_-Tx`:iM'tidti4ii4.ti�i �r;A!4+`er5 i^'?iS emrsfikazamotamemsternstangantatve FIGURE 23 1 CAST IRON REDUCING TEES m- ..G.s,�_._ ..gi�..��.�w'�...r',s w€G.,.:sngakt i. Al 1 I D1 6 2- a r -A3 D2 D3 1 B3 81 1/2 x 1/2 x 3/8 1/2 x 3/8 x 1/2 1/2 x 3/8 x 3/8 3/8 x 3/8 x 1/2 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 3/4 x 3/8 3/4 x 1/2 x 3/4 3/4_x 1/2 x 1/2 1/2 x 1/2 x 3/4 1 x 1 x 3/4 1 x 1 x 1/2 1 x 1 x 3/8 1.x 3/8 x1 1 x 3/4 x 1 1 x 3/4 x 3/4 1 x 3/4 x 1/2 1 x 1/2 x 1 1 x 1/2 x 3/4 1 x 1/2 x 1/2 1 x 1/4 x 1 3/4 x 3/4 x 1 3/4 x 1/2 x 1 11/4x11/4x1 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 3/4 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1/2 1 1/4 x 1 x 1 1/4 1 1/4 x 1 x 1 1 1/4 x 1 x 3/4 1 1/4 x 1 x 1/2 1 1/4 x 3/4 x 1 1/4 1 1/4 x 3/4 x 1 1 1/4 x3/4 x 3/4 1 1/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 1 1/4 x 1/2 x 1 1/4 1 1/4 x 1/2 x 1 1 1/4 x 1/2 x 3/8 11/4x1/2x1/2 1 1/4 x 1/2 x 3/4 1 1/4 x 1/4 x 1 1/4 1 1/4 x 1/8 x 1 1/4 1 x 1 x 1 1/4 1 x 3/4 x 1 1/4 1x1/2x11/4 11/2x 11/2x11/2x1 1 1/2 x 1 1/2x3/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/2 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 3/8 11/2x11/4x1 11/2x11/4x1 H H Al 1 120 1 120 1.120 1 120 1.200 1.200 1.310 1.200 1.310 1.370 1.260 1.260 1.500 1.500 1.370 1.260 1.500 1.370 1.260 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.580 1 450 1.340 1.750 1.580 1 450 1.340 1.750 1.580 1 450 1 450 1.750 1 750 1.580 1.340 1 450 1 750 1 750 1.750 1.750 1 750 1.820 1.650 1.520 1 410 1 410 1.940 1.820 A2 1.120 1 120 1 120 1 120 1.200 1.200 1.310 1 120 1.310 1.370 1.260 1.260 1.360 1 450 1.310 1.260 1.360 1.310 1 120 1.200 1 450 1.360 1.580 1 450 1.340 1.670 1.500 1.370 1.260 1.620 1 450 1.310 1.310 1:530 1.530 1 450 1120 1.310 1.530 1.530 1.620 1.620 1.530 1.820 1.650 1.520 1 410 1 410 1.880 1 750 Center Center Center NPS To End To End To End H denotes Heel El A3 1 120 1 120 1 120 1 120 1.220 1.220 1.310 1.220 1.310 1 450 1.360 1.360 1.500 1.500 1 450 1.360 1.500 1 450 1.360 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.670 1.620 1.530 1.750 1.670 1.620 1.530 1 750 1.670 1.620 1.620 1.750 1 750 1 450 1.530 1.620 1 750 1 750 1 750 1 750 1 750 1.880 1.800 1 750 1.660 1.660 1.940 1.880 Outside Dia. of Band B1(min) 1.340 1.340 1.340 1.340 1.630 1.630 1.630 1.630 1.630 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.680 2.680 2.680 2.680 I 2.680 I 2.680 2.680 I Outside Outside Dia. Dia. of Band of Band B 2(min) B. 3(min) 1.340 1.340 1.340 1.340 1.340 1.630 1.630 1.630 1.340 1.630 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.340 1.630 1.630 1.950 1.340 1.630 1.340 0.930 1.630 1.340 2.390 2.390 2.390 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.630 1.630 1.630 1.630 1.340 1.340 1.340 1.340 1.630 0.930 0.810 1.630 1.630 1.340 2.680 2.680 2.680 2.660 2.680 2.390 1.340 1.340 1.340 1.340 1.340 1.630 1.340 1.630 1.630 1.340 1.340 1.950 1.950 1.630 1.340 1.950 1.630 1.340 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.630 1.340 2.390 1.950 1.630 1.340 2.390 1.950 1.630 1.630 2.390 2.390 1 120 1.340 1.630 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390 1.950 1.630 1.340 1.340 2.680 2.390 I 2.390 Dl(min) D2(min) 0.430 I 0.430 0.430 I 0.360 0.430 I 0.360 0.360 I 0.360 0.500 I 0.500 0.500 I 0.500 0.500 I 0.430 0.500 0.430 0.430 0.430 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.360 0.580 0.500 0.580 0.500 0.580 0.500 0.580 0.430 0.580 0.430 0.580 0.430 0.580 0.320 0:500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.580 0.670 0.580 0.670 0.580 0.670 0.580 0.670 0.500 0.670 0.500 0.670 0.500 0.670 0.500 0.670 0.430 0.670 0.430 0.670 0.430 0.670 0.430 0.670 0.430 0.670 0.320 0.670 0.320 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.500 0.580 0.430 0.700 0.700 0.700 0.700 0 700 0.700 0.700 0.700 0.700 0.700 0.700 0.670 0 700 0.670 D3(min) 0.360 0.430 0.360 0.430 0.430 0.360 0.500 0.430 0.500 0.500 0.430 0.360 0.580 0.580 0.500 0.430 0.580 0.500 0.430 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.500 0.430 0.670 0.580 0.500 0.430 0.670 0.580 0.500 0.430 0.670 0.580 0.360 0.430 0.500 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.580 0.500 0.430 0.360 0.670 0.670 FIGURE 25 Thread Thread Thread Take Take Take Length Length Length Out Out Out 0.620 0.620 0.620 0.745 0.638 0.638 0.748 0.638 0.810 0.683 0.573 0.573 0.813 0.813 0.683 0.573 0.813 0.683 0.573 0.813 0.938 0.938 0.893 0.763 0.653 1.063 0.893 0.763 0.653 1.063 0.893 0.763 1 0.763 1.063 1.063. 0.893 0.653 0.763 1.063 1.063 1.063 1.063 1.063 1 133 0.963 0.833 0.723 0.723 1.253 1133 0.620 0.745 0.745 0.745 0.638 0.638 0.810 0.620 0.810 0.763 0.673 0.673 0.985 0.888 0.748 0.698 0.860 0.810 0.620 0.825 0.888 0.860 0.893 0.763 0.653 0.983 0.813 0.683 0.573 1.058 0.888 0.748 0.748 1.030 1.030 0.950 0.620 0.810 1 155 1.280 0.983 1.058 1.030 1 133 0.963 0.833 0.723 0.723 1 193 1.063 0.745 0.620 0.745 0.620 0.720 0.845 0.748 0.720 0.748 0.888 0.860 0.985 0.813 0.813 0.888 0.860 0.813 0.888 0.860 0.813 0.813 0.813 0.983 1.058 1.030 1.063 0.983 1.058 1.030 1.063 0.983 1.058 1 120 1.063 1.063 1.075 1.030 1.058 1.063 1.063 1.063 1.063 1.063 1 193 1 113 1 188 1160 1.285 1.253 1 193 33 y_. 1 CAST IRON REDUCING TEES 34 kr B2-4 -A3- I D2 r.e A2 F %iii I w Al r i i 11 B3 B1 3 Center NPS To End H denotes Heel Ell Al 11/2x11/4x1 (l 1.650 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 x 3/4 1 1 1.520 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 x 1/2 1.410 1 1/2 x 1 x 1 1/2 EA 1.940 1 1/2 x 1 x 1 1/4 1 1 1.940 11/2x1x1 1.650 1 1 1 1/2 x 1 x 3/4 1.650 11/2x1x1/2 1410 1 1/2 x 3/4 x 1 1/2 1.940 1 1/2 x.3/4 x 1 1/4 I 1 1.940 1 1/2 x 3/4 x 1 1 1 1.650 1 1/2 x 3/4 x 3/4 1 1 1.650 1 1/2 x 3/4 x 1/2 i I 1.525 1 1/2 x 1/2 x 1 1/2 I j 1.940 1'1/2 x 1/2 x 1 1/4 I j 1.940 1 1/2 x 1/2 x 3/4 1 I 1.525 1 1/2 x 1/2 x 1/2 1 1 1.525 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/2 I I 1.940 1 1/4 x 1 x 1 1/2 1.940 I f 1 1/4 x 3/4 x 1 1/2 1.940 1 1/4 x 1/2 x 1 1/2 I 1.940 2 x 2 x 1 1/2 11 2.020 2x 2x 11/4 1.900 2x2x1 1.730 2x2x3/4 1.600 2x2x1/2 1490 2x11/2x2 2.250 2 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 1 2.020 2 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 I 2.020 2x11/2x 1 I 1 730 2 x 1 1/2x3/4 1.600 2 X 1 1J2 x 1/2 1 490 2x11/4x2 I 1 2.250 2 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/2 Li 2.020 2 x 1 1/4 x 11/4 1.900 2x 11/4x 1 I I 1.900 2 x 1 1/4 x 1/2 L) 1 490 2x1x2 2.250 2 x 1 x 1 1/2 2.250 2x 1x11/4 1.900 2xlx1 1730 2 x 1 x 3/4 1 730 2x3/4 x 2 2.250 2 x 3/4 x 1 1/2 H 2.250 2 x 3/4 x 1 1/4 2.250 2x3/4x1 1730 2 x 3/4 x 3/4 1 600 2 x 3/4 x 1/2 1.600 2x1/2x2 2.250 2 x 1/2 x 1 1/2 2.020 Center Center Outside To End To End Dia. of Band A2 A3 B 1(min) 1.580 1 1.800 1 2.680 1 1 450 1 1 750 1 2.680 1.340 1 1.660 I 2.680 1.880 1.940 1 2.680 1.800 1 1.940 1 2.680 1.500 1 1.800 1 2.680 1.500 1 1.800 1 2.680 1.340 1.660 1 2.680 1.750 1.940 I 2.680 1 750 1.940 I 2.680 1.500 1.800 I 2.680 1.500 1 800 1 2.680 1.375 1.800 I 2.680 1.660 1.940 1 2.680 1.660 1 94Q 1 2.680 1.375 1.800 I 2.680 1.375 1.800 I 2.680 1.880 1.940 1 2.680 1.800 1.940 1 2.680 1 750 1.940 I 2.680 1.660 1 940 1 2.680 2.020 2.160 3.280 1.900 2.100 3.280 1.730 2.020 3.280 1.600 1.970 1 3.280 1 490 1.880 1 3.280 2.160 2.250 1 3.280 1.940 2.160 3.280 1.940 2.160 1 3.280 1.650 1 2.020 i 3.280 1.520 1 1.970 1 3.280 1 410 1 1.880 I 3.280 2.100 1 2.250 1 3.280 1 940 1 2.160 1 3.280 1 750 1 2.100 1 3.280 1.750 1 2.100 I 3.280 1 410 1 1.880 1 3.280 2.020 2.250 1 3.280 2.020 1 2.250 I 3.280 1 750 1 2.100 I 3.280 1.940 1 2.020 1 3.280 1.940 1 2.020 1 3.280 1.970 2.250 1 3.280 1:970 2.250 3.280 1.970 2.250 l 3.280 1.940 2.020 3.280 1.600 1.970 I 3.280 I 1.600 1.970 3.280 I 1.880 2.250 3.280 1.660 2.160 1 3.280 I Outside Outside Dia. Dia. of Band of Band B 2(min} B 3(min) 1.950 1 2.390 2.390 1 2.390 1 1.950 1 1.950 1.950 1.950 2.390 1.630 1.630 1.950 1.630 1.630 1.340 1.340 1.630 1.630 2.390 1.950 1.630 1.340 3.280 3.280 3.280 3.280 3.280 2.680 2.680 2.680 2.680 2.680 2.680 2.390 2.680 2.390 2.390 2.680 1.950 1.950 2.390 1.950 1.950 1 630 1.630 1.630 1.950 1.630 1.630 1.340 1.340 1.630 1.340 2.680 2.680 1.950 1.950 1.340 2.680 2.680 1.950 1.630 1.630 2.680 2.680 1.630 1.630 2.680 2.680 2.680 2.680 2.680 2.390 1.950 1 630 1.340 3.280 2.680 2.680 1.950 1.630 1.340 3.280 2.680 2.390 2.390 1.340 3.280 3.280 2.390 1.950 1.950 3.280 3.280 3.280 1.950 1.630 1 630 3.280 2.680 FIGURE 25 Thread Thread Thread Take Take Take Length Length Length Out Out Out Dl (min) D 2(min) D 3(min) 0.700 I 0.670 1 0.580 1 0.963 0.700 0.670 0.500 10.833 0.700 0.670 0 430 1 0.723 0.700 0.580 0.700 1.253 0.700 0.580 0.670 1.253 0.700 0.580 0.580 0.963 0.700 0.580 0.500 0.963 0.700 0.580 1 0.430 0.723 0.700 0.500 0.700 1.253 0.700 0.500 0.670 1.253 0.700 0.500 0.580 0.963 0.700 0.500 0.500 0.963 0.700 0.500 0 430 0.838 0.700 0 430 0.700 1.253 0.700 0.430 0.670 1.253 0.700 0 430 0.500 0.838 0.700 0.430 0 430 0.838 0.670 0 670 0 700 1.253 0.670 0.580 0.700 1.253 0.670 0.500 0 700 1.253 0.670 0.430 0.700 1.253 0.750 0.750 0.700 1.270 0.750 0 750 0.670 1 150 0.750 0.750 0.580 0.980 0.750 0.750 0.500 0.850 0.750 0.750 0.430 0.740 0.750 0.700 0.750 1.500 0.750 0.700 0.700 1.270 0.750 0.700 0.670 1.270 0.750 0.700 0.670 0.980 0.750 0.700 0.500 0.850 0 750 0 700 0.430 0 740 0.750 0.670 0.750 1.500 0 750 0.670 0.700 1.270 0.750 0.670 0.670 1150 0.750 0.670 0.580 1150 0.750 0.670 0 430 0 740 0.750 0.580 0.750 1.500 0.750 0.580 0 700 1.500 0.750 0.580 0.670 1 150 0.750 0.580 0.580 0.980 0.750 0.580 0.500 0.980 0.750 0.500 0 750 1.500 0 750 0.500 0 700 1.500 0.750. 0.500 0.670 1.500 0 750 0.500 0.580 0.980 0.750 0.500 0.500 0.850 0.750 0.500 0.500 1 0.850 0.750 0 430 0 750 1 1.500 0.750 0 430 0 700 1 1.270 0.893 1 113 0.763 1 188 0.653 1 160 1 113 L253 1 113 1.253 0.813 1.113 0.813 1.238 0.653 1 160 1.188 1.253 1 188 1.253 0.938 1 113 0.938 1.238 0.813 1.300 1 160 1.253 1 160 1.253 0.875 1.238 0.875 1.300 1 193 1.253 1 113 1.253 1 188 1.253 0.973 1.253 1.270 1 473 1 150 1 413 0.980 1.333 0.850 1 408 0.740 1.380 1.473 1.500 1.253 1 473 1.253 1 473 0.963 1.333 0.833 1 408 0 723 1.380 1 413 1.500 1.253 1 473 1.063 1 413 1 063 1 1.413 0 723 1.380 1.333 1.500 1.333 1.563 1.063 1 413 1.253 1.333 1.253 1.458 1 408 1.500 1 408 1.563 1 408 1.563 1.378 1 333 1 038 1 408 1038 1470 1.380 1.500 1 160 1 473 CAST IRON REDUCING TEES NPS H denotes Heel Ell 2x1/2x11/4 2 x 1/2 x 3/4 2x1 /2x1/2 11/2x11/2x2 11/2x11/4x2 1 1/2 x 1 x2 21/2x21/2x2 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 1 1/2 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 1 1/4 21/2x21/2x1 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 3/4 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 1/2 21/2x2x21/2 21/2x2x2 2 1/2 x 2 x 1 1/2 2 1/2 x 2 x 1 1/4 2 1/2 x 2 x 1 2 1/2 x 2 x 3/4 21/2x2x1/2 2 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 2 1/2 21/2x11/2x2 2 112 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 1 21/2x11/2x11/4 2 1/2 x 1 1/2x1/2 I 2 1/2 x 1 1/4 x 2 1/2 21/2x11/4x2 2 1/2 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/2 I 2 1/2 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 I 21/2x11/4x1 2 1/2 x 1 x 2 1/2 21/2x1x2 2 1/2 x 1 x 1 1/4 21/2x1x1 2 1/2 x 1 x 3/4 2 1/2 x 3/4 x 2 1/2 21/2x3/4x2 H 2 1/2 x 3/4 x 1 2 1/2 x 3/4 x 3/4 2 1/2 x 1/2 x 2 1/2 H 2 1/2 x 1/2 x 2 H 2x2x21/2 2x 11/2x21/2 2x11/4x21/2 2x1 x21/2 2x3/4x21/2 I H 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 2 1/2 1 3x3x21/2 3x3x2 3x3x11/2 3 Center Center Center To End To End To End Al 1.730 1.600 1.600 2.160 2.250 2.250 2.390 2.160 2.040 1.870 1.870 1.870 2.700 2.390 2.390 2.040 2.040 1.870 1.630 2.700 2.390 2.160 2.040 1.630 2.700 2.700 2.160 2.040 2.140 2.700 2.700 2.140 1.940 1.940 2.700 2.700 1.940 1.940 2.700 2.700 2.600 2.600 2.700 2.700 2.700 2.510 2.830 2.520 2.520 2.170 A2 1.730 1.600 1.600 2.160 2.100 2.020 2.390 2.160 2.040 1.870 1.870 1.870 2.600 2.250 2.250 1.900 1.900 1.870 1 490 2.510 2.250 1.940 1.900 1 490 2.450 2.450 1.940 1.900 2.120 2.450 2.450 2.120 1.750 1.750 2.320 2.320 1.750 1.750 2.230 2.600 2.600 2.600 2.450 2.450 2.320 2.510 2.830 2.520 2.520 2.170 A3 2.020 1.970 1.970 I 2.020 2.250 2.250 2.600 2.510 2.450 2.370 2.370 2.370 2.700 2.600 2.600 2.450 2.450 2.370 2.230 2.700 2.600 2.510 2.450 2.230 2.700 2.700 2.510 2.450 2.510 2.700 2.700 2.510 2.370 2.370 2.700 2.700 2.370 2370 2.700 2.700 2.390 2.390 2.700 2.700 2.700 2.160 2.990 2.890 2.890 2.740 Outside Dia. of Band B1(min) 3.280 3.280 3.280 2.680 3.280 3.280 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.280 3.280 3.860 3.860 3.860 2.680 4.620 4.620 4.620 4.620 Outside I Dia. of Band B2(min) 1.340 1.630 1.630 2.680 2.390 1.950 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.280 3.280 3.280 3.280 3.280 3.860 3.280 2.680 3.280 2.680 3.280 3.280 2.390 2.390 2.680 2.390 2.390 2.390 2.390' 2.390 1.950 1.950 1.630 1.630 1.950 1.950 1.340 1.340 3.280 3.280 2.390 2.390 1.630 2.680 4.620 4.620 4.620 4.620 Outside Dia. of Band B3(min) 2.680 1.630 1.630 3.280 3.280 3.280 3.280 2.680 2.390 1.950 1.950 1.950 3.860 3.280 3.280 2.390 2.390 1.950 1.340 3.860 3.280 2.680 2.390 1.340 3.860 3.860 2.680 2.390 2.390 3.860 3.860 2.390 1.950 1.950 3.860 3.860 1.950 1.950 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 I 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.860 3.280 3.280 2.390 Thread Thread Thread Length Length Length Dl(min) 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.700 0.700 0.700 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920. 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.700 0.980 0.980 0.980 0.980 D2(min) D3(min) 0.430 I 0.670 0.430 I 0.500 0.430 0.700 0.670 0.580 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.700 0.750 0.700 0.700 0.700 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.670 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.580 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.430 0.430 0.750 0.700 0.670 0.580 0.500 0.700 0.980 0.980 0.980 0.980 0.430 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.700 0.670 0.580 0.500 0.430 0.920 0.750 0.700 0.670 0.580 0.580 0.430 0.920 0.750 0.700 0.670 0.430 0.920 0.750 0.700 0.670 0.580 0.920 0.700 0.670 0.580 0.500 0.920 0.750 0.580 0.500 0.920 0.750 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.920 0.750 0.700 0.670 FIGURE 25 Take Take Take Out Out Out 1.270 0.850 0.850 1 473 1.563 1.563 1.453 1.223 1 103 0.933 0.933 0.933 1.763 1 453 1.453 1 103 1.103 0.933 0.693 1.763 1 453 1.223 1.103 0.693 1 763 1.763 1.223 1.103 1.203 1.763 1.763 1.203 1.003 1.003 1 1.763 1 1.763 1 1.003 1 1.003 1.763 1.763 1.850 1.850 1.950 1.950 1.950 1.823 1.830 1.520 1.520 1.170 1.160 1.100 1.100 1.473 1.413 1.333 1.453 1.223 1.103 0.933 0.933 0.933 1.850 1.500 1.500 1.150 1:150 1.120 0.740 1.730 1.823 1.763 1.563 1 1.850 1.253 1 1.823 1.213 1 1.763 0.803 1 1.730 1.763 I 1 763 1.763 1.253 1.213 1 433 1 763 1.763 1.433 1.063 1.683 1.063 1.808 1.758 1 1.763 1.758 1 188 1.188 1.730 2.100 1.850 1.913 1.763 1.763 1 758 1.823 1.830 1.520 1.520 1.170 1.473 1 408 1.470 1.270 1.500 1.500 1.850 1.823 1.763 1.683 1.808 1.870 1.763 1.850 1.913 1.763 1.763 1.808 1.950 1.823 1.763 1.823 1.763 1.950 1.823 1.950 1.683 1.808 1.763 1.950 1.453 1.453 1 763 1.763 1.763 1.223 2.053 2.140 2.203 2.053 35 CAST IRON PIPE CAPS IFAL!iiiMitirgoiNirgo*- 38 NPS 2 1/2' 3 3 1/2" 4" 5" 6° Outside Overall Thread Diameter Height Length A (min) B C (min) 3.860 I 1.810 I 0.920 4.620 I 1.910 0.980 5.200 I 2.030 1.030 5.790 I 2.220 I 1.080 7.050 I 2.380 I 1 180 8.280 I 2.630 I 1.280 CAST IRON CROSS rimwoaAiwoMetivamonranirotogoownsconstmiam*r44w FIGURE 30A Center Outside Length Metal Take Out NPS to End Dia. Band of Thread Thickness Dimension A B (min) D (min) E 1/2' I 1.250 I 1.340 0.430 0.160 0.820 3/4' I 1 440 I 1.630 0.500 0.180 0.940 1 I 1.630 I 1.950 0.580 0.200 1.050 1 1/4 I 1.940 I 2.390 0.670 0.220 1.270 11/2" I 2.130 I 2.680 0.700 0.240 1 430 2" I 2.500 I 3.280 1 750 0.260 1.750 --WASIMEglittaulatligkEiBitf"AVAW.W. FIGURE 30 k Spears FlameGuard CPVC Fire Sprinkler Products provide a cost effective alternative to metal systems with advantages of high corrosion resistance, improved system hydraulics, ease of installation, and quick assembly with readily available tools. CPVC Fire Sprinkler Systems are based on proven products that have been in continuous service for over 40 years. Spears FlameGuardTM products are approved by UL, FM Global, LPCB and Certified by NSF International for potable water use. Check local codes for restrictions and limitations. Corrosion Resistant CPVC Material Does Not Sustain Biological Growth Unlike metal systems, FlameGuardTM CPVC products never rust, scale or pit and do not sustain biological growth a cause of Microbiologically Influenced Corrosion (MIC) which can destroy metal fire sprinkler systems from the inside out. Superior Flow Characteristics for Lower Friction Losses The smooth wall interior surfaces of FlameGuard CPVC systems result in reduced friction loss over metal systems The design flow characteristics remain constant throughout the life of the product because there is no interior corrosion in the system due to microbiological activity Pressure Rated to 175 psi 150° F FlameGuardTM CPVC Fittings are produced in a combination of Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 configurations conforming to ASTM F438 or F439 standards for use with SDR 13.5 CPVC fire sprinkler pipe. UL Rated working pressure is 175 psi 150° F (LPCB rated to 120 °F) F ameGuard CPVC FIRE SPRINKLER PRODUCTS FG -2 -0700 CORROSION RESISTANT SUPERIOR FLOW EASE OF INSTALLATION Easy Installation for Lower Costs FlameGuardTM CPVC system installations significantly reduce costs over conventional metal piping by virtually eliminating prefabrication. Systems can be fully installed onsite using solvent cement joining methods. UL Listed for NFPA 13, 13R 13D Systems FlameGuardTM CPVC Fire Sprinkler Products are UL listed for Light Hazard occupancies as defined in NFPA 13 Residential occupancies up to and including 4- stories as defined in NFPA 13R, and Residential occupancies for one and two family dwellings and manufactured homes as defined in NFPA 13D Consult Spears CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Installation Instructions and NFPA Standards for additional applications inducing air plenum, system risers underground, attic, and garage installations. Full 10 -Year Limited Warranty FlameGuardTM CPVC Fire Sprinkler Products are warranted for 10 years against defects in material or workmanship. Consult Spears FlameGuard warranty for additional details. PROGRESSIVE PRODUCTS FROM SPEARS INNOVATION TECHNOLOGY Visit our web site: www.spearsmfg.com LOIN latiNTUR BID Quality Systems Certi ieate No. 29] Corporate Facilities, Sylmar, CA Assessed to ISO 9001 Spears FlameGuard The Leader in Innovative CPVC Fire Sprinkler System Products Pioneer in Molded -in Brass Insert Head Adapters Spears pioneered the development of the FlameGuardTM molded in -place brass thread insert for connection of sprinkler heads to CPVC fire sprinkler systems, then refining the design to produce one of the most reliable adapters of its type. Available in straight and reducing sizes with 1/2" 3/4" and 1" Brass FIPT threads, plus 3/4" through 2" Brass FIPT threaded female adapters for metal to- plastic transitions. Innovator of Advanced Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) Head Adapters Spears FlameGuard continuous improvement program developed the technology to produce a superior patented plastic threaded fitting the Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) Design. This unique design incorporates a patented thermoplastic compression process that equalizes stresses generated by tapered thread joint make -up. All CPVC plastic body and threads provide a more uniform construction and improved corrosion resistance. Available in straight and reducing sizes with 1/2 3/4" and 1" SR FIPT threads, plus 3/4" through 1 1/4" SR FIPT threaded female adapters for metal to- plastic transitions. Full Assortment of Specialty Products Fittings Configurations Spears FlcimeGucirdTM provides the specialty fittings needed in today's fire sprinkler systems. Like the adjustable drop nipple for fine -tuning to finished ceiling height, side wall tees for opposing heads, and ringed head adapter for ease of locating during installation. Plus, Spears FlameGuardTM line offers a full assortment of CPVC fire sprinkler fitting configurations including Tees, Elbows, Flanges, Couplings, Caps, Grooved Coupling Adapters and Unions, sizes 3/4" through 3" Spears Solvent Cements Thread Sealant FlameGuard products should be installed using Spears FS -3 Solvent Cement FS -1 Primer or FS -5 One -Step. Solvent Cement. For threaded joints, use Spears BLUE 75TM Thread Sealant that has been tested for compatibility with FlcimeGuardTM CPVC Fire Sprinkler Products. Consult sprinkler head manufacturer prior to use. Installation Training Available Contact Spears Technical Services for Details Fl a m eG u a rd TM Products must be installed in accordance with Spears CPVC Fire Sprinkler. Piping Products Installation Instructions, National Fire Protection Association Standards 13, 13R, 13D and in accordance with local codes Code requirements and field conditions may differ. It is the responsibility of the installing contractor to insure that the product is suitable to meet these requirements. SPEARS' MANUFACTURING COMPANY CORPORATE OFFICES 15853 Olden Street. Sylmar. CA 91342 P0. Box 9203, Sylmar, CA 91392 (818) 364 -1611 http: //www.spearsmfg:com ©Copyright 2000 Spears Manufacturing Company All Rights Reserved. Printed in the United States of America 07 /00. FG -2 -0700 it WELDING BRANCH OUTLET FITTINGS .0) APPROVED LISTED ERIT '1•2 4 e•44 d;ri" C.•i,.:Q• 0.••• -1Ze, UNIFIED DESIGNTM SERIES MERIT MANUFACTURING CORPORATION 319 Circle of Progress Pottstown, Pennsylvania 19464-3811 r Fire Protection 'other low Pressure RPi in "S stems Merit Weld- MiserTM Tee -Let® Welding Branch Outlet Fittings offer the user a high strength, low cost forged thread- ed and grooved line of fittings specifically designed and manufactured to be installed on schedules 5 thru 10 propri- etary thin wall flow pipe and standard wall pipe. Unified DesignTM Series Merit's Unified DesignTM Series carries all important design considerations into its entire line of welding branch outlet fittings. Merit Weld -Miser Tee -Lets are designed and manufactured to reduce the amount of weld required to install the Tee -Lets on thin wall or proprietary flow pipe. Typically only one weld -pass completes the installation. Merit Tee -Lets install with less weld volume than any other brand of welding outlet fittings for fire sprinkler appli- cations. To accomplish this: The contoured end of the fittings employs a reducd outside diameter Two major advantages are immediately apparent: The thinner wall on the contoured end permits welding temperatures to be matched to the thickness of the branch line or main thereby insuring complete penetration without cold welds, weld roll -off burn through or excessive distor tion. On the smaller sizes a heavier section is maintained on the threaded end of the fitting. This protects the threads from damage during shipping and handling prior to installation as well as from weld distortion. Each outlet size 1 1/2' and larger whether male or female threaded grooved or beveled requires the same hole size in the header pipe This simplifies the installa- tion process. General Specifications Tee -Let welding outlet fittings are manufactured from highly weldable steel which conforms to the chemical and physical require- ments of ASTM A -53 Grades A or B Type E. Ease of installation is assured when automatic welding equipment is used to install Merit Tee -Lets. Threads are cut in accordance with the requirements of ANSI B1.20 1 300 lb class, national standard for tapered pipe threads. BS21 BSPT threads are available. Tee -Let threaded and grooved welding outlet fittings are UUULC Listed, and FM Approved for use in the fire sprinkler systems installed' in accordance with the requirements of NFPA Bulletin 13. They are rated for 300 PSI operation in fire sprinkler systems, and higher pressures in other non critical piping systems. Send for pressure ratings per ASME/ANSI B31 Tee -Lets are offered in a wide variety of header sizes. The consolidated header sizes shown in the following charts allow the fit- tings to be installed on more than one header size, while permitting the first size listed to fit the header perfectly, while a small gap along the longitudinal centerline of the header will appear for the second size listed. For Your Piping Systems Specify Weld- Mi Tee= et �P Branch Outlet Fittings shall be Merit Weld- MiserrM Tee -Leto, lightweight forged steel, employing low weld volume profile to provide for full penetration welds with minimum burn through and pipe distortion on schedules 5 thru 10 proprietary thin wall, and standard wall pipe. Threads are to be ANSI B1.20 1 tapered 300 lb. class or BS21 1985, and the bore of the fittings calculated to improve flow. Welding outlets to be UL Listed, FM Approved for use conforming to NFPA, Bulletin 13 and pressure rated for 300 PSI maximum. Tee Lets® by Merit Manufacturing Corporation, Pottstown, Pennsylvania 19464 U.S.A. How to order Use either of the following methods for ordering Merit® Weld- MiserrM Tee Lets®. Method No. 1 Specify quantity Method No. 2 Use the following system: desired followed by the x Type Merit Steel part number shown in the Quantity Outlet Size Heade Size Weight End Tee Let Material dimensions chart for the type I I and size of outlet desired. ry Ll Always order Column "A' Insert size Sch. 10 A— Female Thread a few more of chart consolidation Standard B Male Thread than actually from C Cut Groove QUANTITY PART NUMBER required for Column "Er C/R —Roll Groove the job. of chart Type A. Female. Threads Part Nominal Nominal Number Outlet Header 85P r Size A Size B I 1002002 1/4 x 1-1/4 8 I 6s 6 200 1005012 1/2 x 1-1/4 1-1/2 13 x 32 40 1005015 1-1/2 2 40 50 1005020 2 2-1/2 50 65 1005025 2-1/2 8 65 200 1007012 3/4x 1-1/4 1-1/2 19 32 40 1007015 1-1/2 2 40 60 1007020 2 2-1/2 50 65 1007025 2-1/2 8 65 200 1010012 1 x 1-1/4 1-1/2 1110012 25 x 32 40 1010015 1-1/2 2 1110015 40 50 1010020 2 2-112 1110020 50 65 1010025 2-1/2 3 1 10025 85 80 1010030 3 4 1110030 80 100 1010050 5 8 1110050 125 200 1012012 1- 1/4 x 1-1/4 1-1/2 1112012 2x 32 40 1012015 1-112 2 1112015 40 50 1012020 2 2-1/2 1112020 50 65 1012025 2-1/2 3 112025 65 80 1012030 3 4 1112030 60 100 1012050 5 8 1112050 125 200 D Dimensions Corresponding Part Numbers In. run Outlet Length Size C 1.063 27.0 1.063 27.0 1.063 7i 0 1.063 27.0 1.125 28.6 1.125 28.6 1 125 28.6 1 125 28.6 1:250 31.8 1.250 31.6 1.250 31.8 1.250 31,6 1.250 31.8 1.250 31.8 1.375 It 1.375 34.9 1.375 1.375 34.9 1.375 ..,4 1.375 .9 B Inside Diameter Size 0.700 17,13 0.700 17,8 0.700 13.8 0.700 17.8 0.900 22.9 0.900 22,9 0.900 22.9 0.900 22.9 1.145 29.1 1 145 29.1 1 145 29.1 1 145 29,1 1.145 29.1 1.145 29.1 1.490 37.8 1.490 37.8 1.490 37,8 1 490 37.8 1.490 31.0 490 37.8 Make Weight up Each Size M Lb. 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.i 0.500 12 0.500 12 7 0.500 14..7 0.500 0.500 0.500 12.r 0.500 .2 0.500 12 0.500 ,2.7 0.500 12,7 0.500 ,2 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.500 12., 0.500 ,2 r 0.500 12,7 0.500 0.500 L. ,08 --u TYPE-A SHOWN run Part Nominal Nominal Outlet Number Outlet Header Length EiSirr Size A Size B Size C 1015015 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 1115015 10 x 1C 1015020 2 1115020 1015025 2-1/2 1115025 65 1015030 3 4 1115030 00 1015040 4 1 15049 100 1015050 5 8 1115050 1020020 2 x 2 1120020 40x r0 0.080 1020025 2-1/2 0 0 1120025 0.171 1020030 0,0' 1120030 0.171 1020040 0.08 1120040 0.171 1020050 0.. 11700: 0.169 1020060 0.08 1120060 0.260 1020080 0,12 1120080 200 0.260 1025025 2-1/2 x 2 1/2 1125025 6' x OS 0.260 1025030 3 0.12 1125030 80 0.256 1025040 4 0,12 125040 100 0.331 1025050 5 1125050 1: 0.. 0.331 1025060 6 0..5 1125060 130 0.320 1025080 8 0.15 1125080 200 0.314 1025030 3 x 3 0. 80 10 0.309 1025040 4 0. 100 0.291 1025050 5 125 0.432 1025060 6 019 0.421 .0 1025080 8 200 0.421 1040040 4 x 4 .073 4 100 0.411 1040050 5 .0... 0.389 1040060 '08 1 0.389 j 1040080 6 8 200 1.625 1.625 1,3 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 3 1.750 „5 1.750 3 1.750 SC 44. 4 1.750 100 =4.5 5 1 750 6 1 750 4. 8 1.750 .5 2.215 2.215 0 2.215 5- .0 2.215 .0 2.215 z4 2.215 J4.0 2.500 3. 2.500 53. 2.500 63,, 2.500 63.5 2.500 63 5 3.000 '6.2 3.000 '6.2 3.000 76.2 3.000 76,2 Inside Make Weight ht up Each Size D Size M Lb. kgs 1.610 0.9 1.610 .0 9 1.610 10.9 1.610 40.9 1.610 1.610 40.9 2.067 2.067 5 2.067 2 2.067 5 2.067 J 2.067 ,2 2.067 .5 2.469 ,2,7 2.469 42,7 2.469 62 2.469 2.469 62.7 2.469 62.7 3.068 3.068 '7.9 3.068 3.068 .9 3.068 714 4.026 ,62.3 4.026 1c2.3 4.026 4.026 102.3 0.875 0.477 22.2 .022 0.875 0.477 22.2 .022 r1: 0.875 0.477 .022. 0.875 0.477 22 022 0.875 0.477 22.2 .022 0.875 0.477 22.2 .022 0.875 0.857 22.2 0.38 0.875 0.829 22.2 0 38 0.875 0.829 22.2 0.39 0.875 0.800 22.2 0.36 0.875 0.743 22.2 0.34 0.875 0.743 22.2 0.34 0.875 0.743 22.2 0.34 1 125 1.250 23.6 0.55 1 125 1.200 28,6 0.55 1.125 1.150 28 6 0.5? 1.125 1.150 28,6 0.42 1.125 1 150 28.6 0,52 1 125 1.150 26.6 0,52 1.500 3.100 36 41 1.500 3.100 38. 1.500 3.100 36.1 1.412 1.500 3. 39 1 1.500 3.100 18.1 2.000 5.000 50.8 2.27 2.000 5.000 50.8 .27 2.000 5.000 .118 .27 2.000 5.000 I 50.8 2.27 Note: Tee-lets are manufactured to fit size-on-size, that is the contoured shape on a given Tee-Let is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size. If installed on the sec ond header size marked on the fitting, a slight gap of approximately 1/32' will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header. For example, a 1 x 2 2-1/2" Tee-Let, is a 1" outlet fitting manufactured to fit perfectly on the 2" header size listed, while leaving a 1/32" gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 2-1/2" size. If a perfect fit is required for a 2-1/2" header pipe, then a 1 x 2-1/2 3" Tee-let would be ordered. Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility. Cut Groove Std Wt. B A F 1310012 2010012 2210012 1 x 11 -1/4 1 -1/2 26 x I 32 40 1310015 2010015 2210015 I 1 1/2 2 40 50 1210020 2010020 2210020 I 2 2 -1/2 SO 65 1310025 2010025 2210025 I 2 -1/2 4 65 100 1310050 2010050 2210050 5 8 125 200 1312012 2012012 2212012 1 -1/4 x 1 -1/4 32 s 32 1312015 2012015 2212015 1 1 -1/2 40 1212020 2012020 2212020 1 2 2 -1/2 65 1312025 2012025 2212025 3 4 G0 100 1312050 2012050 2212050 5 8 12S 200 1315015 2015015 2215015 1 -1/2 x 1 -1/2 40 x 40 1215020 2015020 2215020 2 50 1315025 2015025 2215025 2 -1/2 1315030 2015030 2215030 3 4 80 '00 1315050 2015050 2215050 5 8 125 200 1320020 2020020 2 x 2 50 x 30 1320025 2020025 2 -1/2 55 1320030 2020030 3 80 1320035 2020040 4 100 1320050 2020050 5 .2a 1320060 2020060 6 50 1320080 2020080 8 200 E Aa Grooved Type C �E- In. /mm D 3 1 1.049 80 1 26.6 3' 1 1.049 BO 1 26.6 3 1.049 80 20.6 3 1.049 80 26.8 3 1.049 80 26.6 3 1.368 80 34./ 3 1.368 80 34. 3 1.368 80 54.7 3 1.368 60 34 7 3 1.368 ail 34,7 3 1.610 CO 40... 3 1.610 811 4(1.5 3 1.610 .30 40.0 3 1.610 60 40.,. 3 1.610 80 40.9 3 2.067 3 SO 3 80 3 80 3 50 3 8 2.067 52 2.067 52.., 2.067 32.5 2.067 2.067 32., 2.067 1 F Male Cut Roll Nominal Nominal Outlet Inside Outside Wall Weight Thread Groove Groove OWeI Header Length Diameter Diameter lhidmess Each Std. Wt. Std. WI. Sch. 10 Size A Size B Sue C Size D Size E Std- Wt. Lb. zo_ 1.900 0.145 48.3 1.900 I 0.145 1.900 0.145 3.7 1.9001 0.145 48.3 7 1.900 1 0.145 48.3 I ..7 2.375 I 0.154 80.3 3.9 2.375 0.154 60 .9 2.375 0.154 60.3 .,.9 2.375 0.154 60.3 ...9 2.375 0.154 1L 3 4 2.375 0.154 503 .3n 2.375 0.154 60.3 9 Male Thread Std. Wt. Roll Groove Sch 10 1.315 I 0.133 1.500 33.4 3.4 I 30 1.315 0.133 1.500 35 4 3.4 30 1.315 0.133 1.500 33 4 3.4 30 1.315 0.133 1.500 33.4 3.4 30 1.315 I 0.133 1.500 33.4 I 3.Y 30 1.660 0.140 1.500 ,c.2 -6 30 1.660 0.140 1.500 42 3.5 30 1.660 0.140 1.500 ....2 3.6 30 1.660 0.140 1.500 :2 2 .6 39 1.660 0.140 1.500 .2.2 6 30 E i Threaded 35 Type B 1.500 30 1.500 1330035 30 1.500 1330050 30 1 1330060 1.500 30 1.500 1330080 sit 1:500 1340040 30 1.500 1340050 30 1.500 1 1340060 30 1.500 1340080 30 1.500 G. 1.500 3i 1.500 A Q Dimensions Corresponding Part Numbers Male 'Cut Roll Thread Groove Groove Nominal Nominal Std. Wt. Std. Wt. Sch.'10 Outlet Header Length SW. N4. tlalzir. Size A Size 0 She C Size D 1325025 2025025 2225025 2 -1/2 x 2 1/2 3 1 2.469 2125025 ti^ 61 8t n2 1325030 2025030 2225030 3 3 2.469 2127035 8C 6� 1325035 2025040 2225035 4 3 2.469 21.5040 01, 35 tit 1325050 2025050 2225050 5 3 2.469 2125.:50 :25 62., 1325060 2025060 2225060 6 3 2.469 2125060 175 a.. 7 1325080 2025080 2225080 8 3 2.469 2122060 200 33 62. 1330025 2030025 2230025 3 x 3 3 3.068 SO '8 0 1330030 2030030 2230030 3-1/2 3 3.068 8 70.0 2030035 2230035 4 3 1 3.068 2030050 2230050 5 3 3.068 25 35 78.0 2030060 2230060 6 3 3.068 150 8 76,0 2030080 2230080 8 3 3.068 200 SD 38.0 2040040 2240040 4 x 4 4 4.026 1110 (6) .03 02 0 2040050 2240050 5 4 4.026 '23 1 1020 2040060 2240060 6 4 4.026 130 .02 1 :02.0 2040080 2240080 8 4 1 4.026 200 :0i, 02.0 2060060 2260060 6 x 6 4 6.065 150 155, 55.0 2060080 2260080 8 4 6.065 20 0t .0 2080080 2280080 8 x 8 4 7.981 200 x 200 203 0 In. mn 1 OQAei Inside Diameter Outside Sch. 19 Diameter Size D 2.635 TYPE C SHOWN Wall Th ickness 1 Weight Std. Sch. 10 Each Size E F F Lb. 2.875 0.203 0.120 1.500 1 i3 (0 1 2.635 2.8751 0.203 0.120 1.500 0 16 0 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 1:500 ....J "0.. I 6-0 a0 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 1.500 Al .,..r -.0 30 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 1.500 x, .0 o.. t 30 2.635 2.875 0.203 0.120 1.500 .0 0 .0 30 3.260 3.500 0.2161 0.120 1.500 6 ?0 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 1.500 13.0 9C 5. 3 30 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 1.500 c.,.0 _,d 30 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 1.500 ,ti.,. 3 EE... 1 5.0 ...0 30 3.260 3.5001 0.216 0.120 1.500 .....0 88 0 5.0 30 3.260 13.5001 0.216 0.1201 1.500 .0 8330 0 11 10 4.260 14.5001 0.237 0.120 1.500 03 0 '1.4 0 30 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120 1.500 0 1 14 .0 3 30 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.1201 1.500 4 08.0 14 6.0 ...a 30 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.1201 1.50 `05.33 114,, 6.0 0. 30 6.357 6.625 0.280 0.134 1.500 .4 ,1313 1 0 30 6.357 1 6.625 1 0.280 0.134 1.50 1 '81,5 ;68 1 3.0 30 8.329 18.6251 0.322 0.148 1.50 212.0 21..,. 13.il e DISTRIBUTED BY MADE IN U S.A. MERIT MANUFACTURING CORPORATION 319 Circle of Progress Pottstown, Pennsylvania 19464 -3811 (610) 327 -4000 Fax (610) 970 -9282 Fax Toil Free 800 543 -7013 www.meritmfg.com 01999 by Merit Manutactur ng Corporation CGI /4 two I Fire Building Products Technical Services. Tel (800) 381 -9312 Fax: (800) 791 5500 Series TY -FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K- factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Quick Response, Standard Coverage General Description The Tyco® Series TY -FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6 and 8.0 K- factor Upright and Pen- dent Sprinklers described in this data sheet are quick response standard coverage, decorative 3 mm glass bulb type spray sprinklers designed for use in light or ordinary hazard, commercial occupancies such as banks, hotels shopping malls, etc. The recessed version of the Series TY -FRB Pendent Sprinkler where ap- plicable, is intended for use in areas with a finished ceiling It uses either a two -piece Style 10 (1/2 inch NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 inch NPT) Recessed Es- cutcheon with 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 3/4 inch (19 1 mm) of total adjustment from the flush pendent position, or a two -piece Style 20 (1/2 inch NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 inch NPT) Recessed Escutcheon with 1/4 inch (6 4 mm) of recessed adjust- ment or up to 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush pen dent position The adjustment pro- vided by the Recessed Escutcheon re- duces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe drops to the sprinklers must be cut. Corrosion resistant coatings, where applicable, are utilized to extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which would otherwise be ob- IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the 'INSTALLER WARNING' that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and in- stallation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely tained when exposed to corrosive at- mospheres. Although corrosion resis- tant coated sprinklers have passed the standard corrosion tests of the appli- cable approval agencies, the testing is not representative of all possible cor rosive atmospheres. Consequently it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suitability of these coatings for any given corro- sive environment. The effects of ambi- ent temperature concentration of chemicals, and gas /chemical velocity should be considered as a minimum, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed An intermediate level versions of the Series TY -FRB Pendent Sprinklers are detailed in Technical Data Sheet TFP356 and Sprinkler Guards are de- tailed in Technical Data Sheet TFP780 WARNINGS The Series TY -FRB Sprinklers de- scribed herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applica- ble standards of the National Fire Pro- tection Association, in addition to the standards of any other authorities hav- ing jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these de- vices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and de- vices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. Model /Sprinkler Identification Numbers TY1131 Upright 2.8K, 1/2 "NPT TY1231 Pendent 2.8K, 1 /2"NPT TY2131 Upright 4.2K, 1/2 "NPT TY2231 Pendent 4.2K, 1/2 "NPT TY3131 Upright 5.6K, 1/2 "NPT TY3231 Pendent 5.6K, 1/2 "NPT TY4131 Upright 8.0K, 3/4 "NPT TY4231 Pendent 8.0K, 3/4 "NPT TY4831 Upright 8.0K, 1/2 "NPT TY4931 Pendent 8.0K, 1/2 "NPT Page 1 of 10 AUGUST, 2007 TFP171 Page 2 of 10 ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING SURFACE 2 -1/4" 1 (57,2 mm) 1 -9/16' (39,7 mm) SSP DEFLECTOR 1/2' NPT ESCUTCHEON 7/16' (11 1 mm) PLATE SEATING NOMINAL SURFACE NP MAKE -IN 2 3/16' (55,6 mm) 1 -1/2' (38,1 mm) a. f L SSP DEFLECTOR PENDENT 7/16' (11 1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -1N STYLE 10 or 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2 -7/8' (73,0 mm) DIA. PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT UPRIGHT CROSS SECTION 1 Frame 3 Sealing 4 Bulb 6 Deflector 2 Button Assembly 5 Compression 7 Bushing Screw FIGURE 1 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY -FRB UPRIGHT (TY1131) AND PENDENT (TY1231) SPRINKLERS 2.8 K- FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT STYLE 10 or 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON i WRENCH FLATS \I FLATS SSU DEFLECTOR 7 i T, 2 -3/16' (55,6 mm) 1/2' NPT f 1 Temperature rating is indicated on deflector or adjacent to orifice seat on frame. SSU DEFLECTOR 7/16' (11 1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN 1 7/16' (11 1 mm) NOMINAL C MAKE -IN WRENCH i r---- 2 7/8' (73,0 mm) DIA. 1/2" NPT RECESSED PENDENT UPRIGHT 2 3/16' (55,6 mm) TFP171 CROSS SECTION FIGURE 2 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY -FRB UPRIGHT (TY2131) AND PENDENT (TY2231) SPRINKLERS 4.2 K- FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT 1 Frame 3 Sealing 4 Bulb 6 Deflector Temperature rating is indicated on deflector or adjacent to 2 Button Assembly 5 Compression orifice seat on frame. Screw TFP171 Page 3 of 10 ESCUTCHEON 7/16' (11 1 mm) PLATE SEATING NOMINAL SURFACE NPT MAKE -IN 1 2 3/16" (55,6 mm) I I 1 1/2' (38,1 mm) ESCUTCHEON 1/2' (12,7 mm) PLATE SEATING 3/4 NOMINAL SURFACE NPT MAKE-IN I 1 t 2 5/16" (58,7 mm) i l l L_ 1 -9/16" (39,7 mm) SSP DEFLECTOR PENDENT SSP DEFLECTOR PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT UPRIGHT 1 Frame 3 Sealing 4 Bulb 6 Deflector Temperature rating is indicated on deflector or adjacent to 2 Button Assembly 5 Compression orifice seat on frame. Screw FIGURE 3 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY -FRB UPRIGHT (TY3131) AND PENDENT (TY3231) SPRINKLERS 5.6 K- FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT f 1 Frame 3 Sealing 4 Bulb 2 Button Assembly 5 Compression Screw STYLE 10 or 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2 7/8'(73,0 mm) DIA. 7/16" (11 1 mm) NOMINAL 7 MAKE -IN T 2 3/16' WRENCH (55,6 mm) FLATS 1 t 1/2" NPT STYLE 30 or 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 7 7 Ii T r WRENCH (57,2 mm) FLATS 2 7/8' (73,0 mm) DIA. RECESSED PENDENT 6 Deflector SSU DEFLECTOR SSU DEFLECTOR 3/4 NPT UPRIGHT 1/2' (12,7 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN 2 1/4" FIGURE 4 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY -FRB UPRIGHT (TY4131) AND PENDENT (TY4231) SPRINKLERS 8.0 K- FACTOR, 3/4 INCH NPT CROSS SECTION CROSS SECTION Temperature rating is indicated on deflector or adjacent to orifice seat on frame Page 4 of 10 TFP171 1 Frame 2 Button Technical Data 2 1/4 (57,2 mm) 1 -9/16' (39 7 mm) Approvals UL and C -UL Listed FM LPCB, and NYC Approved (Refer to Table A and B for complete approval information including corro- sion resistant status.) Maximum Working Pressure Refer to Table C Discharge Coefficient K 2.8 GPM /psi (40,3 LPM /bar K 4.2 GPM /psi (60,5 LPM /bar K 5:6 GPM /psi (80,6 LPM /bar K 8.0 GPM /psi (115,2 LPM/bar Temperature Ratings Refer to Table A and B Finishes Sprinkler Refer to Table A and B. Recessed Escutcheon: White Coated Chrome Plated or Brass Plated Physical Characteristics Frame Bronze Button Brass /Copper Sealing Assembly Beryllium Nickel w/Teflont Bulb Glass Compression Screw Bronze Deflector Copper /Bronze Bushing (K =2.8) Bronze 1/2" NPT 7/16' (11 1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN Design Criteria SSU DEFLECTOR WRENCH FLATS SSP DEFLECTOR PENDENT UPRIGHT Operation The glass Bulb contains a fluid which expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass Bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow The Series TY -FRB Pendent. and Up- right Sprinklers are intended for fire protection systems designed in ac cordance with the standard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency (e.g. UL Listing is based on the requirements of NFPA 13, and FM Approval is based on the requirements of FM's Loss Pre- vention Data Sheets Only the Style 10 20 30 or 40 Recessed Escutch- eon, as applicable is to be used for recessed pendent installations. 2 3/16' (55,6 mm) CROSS SECTION 3 Sealing 4 Bulb 6 Deflector Temperature rating is indicated on deflector or adjacent to Assembly 5 Compression orifice seat on frame. Screw FIGURE 5 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY -FRB UPRIGHT (TY4831) AND PENDENT (TY4931) SPRINKLERS 8.0 K- FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT TFP171 Page 5 of 10 SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 7) K TYPE TEMP BULB NATURAL CHROME WHITE BRASS PLATED POLYESTER 2.8 1/2" NPT 4.2 1/2" NPT 135 °F /57 °C PENDENT 155 °F /68 °C (TY1231) and 175 °F /79 °C UPRIGHT 200 °F /93 °C (TY1131) 286 °F /141 °C 135 °F /57 °C RECESSED 155 °F /68 °C PENDENT (TY1231)* 175 °F /79 °C Figure 6 200 °F /93 °C 135 °F /57 °C RECESSED 155 °F /68 °C PENDENT (TY1231)* 175 °F /79 °C Figure 7 200 °F /93 °C 135 °F /57 °C PENDENT 155 °F /68 °C (TY2231) and 175 °F /79 °C UPRIGHT 200 °F /93 °C (TY2131) 286 °F /141 °C 135 °F /57 °C RECESSED 155 °F /68 °C PENDENT (TY2231)* 175 °F /79 °C Figure 8 200 °F /93 °C 135 °F /57 °C RECESSED 155 °F /68 °C PENDENT (TY2231)* 175 °F /79 °C Figure 9 200 °F /93 °C Orange Red Yellow Green Blue Orange Red Yellow Green Orange Red Yellow Green Orange Red Yellow Green Blue Orange Red Yellow Green Orange Red Yellow Green 1 2, 3 5 1 2, 5 1 2 NOTES. 1 Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in Canada (C -UL) as Quick Re- sponse Sprinklers. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprin- klers. 5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354 -01 -E. 7 Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C -UL Listed, the sprin- klers are UL and C -UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers. Installed with Style 10 (1/2' NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 NPT) 3/4' Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. Installed with Style 20 (1/2" NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 NPT) 1/2' Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. Frame and Deflector only Listings and approvals apply to color (Special Order). N /A. Not Available TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS 2.8 AND 4.2 K- FACTOR SPRINKLERS Page 6 of 10 TFP171 1 SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 8) K TYPE TEMP BULB NATURAL CHROME WHITE"*' LEAD LIQUID BRASS PLATED POLYESTER COATED 5.6 1/2" NPT 8.0 3/4' NPT 8.0 1/2' NPT PENDENT (TY3231) and UPRIGHT (TY3131) RECESSED PENDENT (TY3231)* Figure 10 I RECESSED PENDENT (TY3231)* Figure 11 PENDENT (TY4231) and UPRIGHT (TY4131) RECESSED PENDENT (TY4231 Figure 13 135 °F /57 °C 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 200 °F /93 °C 286 °F /141 °C 135 °F /57 °C 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 200 °F /93 °C 135 °F /57 °C 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 200 °F /93 °C 135 °F /57 °C 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 200 °F /93 °C 286 °F /141 °C 1 135 °F /57 °C RECESSED 155 PENDENT (TY4231)* Figure 12 PENDENT (TY4931) and UPRIGHT (TY4831) 175 °F /79 °C 200 °F /93 °C 135 °F /57 °C 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 200 °F /93 °C 135 °F /57 °C 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 200 °F /93 °C 286 °F /141 °C Orange Red Yellow Green Blue Orange Red Yellow Green Orange Red Yellow Green Orange Red Yellow Green Blue Green Orange Red Yellow Orange Red Yellow Green Orange Red Yellow Green Blue 1 2,3,4 5,6 7 1 2,3,5 1 2, 4 5 N/A 1 2, 3 4 5 N/A 1 2, 5 1 2,3,4 5,6 7 1 2, 4 5 N/A 1 2, 3 4 5 N/A 1 2, 5 1 2, 4 5, 6 NOTES: 1 Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in Canada (C -UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 4 Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref No 007k/04) as Quick Response Sprinklers; however the LPCB does not rate the thermal sensitivity of recessed sprinklers. 5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354 -01 -E. 6 VdS Approved (For details contact Tyco Fire Building Products, Enschede, Netherlands, Tel. 31 53- 428- 4444/Fax 31 53- 428 3377). 7 Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref No. 094a/06) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 8. Where Polyester Coated and Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C -UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C -UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers. Where Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are FM Approved as a Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers. Installed with Style 10 (1/2' NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 NPT) 3/4' Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. Installed with Style 20 (1/2" NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 NPT) 1/2' Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable Frame and Deflector only Listings and approvals apply to color (Special Order). N /A. Not Available TABLE B LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS 5.6 AND 8.0 K- FACTOR SPRINKLERS TFP171 Page 7 of 10 K TYPE 2.8 1/2" NPT 4.2 3/4' NPT 5.6 1/2' NPT 8.0 3/4' NPT PENDENT (TY3231) and UPRIGHT (TY3131) RECESSED PENDENT (TY323) PENDENT (TY4231) and UPRIGHT (TY4131) RECESSED PENDENT (TY4231) PENDENT (TY3231) and UPRIGHT (TY3131) RECESSED PENDENT (TY3231) PENDENT (TY4231) and UPRIGHT (TY4131) RECESSED PENDENT (TY4231) 8.0 PENDENT (TY4931) 1/2' and NPT UPRIGHT (TY4831) Installation The Series TY -FRB Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the fol- lowing instructions: NOTES Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1 6 mm) for the 135"F/57°C to 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) for the 286 °F /141 °C temperature ratings. A leak tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 7 to 14 ft.lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). A maxi- mum of 21 ft. lbs. (28,5 Nm) of torque may be used to install sprinklers with 1/2 NPT connections. A leak tight 3/4 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be ob- SPRINKLER FINISH NATURAL CHROME WHITE BRASS PLATED POLYESTER 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) 250 PSI (17,2 BAR) OR 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) (SEE NOTE 1) 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) TABLE C, MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE tained with a torque of 10 to 20 ft.lbs. (13,4 to 26,8 Nm). A maximum of 30 ft. lbs. (40,7 Nm) of torque is to be used to install sprinklers with 3/4 NPT con- nections. Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler inlet and cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler Do not attempt to make -up for insuffi- cient adjustment in the escutcheon plate by under or over tightening the sprinkler Readjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. The Series TY -FRB Pendent and Up- right Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instruc tions. Step 1 Pendent sprinklers are to be installed in the pendent position, and upright sprinklers are to be installed in the upright position. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant ap- plied to the pipe threads, hand tighten LEAD COATED N/A N/A 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) N/A 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) N/A 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) NOTES: 1 The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17,2 bar) only applies to the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL); the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in Canada (C -UL); and the Approval by the City of New York. the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref Figure 14). With reference to Figures 1 2, 3 4 and 5 the W -Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the sprinkler wrench flats. The Series TY -FRB Recessed Pen- dent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instruc tions. Step A. After installing the Style 10 20 30 or 40 Mounting Plate as appli- cable, over the sprinkler threads and with pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprin- kler into the sprinkler fitting. Step B Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W -Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Ref Figure 15). With reference to Figure 1 2, 3 and 4 the W -Type 7 Recessed Page 8 of 10 TFP171 5/8±1/4" (15,9±6,4 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING 4 MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE 5/8 ±1/4" (15,9 ±6,4 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE 2 -1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) SERIES TY-FRB SERIES TY -FRB 2 7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2 -7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2 1/4° DIA. (57,2 mm) Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the sprinkler wrench flats. Step C. After the ceiling has been in- stalled or the finish coat has been ap- plied, slide on the Style 10 20 30 or 40 Closure over the Series TY -FRB Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. Care and Maintenance The Series TY -FRB Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accord- ance with the following instructions. NOTES Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) 1 -5/16" (33,3 mm)I 13/16" (20,6 mm) FIGURE 6 SERIES TY -FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO -PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2.8 K- FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT 3/4' (19,1 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) 1 1/4' (31,8 mm) 3/4" (19 1 mm) FIGURE 8 SERIES TY -FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO -PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 4.2 K- FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT 1/2 ±1/8" (12,7 ±3,2 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be notified The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging of any objects, otherwise, non operation in the event of a fire or inadvertent opera- tion may result. Absence of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, may delay the time to sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Sprinklers that are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted plated coated or otherwise SERIES TY -FRB 2 7/8' DIA. (73,0 mm) 2 -1/4" DIA. i (57,2 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) 1 5/16" (33,3 mm)I 1 1/16" (27,0 mm) FIGURE 7 SERIES TY -FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO -PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2.8 K- FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT 1/2 ±1/8' (12,7 ±3,2 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING t MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE 2 -7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2 1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) -y SERIES TY -FRB 1/2' (12,7 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1/8" (3,2 m m) 1 -1/4" (31,8 mm) 1" (25,4 mm) FIGURE 9 SERIES TY -FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO -PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 4.2 K- FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT altered after leaving the factory Modi- fied sprinklers must be replaced Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid dam- age to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprinklers dam- aged by dropping, striking wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be re- placed Also replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref Installation Section). Frequent visual inspections are rec ommended to be initially performed for corrosion resistant coated sprinklers, after the installation has been corn- TFP171 Page 9 of 10 5/8±1/4" (15,9 ±6,4 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING 4 MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE 5/8±1/4" (15,9±6,4 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING MOUNTING SURFACE SERIES TY -FRB CLOSURE SERIES TY -FRB 2 -7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2 -1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) 2 -7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2 -1/4' DIA. (57,2 mm) pleted, to verify the integrity of the cor rosion resistant coating Thereafter annual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice; however instead of in- specting from the floor level, a random sampling of close -up visual inspec tions should be made, so as to better determine the exact sprinkler condi- tion and the long term integrity of the corrosion resistant coating, as it may be affected by the corrosive conditions present. The owner is responsible for the in- spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de- vices in compliance with this docu- ment, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec tion Association (e.g. NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. The in- stalling contractor or sprinkler manu- 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) 1 1/4" (31,8 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) FIGURE 10 SERIES TY -FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO -PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 5.6 K- FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) 1 -5/16" (33,3 mm)I 13/16" (20,6 mm) FIGURE 12 SERIES TY -FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO -PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 8.0 K- FACTOR, 3/4 INCH NPT WRENCH RECESS (END "B' USED FOR 3/4' NPT MODELS) FIGURE 14 W -TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH 1/2 ±1/8" (12,7 ±3,2 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING �l t MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE 1/2 ±1/8" (12,7 ±3,2 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING f MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE WRENCH RECESS (END A USED FOR 1/2' NPT MODELS) facturer should be contacted relative to any questions. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected tested, and maintained by a qualified SERIES TY-FRB 2 -7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2 -1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) FIGURE 11 SERIES TY -FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO -PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 5.6 K- FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT r SERIES TY -FRB 2 -7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2 -1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) FIGURE 13 SERIES TY -FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO -PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 30 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 8.0 K- FACTOR, 3/4 INCH NPT WRENCH RECESS 1/2" (12,7 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) 1 -1/4" (31,8 mm) I 1" (25,4 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1 -5/16" (33,3 mm)I 1 1/16" (27,0 mm) PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 15 W -TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH Inspection Service in accordance with local requirements and /or national codes. Page 10 of 10 TFP171 330 331 340 341 370 371 390 391 360 361 P/N 57 XXX X XXX I I 2.8K UPRIGHT (1/2 "NPT) 2.8K PENDENT (1/2 "NPT) 4.2K UPRIGHT (1/2 "NPT) 4.2K PENDENT (1/2 "NPT) 5.6K UPRIGHT (1/2 "NPT) 5.6K PENDENT (1/2 "NPT) 8.0K UPRIGHT (3/4 "NPT) 8.0K PENDENT (3/4 "NPT) 8.0K UPRIGHT (1/2 "NPT) 8.0K PENDENT (1/2 "NPT) Limited Warranty Products manufactured by Tyco Fire Building Products (TFBP) are war ranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in mate- rial and workmanship when paid for and properly installed and maintained under normal use and service. This warranty will expire ten (10) years from date of shipment by TFBP No warranty is given for products or com- ponents manufactured by companies not affiliated by ownership with TFBP or for products and components which have been subject to misuse improper installation, corrosion, or which have not been installed maintained, modi- fied or repaired in accordance with ap- plicable Standards of the National Fire Protection Association and /or the standards of any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Materials found by TFBP to be defective shall be either repaired or replaced, at TFBP's sole option. TFBP neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it, any other obligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of prod- ucts. TFBP shall not be responsible for sprinkler system design errors or inac curate or incomplete information sup- plied by Buyer or Buyer's repre- sentatives. MODEL /SIN TY1131 TY1231 TY2131 TY2231 TY3131 TY3231 TY4131 TY4231 TY4831 TY4931 SPRINKLER 1 I NATURAL BRASS 4 I WHITE POLYESTER 3 I WHITE (RAL9010)* 9 I CHROME PLATED 7 I LEAD COATED TABLE D PART NUMBER SELECTION SERIES TY -FRB PENDENT AND UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS In no event shall TFBP be liable in contract, tort, strict liability or under any other legal theory for incidental indirect, special or consequential dam- ages, including but not limited to labor charges, regardless of whether TFBP was informed about the possibility of such damages and in no event shall TFBP's liability exceed an amount equal to the sales price. The foregoing warranty is made in lieu of any and all other warranties ex P ress or implied. including warranties of merchantability and fitness for a par ticular purpose This limited warranty sets forth the ex elusive remedy for claims based on failure of or defect in products, materi- als or components whether the claim is made in contract, tort, strict liability or any other legal theory This warranty will apply to the full ex tent permitted by law The invalidity in whole or part, of any portion of this warranty will not affect the remainder 175 200 286 TEMPERATURE RATING 135 °F /57 °C 155 °F /68 °C 175 °F /79 °C 200 °F /93 °C 286 °F /141 °C Eastern Hemisphere sales only Ordering Procedure When placing an order indicate the full product name. Refer to the Price List for complete listing of Part Num- bers. Contact your local distributor for avail- ability Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections. Specify (Specify Model /SIN), Quick Response (specify K- factor), (specify temperature rating), Series TY -FRB (specify Pendent or Upright) Sprinkler with (specify type of finish or coating), P/N (specify from Table D). Recessed Escutcheon: Specify Style (10 20 30 or 40) Re- cessed Escutcheon with (specify fin- ish, P/N (specify'). Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Sprinkler Wrench: Specify W -Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56- 000 -6 -387 Specify W -Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56- 850 -4 -001 TYCO FIRE BUILDING PRODUCTS, 451 North Cannon Avenue, Lansdale, Pennsylvania 19446 two I Fire Building Products Technical Services. Tel: (800) 381 -9312 Fax: (800) 791 -5500 Models BB, SD, HIP, and AP "Specific Application Sprinklers for Protecting Attics" General Description The Tyco@ Peak Performance Mod- els BB TM (Back to Back) SD TM (Single Directional), HIPTM and APTM (Attic Plus) 'Specific Application Sprinklers for Protecting Attics are fire sprinklers for combustible and non combustible sloped attic spaces The Model BB SD and HIP are Specific Application Attic Sprinklers, whereas the Model AP is a Specific Application Combusti- ble Concealed Space Sprinkler having specific application criteria for its use with the Model BB SD and HIP in attic spaces Specific Application Attic Sprinklers provide superior fire protec tion in attic spaces and when com- pared to Standard Spray Sprinklers, cost savings are achieved by eliminat- ing branchline materials and the asso- ciated installation labor The Specific Application Sprinklers for Protecting Attics have undergone the most ex tensive fire testing ever performed for sloped attic spaces. They are UL Listed with their specific application guidelines for use as special sprinklers as defined by the NFPA. The Specific Application Attic Sprin- klers provide an extended coverage spacing alternative to the restricted spacing of Standard Spray Sprinklers. The restricted spacings of Standard Spray Sprinklers used within attics is described in the 2007 edition of NFPA IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the 'INSTALLER WARNING' that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and in- stallation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fall to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely 13 Table 8 6.2.2 1(a) and Section 86414 The Specific Application Attic Sprin- klers are the first sprinklers to be Listed for extended coverage in combustible construction. Full -scale fire tested in both wet and dry system scenarios. Full -scale fire tested for use in wood truss construction Listed for specific roof slopes (Refer to Table A). The Specific Application Attic Sprin- klers provide the best level of protec tion and control cost by eliminating the need for additional sprinklers and branchline piping In many cases, an attic can be entirely protected with just one line of piping located below the peak of the roof using Model BB (Back to Back) Sprinlflers. If there is a need for Model SD (Single Directional) or Model HIP Sprinklers one line of either of these sprinkler types is usu- ally sufficient at each area being cov- ered For example and assuming the use of Standard Spray Sprinklers, a system in a 60 foot (18,3 m) wide attic, with up to a 12.12 roof pitch designed to the 2007 edition of NFPA 13 would require seven branchlines to cover the main portion of the attic and several additional branchlines to cover the hip areas. With the Specific Application Attic Sprinklers, the required coverage can be obtained with just one branch line below the peak and one down each slope of the hip beam This would result in approximately 90% less pipe needed for installation This reduction in the number of branchlines saves the cost of the pipe fittings, hangers, and associated labor by eliminating up to five branchlines. Another important aspect of the Spe- cific Application Attic Sprinkler tech- nology is the reduction in system vol- ume. This volume reduction may result in reducing the size of a dry pipe valve (and air compressor) and possibly al- Page 1 of 28 DECEMBER, 2007 PE/OK PERFORMANCE ATTIC PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM TFP810 Page 2 of 28 2-1/4" (57.2 mm) 1 m (28,6 mm) FLOW 4 THREAD RELIEF Components: 1 Frame 2 Button 3 Sealing Assembly CROSS SECTION Components: 1 Frame 2 Button 3 Sealing Assembly 2 -1/4' (57.2 mm) 1 -1/8" (28,6 mm) FLOW 5 FLOW F` Ir 4 THREAD V RELIEF 3 CROSS SECTION 4 Bulb 5 Compression Screw 6 Deflector 13/16" (20,6 mm) FRAME ARMS 2-1/8" ,0m (54,0 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN FIGURE A MODEL BB1 BB2 BB3 WITH 8.0 K- FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS 4 Bulb 5 Compression Screw 6 Deflector FRAME ARMS 2 -118' (54,0 mm) 7/16" (11 1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN 1 -5/8' (41,3 mm) 3/4" NPT WRENCH FLATS FRONT ELEVATION 1 -5/8" (41,3 mm) 13/16" (20,6 mm) FIGURE C MODEL BB1 BB2 BB3 WITH 4.2 K- FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS 1/2° NPT WRENCH FLATS FRONT ELEVATION Components: 1 Body 2 Cap 3 Sealing Assembly 4 Saddle 1 -9/16' (39,7 mm) 10 11 9 CROSS SECTION FIGURE B MODEL BB1 BB2 BB3 WITH 5.6 K- FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS Components: 1 Body 2 Cap 3 Sealing Assembly 4 Saddle 1 -5/16" i (33,3 mm) CROSS SECTION 5 Compression Screw 6 Lever 7 Deflector Frame 2 -1/2" (63,E mm) FLOW 7/16° (11 1 mm) WRENCH NOMINAL MAKE -IN HEX SIDE ELEVATION 5 Compression Screw 6 Lever 7 Deflector Frame 3" FLOW (76,2 mm) FRAME ARMS WRENCH HEX 7/16" (111 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN 8 9 10 11 2 -1/4" 1-1/8' (57,2 mm) ,6 m (28,6 mm) FIGURE D MODEL SD1 SD2 SD3 WITH 5.6 K- FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS Deflector Rivet Diffuser Link Assembly 8 Deflector 9 Rivet 10 Link Assembly 2 -1/8" (54,0 mm) 1 -5/16" F (33,4 mm) TFP61 O FLOW FRAME ARMS 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT SIDE ELEVATION TFP610 THREAD RELIEF Components: 1 Frame 2 Button 3 Sealing Assembly 2 -1/8" (54,0 mm) 1 -1116° (27,0 mm) 2 CROSS SECTION 4 Bulb 5 Compression Screw 6 Deflector 2-1/8" (54,0 mm) low for quicker water delivery times, eliminating the need for an accelera- tor The other cost reduction is the Listing of BlazeMaster* CPVC for use in attic spaces to supply the wet system 'Spe- cific Application Sprinklers for Protect- ing Attics as well as the wet system sprinklers below the ceiling. Tradition- ally BlazeMaster CPVC has bben used on the lower floors in the joist space above a ceiling that does not require sprinklers. The savings of using CPVC on those floors can now be translated to the upper floor even if sprinklers are required in the attic. There are four (4) models of the 'Spe- cific Application Sprinklers for Protect- ing Attics BB TM (Back to Back Dual Directional) SDTM (Single Direc tional), HIPT^" and APTM (Attic Plus). The BB and SD Sprinklers have three separate versions that are used for different roof pitches. The pitches, as applicable can vary from a minimum of 3 12 to a maximum of 12.12 (Ref Table A): BB Sprinkler (Back to Back Dual Directional) The Tyco® Model BB Specific Appli- cation Attic Sprinkler (Figure A, B C) throws a narrow but long pattern The 2' (50,8 mm) y f 1 m (31,,8 8 mm) 7/16" (11 1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN FLOW FRAME ARMS FIGURE E MODEL HIP WITH 5.6 K- FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS 1/2" NPT WRENCH FLATS SIDE ELEVATION CROSS SECTION narrow spacing along the ridge serves two purposes. The response time is reduced by placing the sprinklers no farther than 6 feet (1 8 m) apart, and the spray can be concentrated in the throw direction to obtain a pattern that will cover up to 30 feet (9 11 in each direction when measured horizontally There are three different models (i e. BB1 BB2 BB3) that account for dif ferent roof slopes, and each model is available in one of three different ori- fice sizes (K =4.2, 5.6 or 8 0). SD Sprinkler (Single Directional) The Tyco® Model SD T"" Specific Appli- cation Attic Sprinkler (Figure D), like the Model BB throws a narrow but long pattern However unlike the Model BB the Model SD only dis- charges in one direction These sprin- klers are primarily used where shear walls or draft curtains have been in- stalled within an attic space Another use is when the framing direction is parallel with the outside wall in the hip area (Ref Figure 13). In this case the SD would be used on one side ofthe slope and AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers would be used to pro- tect the other side The Model SD Sprinklers must be installed in a verti- cal upright orientation and not angled with the slope. (Achieving the vertical Components: 1 Frame 2 Sealing Assembly 3 Button 4 Bulb SPRINKLER FRAME ARMS 7 WRENCH FLATS 1/2" NPT 5 Compression Screw 6 Deflector 7 Ejection Spring 1- 11/16" (42,9 mm) 7116" (11 1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN FRONT ELEVATION Page 3 of 28 FIGURE F MODEL AP WITH 4.2 or 5.6 K- FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION COMBUSTIBLE CONCEALED SPACE SPRINKLERS 2 -1/4" (57,2 mm) upright orientation may require the use of a swing joint if the SD Sprinklers are being supplied from a line running along and parallel to the roof hip Three different models (i.e SDI SD2 SD3) are available for different 'roof slopes. HIP Sprinkler The Tyco® Model HIPTm Specific Ap- plication Attic Sprinkler (Figure E) cov- ers the area of the hip in the attic. This is a slightly different concept•than the BB (Back to Back) or SD (Single Direc tional). The HIP Sprinkler is located along the slope running down the hip and throws a 90° pattern toward the outside eaves. This pattern allows the water to corner" and control the fire The HIP Sprinkler does not discharge much water directly up or down the hip, but rather it discharges most of the pattern out to each side (90 down the slope of the roof This sprinkler is typi- cally spaced 6 feet (1 8 m) to 3 feet (0 9 m) on center down the slope. To use the HIP Sprinkler the framing must be perpendicular to the outside wall (Ref Figure 12) and the maximum throw cannot exceed 28 feet (8,5 m) measured horizontally The HIP un- like the BB and SD is installed with the deflector parallel with the slope. A sin- gle model is available with flow and °registered trademark of Lubrizol Advanced Materials, Inc. Page 4 of 28 TFP61O pressure requirements for two differ exit spacings. AP Sprinkler (Attic Plus) Installed in the upright orientation with their deflector parallel to the roof the Tyco® Model APTM Sprinklers (Figure F) are intended to be used to provide protection of attic areas outside the scope of application for the BB SD or HIP Sprinklers. When used the AP Sprinklers in most cases will provide a hydraulic advantage over Standard Spray Sprinklers for the protection of attic areas outside the scope of appli- cation for the BB SD or HIP Sprin- klers (Ref Figures 21 and 22 for exam- ples). WARNING The 'Specific Application Sprinklers for Protecting Attics described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdic tion. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and de- vices in proper operating condition The installing contractor or manufac turer should be contacted with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number TY4180* BB1 K =8.0 TY4181* BB2, K =8.0 TY4182* BB3, K =8.0 TY3180* BB1 K =5.6 TY3181 BB2, K =5.6 TY3182* BB3, K =5.6 TY2180 BB1 K =4.2 TY2181 BB2, K =4.2 TY2182 BB3, K =4.2 TY3183* SDI K =5.6 TY3184* SD2, K =5.6 TY3185* SD3, K =5.6 TY3187* HIP K =5.6 TY3190 AP K =5.6 TY2190 AP K =4.2 *The 'TY' prefix is a redesignation of the previous 'C' prefix (e.g. TY4180 is a redesignation for C4180). Technical Data Approvals UL C -UL Listed (The approvals only apply to the serv- ice conditions indicated in the Design Criteria section on Page 6 and the Design Guidelines section on Page 8.) Pipe Thread Connection 1/2 inch NPT for K =4.2 5.6 3/4 inch NPT for K =8.0 Discharge Coefficient K 4.2 GPM /psi (60 5 LPM /bar K 5 6 GPM /psi (80 6 LPM /barl' K 8.0 GPM /psi (115,5 LPM /bar Temperature Rating Intermediate Temperature as follows: 200 °F /93 °C for BB (K4.2 K8.0), HIP AP 212 °F /100 °C for BB (K5.6) SD Finish Natural Brass Physical Characteristics (Figures A, C E) Frame Bronze Button Bronze /Copper Sealing Assembly Beryllium Nickel w /Teflont Bulb Glass (3 mm dia.) Link Monel Compression Screw Brass Deflector Brass /Bronze t DuPont Registered Trademark Physical Characteristics (Figures B D) Body Brass Cap Bronze Sealing Assembly Beryllium Saddle Link Assembly Compression Screw Deflector Lever Deflector Frame Diffuser Rivet Nickel w /Teflont Brass Nickel Brass Brass /Bronze Bronze Bronze Brass Brass t DuPont Registered Trademark Physical Characteristics (Figure F) Frame Brass Button Bronze Sealing Assembly Stainless Steel w /Teflont Bulb Glass (3 mm dia Compression Screw Brass Deflector Bronze t DuPont Registered Trademark Patents U S.A. 5 669 449• patent pending Operation BB (K =8.0 4.2), HIP (K =5.6) AP (5.6 4.2) The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow BB (K =5.6) SD (K =5.6) The fusible link assembly is comprised of two link halves which are joined by a thin layer of solder When the rated temperature is reached, the solder melts and the two link halves separate, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow TFP61O Page 5 of 28 Installation The Tyco® Peak Performance Mod- els BBTM SDT"" HIPTM and APT"" 'Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics must be installed in accordance with the following in- structions NOTES Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1 6 mm). A 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a minimum to maxi- mum torque range of 7 to 14 ft.lbs. (9,5 to 19 0 Nm). A 3/4 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a mini- mum to maximum torque range -of 10 to 20 ft.lbs. (13,4 to 26,8 Nm). Higher levels of- torque may distort the sprin- kler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler Step 1 Sprinklers must be oriented correctly Model BB Sprinklers are to be in- stalled in the upright vertical position with the flow arrows on the deflector pointing down the two opposing slopes. Model SD Sprinklers are to be in- stalled in the upright vertical position with the flow direction arrow on the deflector pointing down the slope The Model HIP Sprinklers are to be installed with the deflector at the top and with the sprinkler centerline per pendicular to the ridge of the hip roof and with the flow direction arrows on the deflector pointing down the two opposing slopes. (Unlike the Model BB and Model SD the Model HIP is installed at an angle so that its de- flector is parallel with the slope of hip ridge line The Model AP Sprinklers are to be installed in the upright position with the deflector parallel to the roof slope. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant ap- plied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting With reference to Figure- G, do not grasp the sprinkler by the deflector Step 3. Wrench tighten the sprinkler using only the wrenches shown in Fig- ures H thru M. Wrenches are only to be applied to the sprinkler wrench flats or wrench hex, as applicable FIGURE G DO NOT GRASP DEFLECTOR WRENCH FLATS ENGAGE SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF WITH WRENCH JAW FLANGES USE END MARKED A ONLY USE END MARKED A' ONLY WRENCH FLATS ENGAGE SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF WITH WRENCH JAW FLANGES WRENCH JAW FLANGE FIGURE H W -TYPE 3 SPRINKLER WRENCH For use with BB (K =8.0) Sprinklers WRENCH JAW FLANGE FIGURE J W -TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH For use with BB (K =4.2) Sprinklers ENGAGE SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF WITH WRENCH JAW FLANGES USE END MARKED "A ONLY FIGURE L ADJUSTABLE WRENCH For use with BB (K =5.6) SD (K =5.6) Sprinklers USE END MARKED A ONLY WRENCH JAW FLANGE FIGURE K W -TYPE 20 SPRINKLER WRENCH For use with HIP (K =5.6) Sprinklers WRENCH HEX APPLY WRENCH TO WRENCH HEX ONLY ADJUST WRENCH JAW TO FIT WRENCH HEX ENGAGE SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF WITH WRENCH JAW FLANGES WRENCH JAW FLANGE FIGURE M W -TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH For use with AP (K =4.2 5.6) Sprinklers Page 6 of 28 TFP61O Design Criteria Area Of Use Roof structures, combustible and non- combustible including wood joist /raf- ters and wood trussed attics, with a ceiling below System Type for BB, SD HIP or AP Wet using CPVC pipe. Wet or dry using steel pipe. NOTE Use of the 4.2 K sprinklers in dry pipe systems is permitted by section 8 3 4 3 of NFPA 13 (2007 edition) where piping is corrosion resistant or internally galvanized Hazard Light hazard BB, SD or HIP Allowable Roof Span (Coverage) and Roof Pitch. Refer to Table A for allowable roof spans and roof pitches, as well as for the associated minimum sprinkler flows and pressures Figures 1 2, 11 and 12 illustrate where the roof span is to be measured Coverage Beyond BB, SD or HIP Allowable Roof Spans Up to 10 feet (3 1 m) of coverage at the eave(s) beyond the allowable roof spans for BB SD or HIP Sprinklers may be obtained by using a single row of AP Sprinklers (Ref Figures 14A, 14B and 15) BB SD HIP or AP Minimum Dis- tance Between Sprinklers. 4 feet (1,2 m) as measured along branchline for BB and SD (Ref Figure 3). 3 feet (0 9 m) as measured along branch line for HIP (Ref Figure 12). 7 feet (2,1 m) between AP Sprinklers. BB, SD HIP or AP Maximum Dis- tance Between Sprinklers 6 feet (1 8 m) on center along the branch line (Ref Figure 3 and 12) for BB SD and HIP For AP the maximum spacing is 10 feet (3,1 m) perpendicular to slope and 12 feet (3 6 m) parallel to slope When there is more than one row of AP Sprinklers the sprinklers must be staggered per Figure 20 -B -3 BB, SD HIP or AP Minimum Dis- tance To AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers As measured along the peak /ridge di- rection (Ref Figure 4), 6 feet (1 8 m) from BB SD and HIP to Standard Spray Sprinklers. As measured along the peak /ridge di- rection (Ref Figure 4), 7 feet (2,1 m) from AP to Standard Spray Sprinklers. In the slope direction (Ref Figure 6), 26 feet (7,9 m) from BB SD or HIP Sprinklers to AP Sprinklers or Stand- ard Spray Sprinklers. BB, SD or HIP Deflector Installation Position Below Peak/Ridge or Deck: For roof pitches of 4 12 (33 to 12:12 (100 22 inches (558,8 mm) maxi- mum, 16 inches (406 4 mm) minimum (Ref Figures 2 and 5). For roof pitches of 3 12 (25 up to 4 12 (33 [only 4.2K Model BB], 12 inches (304,8 mm) maximum below the peak and a minimum of 1 inch (25 4 mm) below the bottom of top chord or solid wood rafter AP Deflector Position and Roof Pitch. 1 to 3 inches (25 4 to 75 6 mm) below the bottom of the top chord or bottom of solid wood rafter where the roof pitch is 3 12 to 12:12 and the top chord or solid wood rafter is nominal 12 inch (600 mm) or less. BB or SD Deflector Installation Po- sition Above Scissor Truss 18 inches (457,2 mm) minimum (Ref Figure 5). BB, SD or HIP Minimum Distance Away From Trusses Attic Sprinklers must be installed 6 inches (152,4 mm) from the face of trusses (Ref Figure 7). SD Distance From Shear Wall Or Draft Curtain 4 to 6 inches (101 6 to 152,4 mm) from face, and minimum 8 inches (203,2 mm) above bottom of draft curtain (Ref Figure 2). Draft Curtains. Draft curtains installed to permit the installation of Attic Sprinklers shall be constructed so as to not allow heat to escape through or above the draft cur tain The draft curtain may be con- structed of 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) ply- wood BB Or HIP Maximum Distance From The Center Line Of The Ridge 6 inches (152,4 mm) (Ref Figure 8) with the deflector located 16 inches (406 4 mm) to 22 inches (558,8 mm) from the peak. Use Of UL Listed BlazeMaster CPVC Piping With `Specific Application Sprinklers For Protecting Attics (Wet Systems Only) TFPB BlazeMaster CPVC piping may be used in a combustible concealed attic space requiring sprinklers when installed in accordance with the follow- ing guidelines. NOTES Where the use of non combustible in- sulation is specified, verify with the insulation manufacturer as to the non combustibility of the insulation. The non combustible insulation (e.g. fi- berglass) may be faced or unfaced Where faced, the facing need not be non combustible. The insulation is to have a flame spread index of not more than 25 Verify chemical compatibility of the in- sulation with BlazeMaster CPVC by consulting www.lubrizol.com. TFBP BlazeMaster CPVC may be used to supply the wet system ceil- ing sprinklers on the floor below There must be 6 inches (152,4 mm) of non combustible insulation cover ing the pipe extending 12 inches (304,8 mm) on each side away from the centerline of the pipe, and the area above the CPVC must be pro- tected by Model BB SD HIP or AP Sprinklers (Ref Figure 9A) If the pipe is located inside the ceiling joist, the joist channel must be cov- ered or filled with 6 inches (152,4 mm) of non combustible insulation on top of the pipe and the area above must be protected by BB SD HIP or AP Sprinklers (Ref. Figure 9B). Insulation is for fire protec- tion purposes. It is not freeze pro- tection. BlazeMaster CPVC must be installed in accordance with the BlazeMaster installation guide in- structions. With reference to Figure 19 TFBP BlazeMaster CPVC may be used ex posed to supply wet system BB, SD or HIP Sprinklers where Risers are vertical and protected by a BB SD or HIP Sprinkler lo- cated at a maximum lateral dis- tance of 12 inches (300 mm) from the riser centerline BB SD or HIP Sprinklers are di- rectly mounted on the branchline BB SD or HIP Sprinklers are on armovers and located at a maxi- mum lateral distance of 6 inches (150 mm) from the branchline centerline BB SD or HIP Sprinklers are on vertical sprigs attached to the branchline BB SD or HIP Sprinklers are on armover or angled sprigs, and lo- cated at a maximum lateral dis- tance of 6 inches (150 mm) from the branchline centerline. A minimum lateral distance of 18 inches (450 mm) is maintained between the CPVC pipe and a TFP61O Page 7 of 28 MODEL K SIN BB1 8.0 TY4180 BB2 8.0 TY4181 BB3 8.0 TY4182 BB1 5.6 TY3180 BB2 5.6 TY3181 BB3 5.6 TY3182 BB1 5.6 TY3180 BB2 5.6 TY3181 BB3 5.6 TY3182 BB1 4.2 TY2180 BB2 4.2 TY2181 BB3 4.2 TY2182 SD1 5.6 TY3183 SD2 5.6 TY3184 SD3 5.6 TY3185 SD1 5.6 TY3183 SD2 5.6 TY3184 SD3 5.6 TY3185 SD1 5.6 TY3183 SD2 5.6 TY3184 SD3 5.6 TY3185 HIP 5.6 TY3187 HIP 5.6 TY3187 AP 5.6 TY3190 AP 4.2 TY2190 heat producing device such as heat pumps, fan motors lights, and heat lamps. TFBP BlazeMaster CPVC may be used exposed to provide wet sys- tem, vertical or angled, sprigs to AP Sprinklers (Ref Figures 17A and 17B) where The exposed portion of an angled sprig is a maximum length of 3 feet (0 9 m) the sprig is supported ALLOWABLE MINIMUM MINIMUM ROOF SPAN, (8)(b) FLOW PRESSURE, Feet (m) GPM (Ipm) PSI (bar) 5 560 (18,3) 560 (18,3) 560 (18,3) >40 (12,2) to 560 (18,3) >40 (12,2) to 560 (18,3) >40 (12,2) to 560 (18,3) 540 (12,2) 540 (12,2) 540 (12,2) 520 (6,1) 520(6,1) 5_20 (6,1) >30 (9 1) to 540 (12,2) >30 (9,1) to 540 (12,2) >30 (9 1) to 540 (12,2) >10 (3,0) to 530 (9 1) >10 (3,0) to 530 (9,1) >10 (3,0) to 530(9,1) 510 (3,0) 5 10 (3,0) 510 (3,0) >20 (6,1) to 528 (8,5) 5 20 (6,1) 10 (3,1) x 12 (3,6) See note (e) 38 (144) 38 (144) 40 (152) 38 (144) 38 (144) 38 (144) 25 (95) 25 (95) 25 (95) 13 (49) 13 (49) 13 (49) 35 (132) 35 (132) 35 (132) 25 (95) 25 (95) 25 (95) 19 (72) 19 (72) 19 (72) 34 (129) 22.6 (1,5) 22.6 (1,5) 25.0 (1 7) 46.0 (3,2) 46.0 (3,2) 46.0 (3,2) 20.0 (1 4) 20.0 (1 4) 20.0 (1 4) 9.6 (0,7) 9.6 (0,7) 9.6 (0 7) 39.0 (2,7) 39.0 (2,7) 39.0 (2,7) 20.0 (1 4) 20.0(14) 20.0 (1 4) 11.5 (0,8) 11.5 (0,8) 11.5 (0,8) 36.9 (2,5) 25 (95) 20.0 (1 4) Minimum 7 psi (0,48 bar) Minimum 0.10 gpm /sq. ft. (4,1 mm /min.) Design Density within 12 inches (0 3 m) of the AP Sprinkler and pipe hangers are provided using the CPVC hanger support for horizontal pipe runs. Vertical sprigs have a maximum exposed length of 10 feet (3,05 m), the AP Sprinkler is located at a maximum lateral distance of 12 inches (300 mm) from the sprig centerline and the sprig is sup- ported at the swing joint to the AP Sprinkler PITCH, Rise Over Run 4 12 (33) to less than 712 (58) 712 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) 4 12 (33) to less than 712 (58) 7 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) 4 (33) to less than 712 (58) 7 12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) 3:12 (25) to less than 712 (58) 7 12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) 412 (33) to less than 7 12 (58) 7 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) 4 12 (33) to less than 7'12 (58) 7 12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) 4 (33) to less than 7 (58) 7 12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) 10:12 (83) to 12 :12 (100) 4 12 (33) to 12:12 (100) 4 12 (33) to 12:12 (100) 3:12 (25) to 12:12 (100) 3:12 (25) to 12:12 (100) NOTES: (a) The BB and SD roof span is measured horizontally (not along the slope) as shown in Figure 1 and 2. (b) The HIP roof span is measured horizontally as shown in Figure 12. (c) Refer to 2007 edition of NFPA 13, Section 7.2.3. (d) Maximum water delivery time for all size of systems. (e) The AP roof span is measured along the slope. Maximum 10 feet (3,1 m) perpendicular to slope by maximum 12 feet (3,6 m) parallel to slope. TABLE A ALLOWABLE ROOF SPAN, FLOW, PRESSURE, AND. PITCH FOR 'SPECIFIC APPLICATION SPRINKLERS FOR PROTECTING ATTICS' DRY PIPE SYSTEM MAXIMUM WATER DELIVERY TIME, Seconds (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) 45 (d) 45 (d) 45 (d) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) '(c) (c) (c) (c) (c) (c) 60 (d) 60 (d) A minimum 6 inches (152,4 mm) deep of non combustible insula- tion extending 12 inches (304 8 mm) on each side away from the centerline of the CPVC branchline feeding the AP sprigs (Ref Fig- ures 17A). If the CPVC branchline is located inside the ceiling joist, the joist channel must be covered or filled with a minimum of 6 inches (152,4 mm) deep of non- combustible insulation on top of Page 8 of 28 TFP67O the branchline supplying the AP sprigs (Ref Figure 17B) Insula- tion is for fire protection pur poses. It is not freeze protec- tion. Additional depth of non combustible insulation may be added to reduce the exposed length of the AP sprigs. A minimum lateral distance of 18 inches (450 mm) is maintained be- tween the CPVC pipe and a heat producing device such as heat pumps, fan motors, lights and heat lamps. Mismatched Slopes For mismatched slopes refer to Figure 10 Obstructions. For BB SD and HIP refer to Figure 16 For AP Sprinklers refer to Figure 18. BB SD HIP and AP Sprinklers may be installed directly on maximum 2 1/2 inch NPS (DN65) branchlines without the need for sprigs. See the 2007 edition of NFPA 13 8.8.5.2 for requirements when installed on pipe greater than 2 1/2 inch NPS (DN65) Hydraulic Requirements For hydraulic requirements refer to Figure 20 To Determine The Correct Flow And Pressure For BB SD or HIP Sprinklers, deter mine the roof span (measured horizon- tally) and the slope of the roof and refer to Table A. There is no interpola- tion of the flow and pressure shown Round all cases to the next higher spacing. For example, a 45 feet (13 7 m) span with the BB1 (K =8.0) would be calculated at the 60 feet (18 3 m) span. For the AP Sprinklers, the minimum design pressure is 7 psi and the mini- mum design density is 0 10 gpm /ft (4 1 mm /min) The NFPA 13, 20 psi (1 4 bar) minimum operating pressure for Standard Spray Sprinkler spacings parallel to the ridge that are above 8 feet (2,4 m) does not apply to the AP Coverage Area. Coverage area for BB (Back to Back) Sprinklers is determined by twice the distance of the furthest throw measured along the slope multiplied by the distance along the branchline (maximum distance along branchline is 6 feet (1 8 m) regardless of the length of the throw). NOTE The distance along the branchline may have to be reduced to less than the maximum of 6 feet (1,8 m) to remain under 400 ft (37,2 m maximum de- pending on the slope and the span. In no case can the span exceed 60 feet (18,3 m) without the use of additional Model AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers. Coverage area for the SD (Single Directional) Sprinklers is the dis- tance along the branchline multi- plied by the distance of the throw down the .slope Regardless of the throw the maximum distance along the branchline is 6 feet (1 8 m), the maximum throw measured horizon- tally is 40 feet (12,2 m) and the maximum coverage per sprinkler is 400 ft (37,2 m Coverage area for the HIP Sprin- klers is the distance down the larger slope multiplied by two then multi- plied by the distance between the sprinklers as measured along the slope of the hip Coverage area for the AP (Attic Plus) Sprinklers is the distance along the branchline multiplied by the distance between the branchli- nes. The maximum spacing is 10 feet (3 1 m) perpendicular to the slope and 12 feet (3 6 m) parallel to slope and as measured on the slope When there is more than one row of AP Sprinklers, the sprinklers must be staggered per Figure 20-B- 3 The maximum spacing per sprin- kler is 120 ft (11 1 m Design Guidelines To design a project with attic sprinklers use these steps as a guideline. Determine if Model BB SD or HIP Sprinkler is needed Determine if the roof slope is be- tween 3.12 to 12:12. If more than one slope is being used on a project, select the correct sprinkler for each area. Follow the guidelines for each type of sprinkler Calculate the sprinkler system in ac cordance with the appropriate flow and pressure information provided in Table A, as well as Figure 20 There is no interpolation of the flows and pressures shown on the chart. For BB Sprinklers (Back to Back Dual Directional) Determine the throw needed (see spacing requirements in Table A). If over 20 feet (6,1 m) and up to 60 feet (18 3 m) is required use the 8.0 K- factor BB Sprinklers to reduce the pressure required. If pressure is not a concern, use the 5 6 K- factor BB Sprinklers to minimize over dis- charge If less than 20 feet (6 1 m) is re- quired use the 4.2 K- factor Back to Back Dual Directional to minimize pressure and flow requirements Determine the distance along the slope. If the distance is not equal, use the longer side Multiply the longer side by two to determine the spacing down the slope. Four hun- dred divided by this value will deter mine the maximum spacing along the ridge. The maximum distance is 6 feet (1 8 m). For example, a 12.12 s lope at the maximum span of 60 feet (18 3 m) will produce a slope length of approximately 42.5 feet (13 0 m). That number multiplied by two produces an 85 feet (25 9 m) throw Four hundred square feet. maximum divided by an 85 feet (25 9 m) throw only allows a 4 feet 8 inches (1 4 m) spacing along the ridge Using the maximum spacing, space the sprinklers along the ridge Avoid obstructions as shown in Fig- ure 16 If necessary add Model AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers to maintain coverage around obstructions. For SD Sprinklers (Single Directional Determine the throw needed As the 400 ft (37,2 m is not a factor with the SD Sprinklers, the maximum spacing is 6 feet (1 8 m) and the minimum is 4 feet (1,2 m) (Ref Figures 2 &11). (400 ft is not an issue with the single directional because at its maximum spacing of 6 foot (1 8 m) on center /covering 40 feet (12,2 m) flat a 12:12 slope and the discharge being 56.5 feet (17,2 m) the 400 ft (37,2 m2) maximum would not be exceeded.) Avoid obstructions as shown in Fig- ure 16. If necessary add Model AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers to maintain coverage around obstructions. For HIP Sprinklers Verify framing direction is perpen- dicular to outside wall (Ref Figure 12). If not, protect that area with AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers (Ref Figure 13) From the intersection of the top of the hip and the ridge, the maximum TFP610 Page 9 of 28 distance down the slope of the hip is 3 feet (0 9 m). Start the layout with the first sprinkler as close to that point as possible but no further while staying 6 inches (152,4 mm) away from the face of the trusses. Remember the slope of the hip is not equal to the slope of the roof from the ridge to the outside wall Con- tinue to space sprinklers down the hip at a maximum of 6 feet (1,8 m) on center as measured along the slope of the hip. When the bottom of the hip is reached the last sprinkler must be within 7 1/2 feet (2,3 m) of the outside wall as measured flat (plan view). If this pipe is cut to fit' the different slopes of the hip and the roof as well as distances measured along the slope verses horizontal in plan view must be accounted for Avoid obstructions as shown in Fig- ure 16 If necessary add Model AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers to maintain coverage around obstructions. Care and Maintenance The Tyco® PeakTM Performance Mod- els BBTM SDTM HIPTM and APT" Specific Application Sprinklers for Protecting Attics must be maintained and serviced in accordance with the following instructions: NOTE Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems must be obtained from the proper authori- ties and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be notified Sprinklers that are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated coated or otherwise altered after leaving the factory Modi- fied sprinklers must be replaced Over heated solder type sprinklers must be replaced Bulb -type sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wip- ing the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with, a soft bristle brush Care must be exercised to avoid dam- age to the sprinklers before during, and after installation Sprinklers dam- aged by dropping, striking wrench twist/slippage, or the like must be re- placed Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb (Ref Installation Section). The owner is responsible for the in- spection testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de- vices in compliance with this docu- ment, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec tion Association (e.g. NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction The in- stalling contractor or sprinkler manu- facturer should be contacted relative to any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accord- ance with local requirements and /or national codes. Limited Warranty Products manufactured by Tyco Fire Building Products (TFBP) are war ranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in mate- rial and workmanship when paid for and properly installed and maintained under normal use and service This warranty will expire ten (10) years from date of shipment by TFBP No warranty is given for products or com- ponents manufactured by companies not affiliated by ownership with TFBP or for products and components which have been subject to misuse, improper installation, corrosion, or which have not been installed maintained modi- fied or repaired in accordance with ap- plicable Standards of the National Fire Protection Association and /or the standards of any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Materials found by TFBP to be defective shall be either repaired or replaced, at TFBP's sole option TFBP neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it, any other obligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of prod- ucts. TFBP shall not be responsible for sprinkler system design errors or inac curate or incomplete information sup- plied by Buyer or Buyer's repre- sentatives. In no event shall TFBP be liable, in contract, tort, strict liability or under any other legal theory for incidental, indirect, special or consequential dam- ages, including but not limited to labor charges, regardless of whether TFBP was informed about the possibility of such damages, and in no event shall TFBP's liability exceed an amount equal to the sales price. The foregoing warranty is made in lieu of any and all other warranties. ex press or implied. Including warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. This limited warranty sets forth the ex clusive remedy for claims based on failure of or defect in products, materi- als or components, whether the claim is made in contract, tort, strict liability or any other legal theory This warranty will apply to the full ex tent permitted by law The invalidity in whole or part, of any portion of this warranty will not affect the remainder Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections. Specify Model (specify) K factor (specify) SIN (specify), Specific Appli- cation Attic Sprinkler P/N (specify). BB1 (K =8.0), TY4180 BB2 (K =8.0), TY4181 BB3 (K =8.0), TY4182 BB1 (K =5.6), TY3180 BB2 (K =5.6), TY3181 BB3 (K =5.6), TY3182 BB1 (K =4.2), TY4180 BB2 (K =4.2), TY4181 BB3 (K =4.2), TY4182 SD1 (K =5.6), TY3183 SD2 (K =5.6), TY3184 SD3 (K =5.6), TY3185 HIP (K =5.6), TY3187 AP (K =5.6), TY3190 AP (K =4.2), TY2190 P/N 51 -623 -1 200 P/N 51 -621 1 -200 P/N 51- 622 -1 -200 P/N 50 -601 1 -212 PIN 50- 602 -1 -212 PIN 50- 603 -1 -212 P/N 50- 620 -1 -200 P/N 50- 621 -1 -200 P/N 50- 622 -1 -200 P/N 50 -611 -1 -212 P/N 50 -612 -1 -212 P/N 50- 613 -1 -212 P/N 51- 620 -1 -200 P/N 50 -625 -1 -200 P/N 50- 624 -1 -200 Sprinkler Wrench. Specify W -Type 3 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56- 895 -1 -001 Specify W -Type 20 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56 -000 -1 106 Specify W Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench P/N 56- 000 -6 -387 t ijca I Fire Building Products Technical Services: Tel: (800) 381 -9312 Fax: (800) 791 -5500 Series DS -1 5.6 K- factor Dry Type Sprinklers Quick Response, Standard Coverage General Description The Series DS -1 5.6 K- factor Quick Response, Standard Coverage, Dry Type Sprinklers are decorative 3 mm glass bulb automatic sprinklers de- signed for the following typical uses: where pendent sprinklers are re- quired on dry pipe systems that are exposed to freezing tempera- tures (e.g. sprinkler drops from un- heated portions of buildings) where sprinklers and /or a portion of the connecting piping may be exposed to freezing temperatures (e.g sprinkler drops from wet sys- tems into freezers sprinkler sprigs from wet systems into un- heated attics, or horizontal piping extensions through a wall to pro- tect an unheated area of a build- ing) where sprinklers are used on sys- tems that are seasonably drained to avoid freezing (e.g vacation re- sort areas) WARNINGS The Series DS -1 Dry Type Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applica- ble standards of the National Fire Pro- tection Association, in addition to the IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the 'INSTALLER WARNING' that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and in- stallation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely standards of any other authorities hav- ing jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these de- vices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and de- vices in proper operating condition The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. The Series DS -1 Dry Type Sprinklers must only be installed in fittings that meet the requirements of the Design Criteria section. Model /Sprinkler Identification Numbers TY3235 (Pendent) TY3135 (Upright) TY3335 (Horizontal Sidewall) Technical Data Approvals UL and C -UL Listed. FM and NYC Approved (Refer to Table A) Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Inlet Thread Connection 1 inch NPT (Standard Order) ISO 7 -R1 Discharge Coefficient K 5.6 GPM /psi (80,6 LPM /barli Temperature Ratings Refer to Table A Finishes Sprinkler Natural Brass Chrome Plated, White Polyester Escutcheon: White Coated or Chrome Plated tern, Customer Service /Sales: Tel: (414) 570 -5000 (800) 558 -5236 Fax: (414) 570 -5010 (800) 877 1295 Patents U S.A. Patent No. 5 188 185 Page 1 of 8 APRIL, 2004 TFP510 Physical Characteristics Inlet Copper Plug Copper Yoke Stainless Steel Casing Galvanized Carbon Steel Insert Bronze Bulb Seat Stainless Steel Bulb Glass Compression Screw Bronze Deflector Bronze Frame Bronze Guide Tube Stainless Steel Water Tube Stainless Steel Spring Stainless Steel Sealing Assembly Beryllium Nickel w/Teflon* Escutcheon Carbon Steel *Registered Trademark of DuPont Page 2 of 8 TFP510 TY3235 Pendent TY3235 Pendent TY3335 Hor Sidewall w/ Standard w/ Std. Escutcheon with top of Recessed Escutcheon (Ref. Fig. 5) Deflector to-Ceiling (Ref. Fig. 3) w/ Deep Escutcheon distance of w/ Wide Flange (Ref. Fig. 6) 4 to 12 inches Recessed Escutcheon w/o Escutcheon (100 to 300 mm) (Ref. Fig. 4) (Ref. Fig. 7) w/ Std. Escutcheon (Ref. Fig. 9) TY3135 Upright w/ Deep Escutcheon w/o Escutcheon (Ref. Fig. 10) (Ref. Fig. 8) w/o Escutcheon (Ref. Fig. 11) Temperature Bulb Natural Chrome White Natural Chrome White Natural Chrome White Rating Color Code Brass Plated Polyester Brass Plated Polyester Brass Plated Polyester 135 °F /57 °C Orange 155 °F /68 °C Red 175 °F /79 °C Yellow 200 °F /93 °C Green 286 °F /141 °C Blue Notes: 1 Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (Maximum order length of 48 inches). 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada. (Maximum order length of 48 inches) 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (Maximum order length of 48 inches) 4 Approved by the City of New York under MEA 352 -01 -E. Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies Only. Light Hazard Occupancies Only. N/A Not Available. PLUG WITH GASKETED SPRING PLATE SEAL SPRING WATER TUBE GUIDE N TUBE FRAME VENT HOLE DEFLECTOR TABLE A SERIES DS -1 QUICK RESPONSE STANDARD COVERAGE, DRY TYPE SPRINKLERS LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 N/A INLET YOKE it II CASING i INSERT BULB SEAT mm BULB FIGURE 1 SERIES DS -1 QUICK RESPONSE DRY TYPE SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY COMPRESSION SCREW 1 2, 4 1 2, 4 1 2, 4 1 2, 4 SPRINKLER FINISH 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 12,3,4 12,3,4 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 4 1 2, 4 1 2, 4 1 2, 4 1 2, 4 WRENCH RECESS 1 2* 3* 4 1 2* 3* 4 1 2* 3* 4 1 2* 3' 4 1 2* 3* 4 PUSH WRENCH INTO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 2 W -TYPE 7 SPRINKLER WRENCH 1 2* 4 1 2* 4 1 2* 4 1 2* 4 1 2* 4 4 TFP510 SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING ORDER LENGTHS: 3 -1/2" to 48" (88,9 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS FACE OF CEILING 1 -3/8" 1/8" (34,9 3,2 mm) L- SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING 4 -1/4° 1/8" (108,0 3,2 mm) 2 -1/4' DIA. (57,2 mm). 2 -7/8° DIA. (73,0 mm) FIGURE 3 TY3235 PENDENT w/ STANDARD RECESSED ESCUTCHEON T ORDER LENGTHS. 3 -1/2' DIA. 1/2' to 46' (88,9 mm) (12,7 to 1168,4 mm) 2 -1/2° DIA. IN 1/4' (6,4 mm) (63,5 mm) INCREMENTS I FACE OF CEILING FIGURE 6 TY3235 PENDENT w/ DEEP ESCUTCHEON SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING ORDER LENGTHS. 3 -1/2' to 48" (88,9 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4' (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS FACE OF CEILING 1 -3/8' 1/8' (34.9 3,2 mm) FIGURE 4 TY3235 PENDENT w/ WIDE FLANGE RECESSED ESCUTCHEON SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) 1_ FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING ORDER LENGTHS: 5" to 48' (127,0 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4' (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS 1 MINIMUM 1 3/4" (44,5 mm) DEFLECTOR TO CEILING 3' DIA. (76,2 mm), 3 -5/8' DIA. (92,1 mm) FIGURE 7 TY3235 PENDENT w/o ESCUTCHEON SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING ORDER LENGTHS: 2- 1/2 "t0 48' (63,5 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4' (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS FACE OF CEILING 1 2 -3/16' 1/8" (55,6 3,2 mm) ORDER LENGTHS. 5' to 48" (127,0 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4° (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS Page 3 of 8 1 3/4° DIA. (44.5 mm) 3' DIA. (76,2 mm) FIGURE 5 TY3235 PENDENT w/ STANDARD ESCUTCHEON TOP OF J DEFLECTOR FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING Cf SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) FIGURE 8 TY3135 UPRIGHT w/o ESCUTCHEON Page 4 of 8 TFP510 CENTERLINE 5/16" OF WATERWAY (7,9 mm) FIGURE 9 TY3335 HORIZONTAL. SIDEWALL w/ STANDARD ESCUTCHEON ORDER LENGTHS. FACE OF 1/2' to 45 -3/4' (12,7 to 1162,1 mm) MOUNTING IN 1/4° (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS SURFACE 4- 13116" x 118" (122,2 3.2 mm) FACE OF 2 1/2 DIA. SPRINKLER (63,5 mm) FITTING 1 1 IUdr�' FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING ORDER LENGTHS. 2 -1/2' to 48' (63,5 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4' (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS FACE OF FACE OF 1 -3/4 DIA. SPRINKLER MOUNTING (44,5 mm) FITTING SURFACE SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) FIGURE 10 TY3335 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL w/ DEEP ESCUTCHEON ORDER LENGTHS. 5" to 48' (127,0 to 1219.2 mm) IN 1/4' (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS 4' 1/8° (10',6 ±3,2 mm) Li 3.5° CENTERLINE 5/16" OF WATERWAY (7,9 mm) 3.5° 5/16° (7,9 mm) CENTERLINE OF WATERWAY FIGURE 11 TY3335 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL w/o ESCUTCHEON 3" DIA. (76,2 mm) MINIMUM 2 -1/4° (57,2 mm) DEFLECTOR TO MOUNTING SURFACE Operation When the Series DS -1 is in service, water is prevented from entering the assembly by the Plug Belleville Seal- ing Assembly (Ref Figure 1) in the Inlet of the Sprinkler The glass Bulb contains a fluid that expands when ex posed to heat. When the rated tem- perature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass Bulb, and the Bulb Seat is released The compressed Spring is then able to ex pand and push the Water Tube as well as the Guide Tube outward This action simultaneously pulls inward on the Yoke, withdrawing the Plug Belleville Seal from the Inlet allowing the sprin- kler to activate and flow water Design Criteria The Series DS -1 Sprinklers are in- tended for use in fire sprinkler systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency (e.g. UL Listing is based on NFPA 13 requirements) The Series DS -1 Dry Type Sprinkler is to be installed in the 1 inch NPT outlet or run of malleable 'or ductile iron threaded tee fittings that meet the di- mensional requirements of ANSI B16 3 (Class 150) or cast iron threaded tee fittings that meet the di- mensional requirements of ANSI B16.4 (Class 125) with the end sprin- kler fitting on a branch line to be plugged as shown in Figures 3 11 When installing 1 inch NPT Series DS -1 Dry Type Sprinklers on a dry pipe sprinkler system, only use the side outlet of maximum 2 -1/2 inch size re- ducing tee's. For wet pipe sprinkler systems, the Series DS -1 Dry Type Sprinklers may also be installed in the 1 inch NPT outlet of a Central Figure 730 Me- chanical Tee or the following Tyco Fire Products CPVC fittings (P /N 80145) 1 x 1 NPT Female Adapter or (P /N 80249) 1 x 1 x 1 NPT Sprinkler Head Adapter Tee. NOTE Do not install the Series DS -1 into any other type fitting without first consult- ing the Technical Services Depart- ment. Failure to use the appropriate fitting may result in. failure of the sprin- kler to properly operate due to forma- tion of ice over the inlet Plug or binding of the inlet Plug, or insufficient en- TFP510 Page 5 of 8 gagement of the inlet pipe threads with consequent leakage Branch, cross, and feedmain piping connected to Dry Sprinklers and sub- ject to freezing temperatures must be pitched for drainage in accordance with the minimum requirements of the National Fire Protection Association for dry pipe sprinkler systems. When Dry Sprinklers are to be used in wet pipe sprinkler systems protecting areas subject to freezing temperatures (e.g. sprinkler drops into freezers) consideration must be given to the ap- propriate length of the sprinkler that will prevent freezing of the water in the connecting pipes due to conduction When the temperature surrounding the wet pipe sprinkler system is main- tained at a minimum temperature of 40 °F /4 °C the following are the mini- mum recommended lengths between the face of the sprinkler fitting and the outside surface of the protected area (i.e. length exposed to minimum am- bient of 40 °F /4 °C) 12 inches (300 mm) when the tem- perature within the protected area is -20 °F/ 29 °C 18 inches (450 mm) when the tem- perature within the protected area is 40 °F -40 °C 24 inches (600 mm) when the tem- perature within the protected area is -60°F/-51°C For protected area temperatures be- tween those given above, the minimum recommended length from the face of the fitting to the outside of the pro- tected area may be determined by in- terpolating between the indicated val- ues. NOTE When Dry Sprinklers penetrate a ceil- ing or wall into an area subject to freez ing, the clearance space around the Sprinkler Casing must be completely sealed in order to prevent the leakage of moist air into the freezing area which might result in the formation of condensate around the Frame, Deflec for Bulb Seat, or Bulb Failure to pre- vent the formation of condensate could result in the build -up of ice around the releasing components. This could re- sult an inadvertent operation of the sprinkler or impaired operation due to reduced thermal sensitivity Installation The Series DS -1 Dry Type Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions: NOTES The Series DS -1 must only be installed in fittings that meet the requirements of the Design Criteria section. Refer to the Design Criteria section for other important requirements regard- ing piping design and sealing of the clearance space around the Sprinkler Casing Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1 6 mm) for the 135 °F /57 °C rating to 1/8 inch (3,2 mm) for the 286 °F /141 °C rating. A leak tight 1 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 20 to 30 ft.lbs. (26,8 to 40,2 Nm) Higher levels of torque may distort the sprin- kler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler Do not attempt to compensate for in- sufficient adjustment in an Escutcheon Plate by under or over tightening the Sprinkler Readjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Step 1 Pendent sprinklers must be installed only in the pendent position and upright sprinklers must be in- stalled only in the upright position. The deflector of a pendent or upright sprin- kler is to be parallel to the ceiling. Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the horizontal position with their centerline of waterway perpen- dicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word `TOP' on the De- flector is to face towards the ceiling. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant ap- plied to the inlet threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Wrench tighten the sprinkler by wrenching on the Casing with a pipe wrench whenever the casing is readily accessible. Otherwise, use a W -Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref Figure 2) The wrench recess of the W -Type 7 is to be applied to the sprinkler wrench flats (Ref Figure 2) Step 4 After the ceiling /wall has been installed /finished slide on the outer piece of the Escutcheon until it comes in contact with the ceiling /wall. Do not lift the ceiling panel out of its normal position In the case of the outer piece of the Deep Escutcheon hold the outer piece in contact with the mounting sur face (ceiling) and then rotate the inner piece approximately 1/4 turn with re- spect to the outer piece, to hold the Deep Escutcheon firmly together Care and Maintenance The Series DS -1 Dry Type Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with the following instruc tions: NOTES Absence of the outer piece of an es- cutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, may delay the time to sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems must be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be no- tified. A Vent Hole is provided in the Bulb Seat (Ref Figure 1) to indicate if the Dry Sprinkler is remaining dry Evi- dence of leakage from the Vent Hole is an indication that there may be weepage past the Inlet seal and that the sprinkler needs to be removed for determining the cause of leakage (e.g. an improper installation or an ice plug) The fire protection system control valve must be closed and the system drained before removing the sprinkler Sprinklers that are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or otherwise altered after leaving the factory. Modi- fied sprinklers must be replaced Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion but have not operated, should be com- pletely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush Care must be exercised to avoid dam- age before, during, and after instal- lation. Sprinklers damaged by drop- ping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb (Ref Installation Section) The owner is responsible for the in- spection testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de- vices in compliance with this docu- Page 6 of 8 TF51 O ment, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec tion Association (e.g. NFPA 25) in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction The in- stalling contractor or sprinkler manu- facturer should be contacted relative to any questions. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with local requirements and /or national codes. Limited Warranty Products manufactured by Tyco Fire Products are warranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in material and work manship when paid for and properly installed and maintained under normal use and service. This warranty will ex pire ten (10) years from date of ship- ment by Tyco Fire Products. No war ranty is given for products or components manufactured by compa vies not affiliated by ownership with Tyco Fire Products or for products and components which have been subject to misuse, improper installation, corro- sion, or which have not been installed maintained modified or repaired in ac cordance with applicable Standards of the National Fire Protection Associa- tion, and /or the standards of any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction Mate- rials found by Tyco Fire Products to be defective shall be either repaired or replaced, at Tyco Fire Products sole option. Tyco Fire Products neither as- sumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it, any other obligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of products. Tyco Fire Products shall not be responsible for sprinkler system design errors or inaccurate or incomplete information supplied by Buyer or Buyer's representatives. IN NO EVENT SHALL TYCO FIRE PRODUCTS BE LIABLE IN CON- TRACT TORT STRICT LIABILITY OR UNDER ANY OTHER LEGAL THE ORY FOR INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LABOR CHARGES, RE- GARDLESS OF WHETHER TYCO FIRE PRODUCTS WAS INFORMED ABOUT THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND IN NO EVENT SHALL TYCO FIRE PRODUCTS' LI ABILITY EXCEED AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE SALES PRICE. THE FOREGOING WARRANTY l' MADE IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRFSS OR IMPLIED. INCLUDING WARRANTIES DP MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PUR- POSE. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability, and please specify the follow- ing 1 Sprinkler Model /SIN. Quick Response, Standard Cover age Dry Type Sprinkler Deflector Style. 5.6 K- factor Order Length. Dry Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon Order Length as measured per Figure 3 through 11 as applicable. After the meas urement is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. Inlet Connection (1 Inch NPT or ISO 7 -R1) Temperature Rating. Sprinkler Finish. Escutcheon Style and Finish, as applicable. Part Number from Table B (Part numbers are for 1 inch NPT stand- ard order sprinklers. Orders for all other sprinkler assemblies must be accompanied by a complete description 2. W -Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench. Refer to the Price List for complete listing of Part Numbers. TFP510 Page7of8 36 33 37 32 P/N 60 XXX X XXX MODEL/SIN Pendent w/ Standard TY3235 Escutcheon (1 NPT) (Fig. 5) Pendent w/ Deep TY3235 Escutcheon (1 NPT) (Fig. 6) Pendent w/ Std. Recessed TY3235 Escutcheon (1 NPT) (Fig. 3) Pendent w/o Escutcheon TY3235 Escutcheon (1 NPT) (Fig. 7) 34 Sidewall w/ Standard TY3335 Escutcheon (1 NPT) (Fig. 9) 43 Sidewall w/ Deep TY3335 Escutcheon (1 NPT) (Fig. 10) 44 Sidewall w/o TY3335 Escutcheon (1 NPT) (Fig. 11) 38 Upright w/o Escutcheon TY3135 (1 NPT) (Fig. 8) SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON FINISH FINISH (2) 082 1 I NATURAL BRASS I WHITE 180 4 I WHITE POLYESTER I WHITE 187 9 I CHROME PLATED I CHROME PLATED 372 0 I CHROME PLATED I WHITE 480 3 I WHITE (RAL9010)* I WHITE (RAL9010)` 0 I 135F/57C 1 I 155F/68C 2 175F/79C 3 200F/93C 4 I 286F/141C NOTES TEMPERATURE RATING (3) 055 (1). Dry Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon 'Order Length' as measured per Figures 3 through 11 as applicable, and for each individual sprinkler where it is to be installed. After the meas- urement is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. (2). Escutcheon Finish applies to sprinklers provided with escutcheons. (3). The 286F/141C temperature rating applies to non recessed sprinkler assemblies. Eastern Hemisphere sales only. TABLE B PART NUMBER SELECTION SERIES DS -1 QUICK RESPONSE, STANDARD COVERAGE, DRY TYPE SPRINKLERS (Use Prefix `I' for ISO 7 -R1 Connection, e.g. 1-50-361 1 180) ORDER LENGTH (1) (EXAMPLES) 5.50' 8.25" 18.00' 18.75" 37.25' 48.00" Page 8 of 8 TF510 TYCO FIRE PRODUCTS, 451 North Cannon Avenue, Lansdale, Pennsylvania 19446 ColtTM Series 0200/C20ON a�. Double Check Valve Assemblies Sizes. 21/2 10 (65 250mm). Features Extremely Compact Design 70% Lighter than Traditional Designs 304 (Schedule 40) Stainless Steel Housing Sleeve Groove Fittings Allow Integral Pipeline Adjustment Patented Tri -Link Check Provides Lowest Pressure Loss Unmatched Ease of Serviceability Available with Grooved Butterfly Valve Shutoffs Available for Horizontal, Vertical or N Pattern Installations Replaceable Check Disc Rubber Job Name Job Location Engineer Approval The Colt C200 /C200N Double Check Valve Assemblies are used to prevent backflow of pollutants, that are objectionable but not toxic, from entering the potable water supply system The Colt C200 /C200N may be installed under continuous pressure service and may be subjected to backpressure. The Colt C200 /C200N consists of two independently operating check valves, two shutoff valves, and four test cocks. For use in non health hazard applications. Specifications The Colt C200 /C200N Double Check Valve Assembly shall consist of two independent Tri -Link Check modules within a single housing sleeve access port, four test cocks and two drip tight shutoff valves. Tri -Link Checks shall be removable and serviceable, without the use of special tools. The housing shall be constructed of 304 (Schedule 40) stainless steel pipe with groove end connections. Tri -Link checks shall have reversible elastomer discs and in operation shall produce drip tight closure against the reverse flow of liquid caused by backpressure or backsiphonage. Assembly shall be a Colt C200 /C200N as manufactured by the Ames Company Contractor Approval Contractor's P0. No. Representative www.amesfirewater.com ES- A- C200 /C200N A M E FIRE WATERWORKS'" Ames product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measurements, please contact Ames Technical Service. Ames reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials without prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Ames products previously or subsequently sold. Configurations Available Models Horizontal Vertical up 'N' pattern horizontal Materials Housing Sleeve: 304 (Schedule 40) Stainless Steel Elastomers: EPDM Silicone and Buna 'N' Tri -Link Checks: Noryl® Stainless Steel Check Discs: Reversible Silicone or EPDM Test Cocks: Bronze Body Nickel Plated Pins Fasteners: 300 Series Stainless Steel Springs: Stainless Steel Dimensions Weights C200 /C200N A C (OSY) C (NRS) D 5 H I J Nary le is a registered trademark of General Electric Company. Suffix: NRS non rising stem resilient seated gate valves OSY UL/FM outside stem and yoke, resilient seated gate valves BFG UL/FM grooved gear operated butterfly valves with tamper switch Pressure Temperature Temperature Range: 33 °F 140 °F (5 °C 60 °C) Maximum Working Pressure: 1 75psi (12 bars) SIZE (DN) DIMENSIONS WEIGHT P C200NRS C2000SY C200N NRS C200N.OSY in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs. 21/2 65 131 787 1163/4 416 1 9 238 13'/ 89 29%s 738 122 559 1151/2 393 1 8 73 /s 273 9 234 1115 52 1125 57 1123 56 3 80 131 /6 805 118% 479 1 10% 260 13 1 /6 94 130% 768 1273/4 578 117'/4 435 1 9 '233 10'/2 267 1131 59 1145 66 11144 65 4 100 133 856 122 578 1 12 3 /6 310 1 4. 1021 33 838 124 610 11812 470 19 252 11 3 /6 284 1161 73 1161 73 1184 83 6 150 1 44 1118130% 765 1 16 406 1 5 140144 133 857 123 589 113 332 15 381 1 273 124 1295 134 1 314 142 8 200.1 50 1270137 959 119 506 I6t%s 170154'/41375 140% 1032127 697 115 399 17 437 1 438 199 1480 218 1 513 233 10 250 1 571/2 14601453/4 1162123 605 18 2081 66 1676 150 1270132'% 826 1173/46 440 20 508 1721 327 1781 354 1 891 404 C200BFG /C200NBFG C=1 133 60 158 72 184.83 336 152 555 252 951 431 SIZE (DN) DIMENSIONS WEIGHT A C D G H I J P C200BFG in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgs. C200NBFG lbs. kgs. 21/2 65 1 28 711 I 8 203 3 89 29/4 7591 22 559 114 379 8W16 223 9 2291 56 25 1 64 29 3 80 1 281/2 724 18 211 1 "/s 94 I30 1 /6 779 1 22 578 1 15/6 392 93/46 233 9 241 I 54 24 I 67 30 4 1001 29 741 1 8 /R 22713% 94 131 811 I 24 610 I 16 4121 9 252 10 2541 61 28 I R4 38 6 1501 361/2 927 1 10 2541 5 127 433/46 1097133 857 119 5001 13 %6 3321 101/2 2671117 53 1157 71 8 200 1 43 1092 12% 311 61/2 165 1 51 1 /6 1297 1 40% 1032 1 23 5 /6 592 1 15 17 /6 399 1 14 /is 361 1 261 118 1337 153 Approvals 1015 Capacity Listed 28S6 US P_® B64 4 For additional approval information please contact the factory or visit our website at www.amesfirewater.com UUFM Certified Flow Characteristics Flow characteristics collected using butterfly shutoff valves. See literatue S -Colt- 200/300 for gate valve flow characteristics Rated Flow UL Tested Horizontal Vertical N P Item 21/2' kPa psi 96 14 83 12 I I 69 10 I I 55 8 41 6� 28 10 00 0 50 100 150 0 190 380 570 I I 200 250 760 950 15 4.6 3' kPa psi 69 10 I I II I H 69 10 I I N 55 8 41 6 t 28 4 14 2 0 100 200 300 400 500 gpm 0 380 760 1140 1520 1900 Ipm 15 fps 4.6 mps 6' kPa psi 83 12 1 N I I I 69 10 'N 55 8 I I -V 41 6 i I I. I I 28 14 2 4 1. I 1. •ate I 1 I 300 3::0 gpm 0 0 1140 1330 Ipm 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 gpm fps 0 1140 2280 3420 4560 5700 Ipm mps 15 fps 4.6 mps 15 fps 4.6 mps kPa psi 83 12 69 10 55 8 41 6 28 4 14 2. 0 0 0 500 0 1900 1000 3800 8' 4' 10' kPa psi kPa psi 138 20 I I I I I I Tr 69 10 I I I 110 20 I I I I I 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 1900 3800 5700 7600 9500 I, I I 55 8 83 12 I I I 28 4 41 6 55 8 28 4 I I 0 0 I I 1 0 0 I I I I i i I 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800gpm 0 380 760 1140 1520 1900 2280 2660 3040 Ipm 1500 2000 2500 gpm 5700 7600 9500 1pm 15 fps 4.6 mps I V IMPORTANT INQUIRE WITH GOVERNING AUTHORITIES FOR LOCAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS N H V 3000 3500 gpm 11400 13300 Ipm fps mps For Technical Assistance Call Your A I c zed Ames Agent. t C c Co o f 4 N w .c� 0 Z o t N U c d 4- rn co co c c9 U 0423 HEADQUARTERS: Ames Fire and Waterworks 1427 North Market BI' Edwards, Platt Deely Inc. Edwards, Platt Deely, Inc. W. P Haney Co. Inc. RMI The Joyce Agency, Inc. Vernon Bitter Associates, Inc. WMS Sales, Inc. (Main office) Billingsley Associates, Inc. Billingsley Associates, Inc. Mid America Marketing, Inc. Mid America Marketing, Inc. Mid America Marketing, Inc. Smith Stevenson Co. Inc. Wager Company Watts HydroSource Mid Continent Marketing Services Ltd. Soderholm Associates, Inc. Stickler Associates Hugh M. Cunningham, Inc. Mack McClain Associates Mack McClain Associates, Inc. Mack McClain Associates, Inc. OK! Sales, Inc. Phoenix Marketing, Ltd. Cisco Delco Sales, Inc. Hollabaugh Brothers Associates Hollabaugh Brothers Associates P I R Sales, Inc. Preferred Sales Rep Masters, Inc. Watts Industries (Canada) Inc. (Watts Regulator Co. Division) D.C. Sales, Ltd. D.C. Sales, Ltd. Hydro Mechanical Sales, Ltd. Hydro Mechanical Sales, Ltd. Hydro Mechanical Sales, Ltd. Le Groupe B.G.T. Inc. Le Groupe B.G.T. Inc. Mar -Win Agencies, Ltd. Northern Mechanical Sales Palser Enterprises, Ltd. RAM Mechanical Marketing RAM Mechanical Marketing Walmar Mechanical Sales :Le '9 Sacramento, CA 95834 271 Royal Ave., Haw' !J 1 506 368 Wyandanch Ave. 1 I Ea! 'Ion, NY 11703 51 Norfolk Ave. South c ;I MA 02375 Glenfield Bus. Ctr. 2: f He Tpk. Richmond, VA 23223 8442 Alban Rd. Spr 'IE; ,2150 980 Thomas Drive, 65., ,V PA 18974 9580 County Rd. Clar" Liar, NY 14032 2728 Crestview Ave. K ;r, LA 7 0062 4829 478 Cheyenne Lane, .1. '!son, MS 39110 203 Industrial Dr. Birmingham, AL 35211 1364 Foster Avenue, N2 `will TN 37210 5466 Old Hwy. 78, M 'us T'I 38118 4935 Chastain Ave. C b IC 29217 702 -B Industry Rd., L. JO FL 32750 2861 Bankers Indust Pave. Atlanta, 6A 30360 8182 Chagrin Rd. Chagrin Falls, OH 44023 1724 Armitage Ct., Adc: •i IL 60101 7150 143rd Ave. N.W. •roka. MN 55303 333 North 121 St. Mdkk,lusee, WI 53226 13755 Benchmark, D T' "34 11132 South Towne 202, St. Louis, MO 63123 1450 NE 69th Place, SI rkeny IA 50021 15090 West 116th St. 'ire KS 66062 2200 Blue Creek Dr. fJ 'ran, OK 73026 2416 Candelaria N.E. Alouquerque, NM 87107 1738 Neville Street, Or a, CA 92865 111 Sand Island Access Pd. Unit 1 -10, Honolulu, HI 96819 6915 South 194th St. rat, WA 98032 3028 S.E. 17th Ave. P 'I.1nd, OR 97202 3050 North San Marcm Pace Chandler, AZ 85225 31177 Wiegman Road, FL 'ward, CA 94544 6255 Dexter St. Comme ce City, CO 80022 5435 North Service Road, Burlington, Ontario L7L 5H7 10 6130 4th St. S.E. Calgary Alberta T2H 2A6 11420 142 Street, Edmonton, Alberta T5M 1V1 3700 Joseph Howe Dr. Sle 1 Halifax, Nova Scotia B3L 4H7 297 Collishaw St. Ste. 7 (shipping) Moncton, New Brunswick E1C 9R2 85 Tolt Rd. St. Phillips. Newfoundland Al B 3M7 23 du Buisson, Pont Rouge, Quebec 6311 1X9 86 des Enterprises #208, Boisbriand, Quebec J7G 2T3 1333 Clifton St. Winnipeg, Manitoba R3E 2V1 P.O. Box 280 (mailing) 163 Pine St. (shipping), Garson, Ontario P3L 1S6 1885 Blue Heron Dr., #4, London, Ontario N6H 5L9 1301 Winnipeg St. Regina, Saskatchewan S4R 1K2 510 Ave. M South, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan S7K 2K9 24 Gurdwara Rd. Nepean, Ontario K2E 8B5 A M E S FIRE &WATERWORKS A Division of Watts Regulator Company www.amesfirewater.com ES- A- C200 /C200N 0308 Telephone Fax 916 928 -0123 916 928 -9333 973 427 2898 973 427 -4246 631 253 -0600 631 253 -0303 508 238 -2030 508 238 -8353 804 643 -7355 804 643 -7380 703 866 -3111 703 866 -2332 215 443 -7500 215 443 -7573 716 741 -9575 716 741 -4810 504 602 -8100 504 602 -8106 601 856 -7565 601 856 -8390 205 879 -3469 205 870 -5027 615 259 -9944 615 259 -5111 901 795 -0045 901 795 -0394 704 525 -3388 704 525 -6749 407 834 -4667 407 831 -0091 770 209 -3310 770 447 -4583 440 247 -9150 440 247 -6719 630 953 -1211 630 953 -1067 763 427 -9635 763 427 -5665 414 771 -0400 414 771 -3607 972 888 -3808 972 888 -3838 314 894 -8188 314 894 -8388 515 288 -0184 515 288 -504 913 339 -6677 913 339 -9518 405 360 -6161 405 360 -0092 505 883 -7100 505 883 -7101 714 921 -9228 714 921 -0442 808 842 -7900 808 842 -9625 253 867 -5040 253 867 -5055 503 238 -0313 503 235 -2824 480 892 -6000 480 892 -6096 510 487 -9755 510 476 -1595 303 286 -7575 303 286 -7576 905 332 -4090 905 332 -7068 403 253 -6808 403 259 -8331 780 496 -9495 780 496 -9621 902 443 -2274 902 443 -2275 506 859 -1107 506 859 -2424 709 895 -0090 709 895 -0091 418 832 -2800 418 873 -2505 450 434 -9010 450 434 -9848 204 775 -8194 204 786 -8016 705 693 -2715 705693 -4394 519 471 -9382 519 471 -1049 306 525 -1986 306 525 -0809 306 244 -6622 306 244 -0807 613 225 -9774 613 225 -0673 I 1427 North Market Blvd Suite #9 Sacramento CA 95834 Phone 916 928 -0123 Fax. 916 928 -9333 SO 9001 1 CERTIFIED I ©Ames Co. 2003 Printed in U.S.A. k For Commercial and Industrial Applications Job Name Job Location Engineer Approval Series FBV 2 Piece, Full Port Brass Ball Valves Sizes: 1 /4" 3" (8 80mm) MSS-SP -110 '/4 -3° (8 -80mm) approved 'h 2° (15 50mm) Features Suitable for full range of liquids and gases Minimal pressure drop due to full size ports Bottom loaded, blow -out proof stem Sizes 1/4' 2' FBV -3 and FBVS -3 pressure rated at 600psi (41 bars) WOG non -shock and 150psi (10.3 bars) WSP Sizes 2 3' FBV -3 pressure rated at 600psi (41 bars) WOG non -shock and 125psi (8.6 bars) WSP Sizes 2 3" FBVS -3 pressure rated at 400psi (27.5 bars) WOG non -shock and 125psi (8.6 barts) WSP Virgin PTFE stem packing seal, thrust washer and seats Vinyl insulator on heavy duty, zinc plated carbon steel handles Fast quarter -turn open or close operation Excellent for throttling and balancing applications of nonabrasive fluids where minimum flow is 20% to 100% of valve capacity Low operating torque Adjustable stem packing gland Stem 0-ring seal Maximum operating temperature: 400 °F (204 °C) Minimum operating temperature: -40 °F -40 °C) Gas Approvals Threaded Valves Only Size/ 2' (15 -50mm) c SA us ASME B16.33 CSA 1 /2 psig, 5psig, 125psig UL/FM Size 2 -3" (65-88mm) ASME B16.38 CSA 1 /2 psig, 5psig, 125psig Pressure Temperature Sizes 1 /2 2' (15 50mm) Maximum Operating Pressure: 1 /2 psig and 5psig (14 and 34 kPa) 1 /2 2" (15 50mm) CO -40°F to 125°F -40°C to 52°C) Maximum Operating Pressure: 125psig (8 bars) 1 /2 2' (15 50mm) -40°F to 400°F -40°C to 204°C) Sizes 2 3" (65 88mm) Maximum Operating Pressure: /2 psig and 5psig (14 and 34 kPa) 2 3' (65 88mm) -40°F to 125 °F -40°C to 52°C) Maximum Operating Pressure: 125psig (8 bars) 2 3" (65 88mm) -40°F to 400°F -40°C to 204°C) Contractor Approval Contractor's PO No. Representative Fire Service Approvals Sizes /4 2" (8 50mm) ULJFM rated at 300psi Threa. nections FBVS -3* Solder Connections Sizes: 3" (10 80mm) ('h° 2° only) ES -FBV 3 Specifications Approved valves shall be 2 -piece and constructed of forged brass body and end adapter Ball shall be full port, chrome plated brass. Seats and stem packing shall be virgin PTFE. Bottom loaded, blowout proof stem shall be brass with a fluorocarbon elastomer O -ring and adjustable packing nut threaded to body. Valve sizes 1 /4 2" shall be rated to 600psi (41 bars) WOG non -shock and 150psi (10.3 bars) WSP Valve sizes 2 3" (threaded) shall be rated to 600psi (41 bars) WOG non -shock and 125psi (8.6 bars) WSP Valve sizes 2 3" (solder) shall be rated to 400psi (27.5 bars) WOG non -shock and 125psi (8.6 bars) WSP Valves shall be equal to Watts FBV -3 (threaded) or FBVS -3 (solder). 'This valve is designed to be soft soldered into lines without dis- assembly, using a low temperature solder to 420 °F (216 °C). Higher temperature solders may damage the seat material. Apply heat with the flame directed AWAY from the center of the valve body. Excessive heat can harm the seats. After soldering, the packing.nut may have to be tightened. WWATTS® VIOREGULATOR Watts product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and.are provided for reference only. For precise measurements, please contact Watts Technical Service. Watts reserves the right to change or- modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials with- out prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Watts products previously or subsequently sold. Materials A. Handle Nut B. Handle C. D. E. F G. H. J. K. E Packing Nut Stem Packing Thrust Washer Stem 0-ring Body Seats Ball Adaptor L ES -FBV -3 0415 Dimensions Weights J F G Zinc plated carbon steel Zinc plated carbon steel with vinyl insulator Brass Virgin PTFE Virgin PTFE Machined brass Fluorocarbon elastomer (FKM) Forged brass Virgin PTFE Chrome plated brass Forged brass H I C FBV -3 C D +1 L1 Flow Curves 20 10 a i 1ia� -z �nnra1111 MEM MIIII161111 ®�INIf/NIIN81 �/Wiali I IItpII ®BI n11010N' /,�I Rlnl iNlgBp�illWi 1 pp��1 III ICI ►,I N IT I I I 11111® AB III >i 1 !!ijlI ('C w' i1 i/aa11 N111) AWPNICMIllrm 1:8/I/gN11111g18111v 1111111MIXfiliM/M1111/11414111WMAINNIIIIMIll NI I'dlVi manuottlIMMIIIIMIIIII1011=110 iIIIIMINIMIIIIIIM11111111111 111 E INN i II SE 34 55 8 10 Temperature /Pressure Rating 111 FBVS =3 WATTS® a) Cl, N a C I- 0 20 30 o0 80 208 03 6GW 600 030 100 1000 5000 Flow (gpm) bars psi 41.3 600 34.5 500 1 2' 27.6 400 1. 12' 3ul i 20.7 300 -I 13.8 200 6.9 100 3.4 0 I I_ 50 100 200 300 400 500 °F 10 38 93 149 204 260 °C Working Temperature *See applicable note on reverse side for solder end valves with regards-to pressure/ temperature rating. SIZE (DN) DIMENSIONS WEIGHT C H H, I L Lt in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kg. 1 /4 8 1 36 33/46 81 3 /8 10.5 1 46 .3 1 3 /8 1 1 36 3 81 3 /e 10.5 1 46 .3 1 '/2 15 1t /Is 50 3% 91 3% 91 1 3/42 12.5 2% 60 2%8 53 .5 .2 3 /4 20 2 52 4% 114 4 114 13 /16 20.0 2 68 2 72 .8 .3 1 25 2'/16 62 4 125 4 125 1 25.0 3 80 3 86 1 .6 1 32 2% 66 4 6 125 4 125 1 31.0 3 90 3'/e 98 2.0 .9 1 40 2 75 5' 140 5 140 1 39.0 3� /s 99 4 112 2.6 1.2 2 50 3' /e 80 7'/8 200 7'/e 200 2 50.0 4 113 5 135 4.0 1.8 2 65 4 109 91/2 250 71/4 200 2% 60.5 5 140 6 161 9.0 41 3 80 4% 118 9'/e 250 7 200 2 74.0 6 159 7 182 12.8 5.8 9001 1 CERTIFIED I W REGULATOR USA: 815 Chestnut St. No. Andover MA 01845 -6098; www.wattsreg.com Canada: 5435 North Service Rd. Burlington, OUT L7L 5H7 www.wattscanada.ca Watts Regulator Co 1997 Printed in U.S.A. POTTER U S Pat. No. 3921989 Canadian Pat. No. 1009680 Other Patents Pending Potter Electric, Rd. 1990 The Symbol of Protection GENERAL INFORMATION The Model VSR -F is a vane type waterflow switch for use on wet sprinkler systems. It is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe, schedules 10. through 40 sizes 2' thru 8' (50mm thru 200mm) LPC approved sizes are 2' thru 8' (50mm thru 200mm). The unit may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large systems. The unit contains two single pole, double throw snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic re- tard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 gallons per minute (38 LPM) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. ENCLOSURE. The unit is enclosed in a general purpose die cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resis- tant screws which require a special key for removal. A. field in- stallable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover See bulletin no 5400775 for installation instructions of this switch. PRINTED IN USA MKT #8800001 REV W MFG. #5400761 7/02 VSR -F VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, Stock No 0090018 UL,ULCandCSFMListed,FMand LPCBApproved, NYMEA Accepted, CE Marked Service Pressure. Up to 450 PSI (31 BAR) Minimum Flow Rate forAlarm: 10 GPM (38 LPM) Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (5 5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 15 0 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive Conduit Entrances. Two knockouts provided for 1/2' conduit Environmental Specifications Suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die -cast housing. NEMA 4/IP54 Rated Enclosure use with appropriate conduit fitting. Temperature Range. 40 °F /120 °F 4,5 °C /49 °C Non corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Caution: This device is not intended for applications in explosive environments. Sizes Available Steel Pipe schedules 10 thru 40 sizes 2' thru 8' BS 1387 pipe 50mm thru 200mm Note: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR -CF Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA -13 One or two family dwelling NFPA -13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA -13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA -72 INSTALLATION: See Fig.2 These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they should be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The units should not be in- stalled within 6' (15cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterflow or within 24' (60 cm) of a valve or drain. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a circular saw in a slow speed drill. The 2' (50mm) and 2 1/2' (65mm) devices require a hole with a diameter of 1 1/4' 1/8' 1/16' (33mm t2mm). All other sizes require a hole with a diameter of 2' ±1/8' (50mm ±2mm). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a dis- tance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole, do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterflow Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to an eventual 50 ft -lbs. (68 n -m) of torque (see Fig. 2). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way Specifications subject to change without notice. Potter Electric Signal Company 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO 631464161 Phone: 800 325 3936 /Canada 888 -882 1833 www.pottersignal.com PAGE 1 OF 2 I' PRINTED IN USA FIG. 1 SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS CLAMPING PLATE TERMINAL CAUTION: An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the termi- nal and serve as two sepa- rate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. SETS OF NOSNA LY OPEN C6,/ACTS CLOSE ON ALARu I I 3:11: 1NE NC 010 NO W1DHNGS ON THE SIAM ARE FOR AN ALARM CmOHON. nK CONGCTS ARE 0EV117SED NHL THE OEKE 5 00 THE MANN COMMON. The Symbol of Protection FIG. 2 NNac(010w ant ON FRE PANEL PORTA/ OC OR HOT AC NEGATRE DC OR NCUTRAL AL 3" to 8" (80mm to 200mm) RETARD ADJUSTMENT TO CHANGE TIME TURN KNOB (EITHER DIRECTION) FOR DESIRED TIME DELAY USE THE MINIMUM AMOUNT OF RETARD NECESSARY TO PREVENT FALSE ALARMS, A B SETTING IS USUALLY ADEQUATE FOR THIS. FACTORY IS SET TO "B" TO INSTALL, DRILL HOLE AS INDICATED: PIPE SIZE I HOLE SIZE 2" to 2 1/2" 1 1/4" +1/8" —1/16" (50mm to 65mm) (33mm 2mm) Cover Tamper (with cover in place) 0 NC (FOIT) (RED) Mix) C NO DWG. U761 30 FIG. 3 TYPICAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS OW /RCN RFC AN I. IL OPTIONAL TAMPER SWITCH DO NOT LEAVE COVER OFF FOR EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME 0000 /x+ 2" ±1/8" 50mm ±2mm) o.c. n.Mm111-: DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW NOTES: 1 The Model VSR -F has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, pro- prietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator 2. A condition of LPC Approval of this product is that the electri- cal entry must be sealed to exclude moisture. 3. For supervised circuits see "Switch Terminal Connec tions" drawing and caution note (Fig. 1). MKT #8800001 REV W MFG. #5400761 7/02 VSR -F VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD TIGHTEN NUTS ALTERNATELY TO AN EVENTUAL 50E7 —LBS (68 n —m) OF TORQUE MOUNT ON PIPE SO ARROW ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW ROLL PADDLE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW APPROX. RETARD SETTINGS (IN SECS.) I A B C D E 10 -25 20 -40 35 -55 50 -70 60 -90 FIG. 4 To remove knockouts: Place screwdriver at edge of knock outs, not in the center APPLICATION WARNING! Due to the possibility of unintended discharges caused by pressure surges, trapped air or short retard times, waterflow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems should not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF deluge, or chemical suppression systems. TESTING The frequency of inspection and testing for the model VSR -F and its associated protective monitoring system should be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and /or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspector's test valve, that is usually located at the end of the most remote branch line, should always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system, application of the VSR -F is not recommended or advisable A minimum flow of 10 gpm (38 Lpm) is required to activate this device. IMPORTANT NOTICE. Please advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. PAGE 2 OF 2 PCVS -1 Stock No 1010107 PCVS -2 Stock No. 1010207 The Model PCVS is a weather proof and tamper resistant switch for monitoring the open position of fire sprinkler control valves of the post indicator, butterfly and other types. Depending on the model, one or two SPDT (Form C) contacts are provided which will operate when the valve position is altered from an open state. The unit mounts in a 1/2' NPT tapped hole in the post indicator or butterfly valve housing. The device is engaged by the indicating assembly of the post indicator or the operating mechanism of the butterfly valve, actuating switch(es) when the valve is fully open. The unit should be installed where it is accessible for service. The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that require a special PBK S PBK-L PVK KBK POTTER The Symbol of Protection ORDERING INFORMATION MODEL PCVS -1 PCVS -2 DESCRIPTION Potter Control Valve Switch (single switch) Potter Control Valve Switch (double switch) Cover Screw Hex Key for Cover Screws and Installation Adjustments Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit Up to 12' (300mm) Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit 14' (355mm) and Up Pratt Valve Kit Optional Cover Tamper Switch kit Kennedy Butterfly Valve Kit For pressure reducer type valve installation kits (if required) contact valve manufacturer Potter Electric Signal Company PRINTED IN USA PCVS -.L, -2 CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH UL, ULC and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, NYMEA Accepted, CE Marked Dimensions: 4 75 "L x 2.25 'W x 7.2 "H (stem extended) 12,1cm L x 5,7cm W x I8,3cm H Weight: 1.35 lb. (0,61 kg.) Enclosure: Cover Die -cast Finish Red Spatter Enamel Base Die Cast Zinc All parts have corrosion resistant finishes. Cover Tamper Tamper Resistant Screws, Optional cover tamper kit available Mounting: 1/2' NPT Contact Rating: PCVS -I One set of SPDT (Form C) PCVS -2: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 15 00 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.50 Amps at 30VDC resistive Environmental Limitations: -40 °F to +140 °F (-40 °C to 60 °C) NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P Enclosure (IP67) when used with appropriate watertight conduit fittings. Indoor or Outdoor Use (Not for use in hazardous locations. See bulletin no 5400694 PI VS -U -EX for hazardous locations.) Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts for 1/2' conduit provided. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA 13 One or two family dwelling NFPA 13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA -13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA 72 tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each device and should be left with the building owner or responsible party Replacement or additional cover screws and hex keys are available. See ordering information. OPTIONAL COVER TAMPER SWITCH. A field installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate removal of the cover. See ordering information. TESTING. The PCVS and its associated protective monitoring system should be tested in accordance with applicable NFPA codes and standards and /or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). STOCK NO. 1010107 1010207 5490344 5250062 0090113 0090132 1000060 0090131 0090143 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO 63146 -4161 Phone: 800- 325 3936 /Canada 888 -882 1833 www.pottersignal.com MKT #8820001 REV T PAGE I OF 4 12/01 FIG. I POTTER 3.00 (7, 5.20 (13,2cm) 8.20 (1,9cm) l C(2 2cm1 (20.8cm) PRINTED IN USA ROD RETRACTED AND BREAKAWAY SECTION RENEE/ED R00 ERTENOED The Symbol of Protection 1,20 (3,0em) DIMENSIONS 4.75 (12,1cm) 3.62 (9.2cm) I '1 II I I II 0 f— 2.25 (5,7cm) 2,00 .85 (2.2cm) 12 (0,30cm) I J4.Ocm) 3.12 (7,9cm) 1 OWC, 9980 -1 Refer to Fig. 2 for the location of parts described in the following instructions. 9 NOTE. Ifthe sprinkler system is in service the owner or authorized representative should be notified, before any work is done on the system, that the valve controlling the water supply to the system may be closed for periods of time during the installation and testing of this device, resulting in all or portions of the system being inoperative during these periods. If th.. system is not in service and valve is closed, be sure that opening the valve will not allow any unwanted water flow due to openings in the system. such as heads off, broken or incomplete piping, etc. 1 Position the valve to fully open ("OPEN should appear in the window of the housing). Partially close the valve while observing the direction that the target assembly moves. Reopen the valve. If the valve housing is predrilled with a I '2' NPT for installation of a monitoring switch, remove the I, plug and fully open the valve Make sure that 'OPEN' appears in the window of the housing. GO TO STEP NO. 6. 2. Remove the head and target assembly (consultation with valve manufacturer is recommended). 3 If the target assembly moved up as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottom of the head to the lower part of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Fig. 3). This is usually a plate or bar on the target assembly on a side adjacent to the 'OPEN /SHUT' plates. Subtract 1/8' from the measurement. If the target moved down as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottom of the head to the upper portion of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Fie. 4). Add 1/8' (3,2mm) to this measurement. 4 Mark the housing at the proper location. Using a 23/32' (18,2mm) drill bit, drill and then tap a 1/2' NP'!' in the housing on the side that coincides with the portion of the target assembly that will engage the trip rod of the PCVS. 5 Replace the head and target assembly .6. Loosen th1. socket head screw that holds the nipple in the PCVS and remove the nipple. 7 Screw the locknut that is provided onto the nipple. 8. Screw the nipple into the 1/2' NPT hole in the valve housing hand tighten. Tighten the locknut against the valve housing to secure the nipple firmly in place. FIG. 2 NOCKOUTS FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 (WHITE) COAT. (RED) .0. (BLACK) .C. DWG. 9980 -2 TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS ON POST INDICATOR VALVE HOUSINGS (SEE FIGS. 3 THRU 6) PCVS -2 CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH PARTS GROUND SCREW TRIP ROD LOCKING SCREW SOCKET NEAO SCREW NIPPLE LOCKNUT TRIP ROO Insert a scale or probe thru the nipple to measure the distance from the open end of the nipple to the target assembly Subtract 1/2' (12,5mm) from this measurement. NOTE. In some cases, it may be necessary to attach an angle bracket to the target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in plan, and adjust the rod length, from the end of the collar to the end of the rod, using the dimension determined in Step 9 Tighten the locking screw to hold the rod in place. NOTE. If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break oil the one (I) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 11 procedure. Partially close the valve (3 to 4 revolutions of the handle/hand wheel). Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate the switches when the valve is open. Tighten the socket head screw in the collar, Carefully open the valve to the fully open position. As the target moves to the open position it should engage the trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overtravel of 1/2 revolution of the handle/hand wheel after the switch(es) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). Slowly close the valve. The switch must operate during the first two revolutions of the handle /hand wheel or during 1/5 of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. NOTE. Small adjustments of the target position may be necessary (consultation with valve manufacturer is recommended). Complete the required electrical wiring connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of fully closed and fully open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and the signaling system. Check that all electrical and mechanical connections are secure. When the installation and testing are complete, return valve to its proper position. Alternative installation for other post indicator valve housing shown in Fig. 5 and 6 MKT #8820001 REV T PAGE 2 OF 4 12/01 FiG 3 PRINTED IN LISA POTTER H T_ TARGET MOVES UP AS VALVE IS SHUT The Symbol of Protection TAMPER SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH TARGET MOVES DOWN AS VALVE IS SHUT Refer to Fig. 2 for location of parts described in the following instructions: B1 Remove thL 1/2' NPT plug from the gear operator case. B2. Loosen the set screw that holds the nippy in the PCVS and remove the nipple. 133 Screw the locknut that is provided onto the nipple. 134 Screw the nipple into the 1/2' NPT hole in the gear operator hand tighten. Tighten the locknut against the case, to secure the nipple firmly in place. 135 Partially close the valv (3 or 4 revolutions of the hand wheel or crank). B6 Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. B7 Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place. Estimate trip rod length required and extend slightly past that point. Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate switches when valve is open. NOTE. If trip rod length is excessive. loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step B7 procedure. 138. Remove device from nipple and withdraw trip rod 1/32' (0,80mm) (this dimension is important). Tighten the locking screw to hold the rod in place. FIG. 7 BREAKING EXCESSIVE ROD LENGTH DWG. 8980 -13 DWG. #980 -30 SHUT MARKER FIG 5 STEEL TRIPPING BLOCK REPLACES OPEN F. MARKER TYPICAL INSTALLATION ON A BUTTERFLY VALVE (SEE FIGS. 9 AND 10) MKT 48820001 REV T 12/01 METAL PLATE REPLACES GLASS TARGET ASSEMBLY J TARGET MOVES UP AS VALVE IS SHUT PCVS -L, -2 CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH L FIG 6 LOCKNUT TAMPER SWITCH FLEXIBLE 11 3/8" I CONDUIT (28.9cm) j HOOD MOVES DOWN AS VALVE II J IS SHUT Notes: 1 Subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction' the alternate method of installation shown in Fig. 5 may be used. In this method, one of the glass windows of the housing is replaced with a 1/4' thick metal plate that is cut to fit in place of the glass and drilled and tapped to receive the 1'2' NPT pipe nipple. in some cases it may be necessary to attach an angle bracket to the target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. 2 If the target is stationary and a hood arrangement is used, such as is shown in Fig. 6, the hood must he drilled with a 27 32' drill and tapped with a 1 /2' NPT The center line of this hole should be 1!8' below the portion of target assembly that strikes the PCVS trip rod. The I 1 '8' dimension shown is for a Clow Valve. Flexible conduit must be used for this type of installation. Re- install the device on the nipple. Tighten the screw in the collar against the nipple. NOTE In some cases it may be necessary to remove the gear box cover to ensure correct operation (consultation with the valve manufacturer is recommended). B9 Carefully open the valve to its full open position. as the boss on the gear hub moves to the open position it must engage the PCVS trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overtravel or revolution of the crank or hand wheel after the switch(es) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). NOTE. Slight adjustment of gear stops may be necessary to prevent overtravel of the trip rod (consultation with valve manufacture is recommended). B l O Carefully close the valve. The switch(es) must operate during the first two revolutions of the crank or hand wheel or during 1/5 of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. Bi I Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of fully closed and fully open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and signaling system, Check that all electrical and mechanical connections are secure. B12. When the installation and testing are complete, return valve to its proper position. SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS CLAMPING PLATE TERMINAL FiG. 8 CAUTION. An uni nsul ated section ofa s i ngle conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that t wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. PAGE 3 OF 4 ITT GRINNELL/KENNEDY INDICATING BUTTERFLI VALVE FIG 8 VALVE PARTIALLY CLOSED VALVE OPEN DWG. #980 -6 FIG. 12 LOCKNUTS BOTH SIDES DWG. #980 -8 POTTER PBK PRATT IBV BUTTERFLY VALVE KIT The Symbol of Protection BRACKET AND LOCKNUTS SUPPLIED WITH P8K MOUNTING KIT MODEL PBK -L Stock No. 0090132 (MDT -4S Actuator) MODEL PBK -M Stock No. 0090146 (MDT-3S Actuator) MODEL PBK S Stock No. 0090133 (MDT 2S Actuator) Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit as used to mount a PCVS on a Pratt Model 1BV Valve. Kits contain' Bracket. nuts and instructions Note: This application is subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction. PRINTED IN USA FIG. 10 FIG. 13 DRESSER INDICATING BUTTERFLI VALVE e Ie t o I o I I �e O e) \.4 O y/ DWG. #980 -9 N This figure shows the Model PCVS nountedonthevalve yoke, with a bracket supplied by the valve manufacturer, to supervise a pressure reducer type valve. 1/2 OWG. #980 Note: This application is subject to the approval of thL (13mm) authority having jurisdiction. PVK PRATT PIVA POST INDICATOR VALVE KIT (STOCK NO. 1000060) MACHINE LOCAL CIRCUIT SCREW #8 -32 Pratt Valve kit as used to mount a PCVS on a Pratt Model PIVA Valve. Kit contains: Instructions. template. screw and nut. Note: This application is subject to thk, approval of the authority having jurisdict ion. MKT #8820001 REVT 12/01 PCVS-1, -2 CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH TYPICAL PRESSURE REDUCER TYPE VALVE INSTALLATION FIG. 11 PCVS 0 I L Z 1 nn sm as m l/16`(1,6mm) MIN. GAP 1 l DWG. #980 -10 1 TYPICAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS Please Note: This device should he wired in accordance with the applicable parts of the National Electrical Code, all state and local codes, applicable NFPA Standards and the requirements of ths, authority having jurisdiction. FIG 14 TO POWER FOR COM. INDICATING DEVICE TO SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT I L N.O. OF CONTROL PANEL SW #2 1 N.C. COM. I N.C. DWG. #980 -11 COLLAR LOCKNUT NIPPLE TYPICAL SWITCH ACTION END OF LINE RESISTOR OWG. #980 -12 Contacts shown in normal (valve open) condition. OPEN VALVE POSITION CLOSED VALVE POSITION COM. 1 N.O. CON. N.O. SW #1 Cr"I sw #1 It N.C. N.C. COM. I L N.O. COM. I N.O. SW #2 Switches Shown in Valve Open Position INDICATING DEVICE N.0 PAGE 4 OF 4 (D TOLCO www.tolco.com a brand of NIBCO Revision 9/1/03 44 Fig 28 "Stand -Off' Hanger Restrainer for CPVC Plastic Pipe Size Range 3 /4 through 2' Material Carbon Steel, Pre Galvanized Function Designed to be used as a hanger and restrainer for CPVC piping where the 'stand -off design will ease installation by eliminating the need for wood blocking. Features. Flared edge design protects CPVC pipe from any rough or abrasive surfaces. Unique twist and lock design holds pipe firmly in place and allows retrofit type of installation The "Stand -Off' design eliminates the need for wood block extension. Can be installed on horizontal or vertical piping regardless of mounting sur face orientation. Attached easily to wood structure with two hex head self- threading screws furnished with product. Installs easily using rechargeable electrical driver with 5/16' extension socket eliminating impact tool damage to pipe U.L. Listed as a hanger and a restrainer for fire sprinkler piping Approvals Underwriters Laboratory Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support automatic fire sprinkler systems. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13 13R and 13D Fig. 28 satisfies the UL vertical restraint requirement where needed UL Listed as a hanger and vertical restraint when installed on 3/8' composite wood material. Use two Fig. 27B Speed Nuts when used as a hanger and restraint. Use one Fig 27B Speed Nut on the upper installed screw when used as a hanger only. Order by Figure number and pipe size. US AND INTERNATIONAL PATENT APPLICATION IN PROCESS. FIG2T8 (7) REDWRED HIGH SIDE OF HANGER r FIG278 (2) REQUIRED HANGER APPLICATION Fa28 HANGER RESTRAINT APPLICATION f R0.28 F1023 Available November 2003 OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY 1375 SAMPSON AVE. CORONA, CA 92879 PIE 951.737.5599 FAX. 951.737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com Oct Size A B 3/4 3'/e 2 1 318 2'4 1 3 2' /e 4'/e 2'/2 2 4 Dimensions Weights TDLCO a brand of NIBCO www.tolco.com Revision 5/24/2001 Fig 24 Hanger for CPVC Plastic Pipe Double Fastener Strap Type Side Mount Size Range 3/4 thru 2' CPVC pipe Material Carbon Steel, Pre Galvanized Function Intended to perform as a hanger /restrainer to support only CPVC piping used in automatic fire sprinkler systems. Can be installed on the top or on the bottom of a beam. The Fig 24 can also function as a restrainer to prevent the upward movement of the sprinkler head during activation Approvals Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support fire sprinkler piping. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13 13R and 13D. Features Fig. 24 incorporates features which protect the pipe and ease installation. The flared edge design* protects the CPVC pipe from any rough surface. Easily attaches to the building structure using the two UL Listed hex head self threading screws** furnished with the product. It is recommended that rechargeable electric drills fitted with a hex socket attachment be used as installation tools. No impact tools (such as a hammer) or impact fasteners (such as drive screws or nails) are allowed. Damage has been known to result from installations using impact type tools. No pre drilling of a pilot hole in wood is required Finish Pre Galvanized Order By Figure number and pipe size Patent Pending Hardened hex head self threading screw is furnished with the product and is the minimum fastener size acceptable. Office/Manufacturing Facility 1375 Sampson Ave. Corona, CA 92819 Ph: 951.737.5599 Fax: 951 737.0330 Customer Service 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com Dimensions Weights CPVC Max. Hanger Fastener Hex Approx. Pipe Size A B C Spacing (Ft.) Head Size Wt. /100 3/4 2 /,e 1 /sz 11,0 5 5/16 9 1 2 4 1 /,e 1'/,e 6 5/16 9 1 3 1 1' /,e 6 5/16 11 1'/ 3 1 /e 1' /,e 7 5/16 12 2 3 121/ 1 8 5/16 15 Model #100 Swivel Loop Hanger Heavy Duty APPLICATION: #100 pipe support for stationary piping Lowest in -place cost available Easy adjustment. NOTE: Meets MSS requirements. All dimensions are in inches unless otherwise noted. *See page 2 for finish and material descriptions. All material is Carbon Steel unless otherwise noted. Phone 800 333 -0852 Fax: 800 -677 5403 49 www enco com Part No. Pipe H CL RS MRI A Max. Recom. Finish* Size Load (lbs.) 1000050EG I 1/2 2 3/4 1 1/4 3/8 1 1 13/16 300 EG 1000050FL I 1/2 2 3/4 1 1/4 3/8 i 1 13/16 300 FL 1000075EG I 3/4 3 -1/16 17/16 3/8 1 15/16 300 EG 1000075FL I 3/4 3 -1/16 17/16 3/8 1 15/16 300 FL 1000100EG 1 3 -5/16 19/16 3/8 1 15/16 300 EG 1000100FL 1 3 -5/16 19/16 3/8 1 15/16 300 FL 1000125EG 11/4 3 -9/16 1/5/8 3/8 1 13/16 300 EG 1000125FL 1 1/4 3 -9/16 1 5/8 3/8 1 13/16 300 FL 1000150EG 11/2 3 -13/16 13/4 3/8 1 13/16 300 EG 1000150FL 1 1/2 3 -13/16 13/4 3/8 1 13/16 300 FL 1000200EG 2 4 -1/4 1 15/16 3/8 1 13/16 300 EG 1000200FL 2 4 -1/4 1 15/16 3/8 1 13/16 300 FL 1000250EG 21/2 5 -5/8 215/16 1/2 1 1/4 1 5/16 1000 EG 1000250FL 21/2 5 -5/8 215/16 1/2 1 1/4 1 5/16 1000 FL 1000300EG 3 6 -9/16. 3 -1/2 1/2 1 1/4 1 7/16 1000 EG 1000300FL 3 6 -9/16 3 -1/2 1/2 1 1/4 17/16 1000 FL 1000350EG 3 -1/2 7 3 -3/4 1/2 1 1/4 1 11/16 1000 EG 1000350FL 3 -1/2 7 3 -3/4 1/2 1 1/4 1 11/16 1000 FL 1000400EG 4 7 3/4 4 -5/16 5/8 1 5/16 1 3/4 1100 EG 1000400FL 4 7 3/4 4 -5/16 5/8 1 5/16 1 3/4 1100 I FL 1000500EG 5 9 -1/8 4 -5/16 5/8 1 5/16 1 13/16 1100 I EG 1000600EG 6 10 -5/8 5 -7/8 3/4 19/16 21/8 1250 I EG 1000800EG 8 13 -1/8 7 1/16 7/8 1 5/8 2 3/8 1250 I EG Conforms With: Federal Specification WW -H -171 (Type 10), Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI /MSS -SP -58 (Type 10),instatl in accordance with ANSI /MSS -SP -69 ERICA T DL CO www .tolco.com a brand of NIBCO' Revision 5/24/2001 76 Fig 105 Coach Screw Hanger Rod Size Range 3/8' thru 1/2' rod Material Carbon Steel Function Typically used to suspend pipe from wood joists. Machine threaded on one end and lag threaded on the other end. It is recommended that pilot holes be pre drilled to pre- vent beam from splitting and to aid in starting lag threads. Finish Plain Note Available in Electro- Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By Figure number rod size length and finish Dimensions Weights Machine Rod Size Rod Thread Lag A Length Length Length 3/8 3 1/2 2 3/8 or 1/2 4 1 2'/2 3/8 5 2'/2 2V2 3/8 or 1/2 6 2 2 3/8 7 2'/ 2 3/8 or 1/2 8 2V, 2 3/8 9 2 2 3/8 10 2'/2 2'/ 3/8 11 2'/ 2V, 3/8 12 2V, 2'/, Fig 106 Tie Bolt Material Carbon Steel Function Recommended for securing the connection of steel pipe to ductile pipe by attaching tie bolts to pipe flanges then connect tie rods. May be used-in vertical or horizontal applications. Approvals Conforms to NFPA Pamphlet 24 Installation of Private Fire Service Maintenance 4 12' pipe size Finish Plain Note Available in Electro- Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By Figure number size and finish Custom lengths for thicker flange available. sIZE f:.f s r 4 MAA lFaUL' 2 4r Office /Manufacturing Facility 1375 Sampson Ave. Corona, CA 92879 Ph: 951.737.5599 Fax: 951 737.0330 Customer Service 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com L.1C kF''L,.AT 7k TOLCO a brand ofNIBCO www.tolco.com Revision 5/24/2001 to Fig 98 Rod Stiffener Size Range Secures 3/8' thru 7/8' hanger rod Material Carbon Steel Function Secures channel to hanger rod for vertical seismic bracing. Finish Electro Galvanized Note Available in HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By Figure number Fig 99 All Thread Rod Cut to Length Size Range Secures 3/8' thru 7/8' rod in 1 increments Material Carbon Steel Maximum Temperature 750 °F Finish Plain Note Available in Electro- Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By Figure number rod diameter rod length and finish 100 II Thread Rod Full Lengths Size Range Secures 3/8' thru 7/8' rod in 10' lengths Material Carbon Steel Maximum Temperature 750 °F Finish Plain Note Available in Electro- Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By Figure number rod diameter and finish Dimensions Weights Max Rec. Load Lbs. Rod For Service Temps Size 650 °F 750 °F 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 /z 240 610 1130 1810 2710 3770 4960 8000 11630 215 540 1010 1610 2420 3360 4420 7140 10370 Approx. Wt. /100 12 29 53 84 123 169 222 360 510 Dimensions 'Weights Rod Size 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 610 1130 1810 2710 3770 Office /Manufacturing Facility 1375 Sampson Ave. Corona, CA 92879 Ph: 951'37.5500 F rn 951.'37.0330 Customer Service 800 786.5266 www.tolco.com Max. Rec. Load Lbs. For Service Temps 650 °F 750 °F 540 1010 1610 2420 3360 Nut Driver Use #k14SW Nut Driver for Sidewinders and 112" Rod Sammys Part 8114910 Item 101 SIDEWINDERSTM Ap 14ang Thread ed Rod Directly Patent Pending Thin Gauge Metal i.a from peck &Partin Uninstalled: SAMMY17 PRESS TM 1/4" 8018957 4016 SWG 100 114 X 1 25 1/4" 8019957 300 SWG 200 1/4 X 2 25 3/8' 8020957 18 SWG 10 1/4 X 1 25 318' 8021957 19 SWG 20 1/4 X 2 25 3/8' 8022925 26 SWG 25 -380 3/8 X 2 -1/2 25 3/8' 8023925 25 SWG 30 1/4 X 3 25 3/8" 8050957 39 SWD 10 1/4 -14 X 1 25 3/8' 8051957 40 SWD 15 1/4 -14 X 1 1/2 25 3/8' 8052957 41 SWD 20 1/4 X 2 25 3/8' 8053957 42 SWD 516 5/16 -18 X 1 -1/4 25 3/8' 8054957 46 SWOR 1 -112' 1/4 -20 X 1 1/2 25 3/8' 8055957 43 SWDR 1' 1/4 -20 X 1 25 3/8' 8056957 44 SWDR 516 5/16 -18 X 1 -1/4 25 3/8' 8057957 45 SWT. 15 12 -24 X 1 -1/2 25 Roifr; `Screw Box cep° Part# ttem�# JVl odei Si% :ADes eriptions,- Glty 1/4' 8062957 1900 SWC 200 5116 X 1 1/2 25 3/8' 8061957 65 SWC 20 5/16 X 1 -1/2 25 Most Items Available in Stainless Steel NEW! NEW! NEW! NEW! NEW! NEW! NEW! °.NEW! :NEW!'. NEW! Use with 3/8" Sammy Swivel Head Approvals Part Item Model Screw Box Weight Descriptions Qty (per 125) 8139957 4702 SH -GST 20 1/4 x 2 8140957 4703 SH-GST 22SS 1/4 x 2 8141957 4704 SH -GST 30 1/4 x 3 81429 4705 SH-GST 30SS 1/4 x 3 i, x 8137957 4700 SH -DSTR 1 1/4-20 x 1 8138957 4701 SH -DSTR 1 SS 1/4 -20 x 1 Installed 25 9.38 125 25 9.38 125 25 10.94 125 25 10.94 125 m4 25 9 38 125 25 9.38 125 Approvals :Cl Steel Ga. Case Qty TrA 22 -20 8150922 18 -16 8153922 8151910 U.S. Patent No. 6,443,680 Part Item Model -44 500 503 501 XP 20 XP 35 XP)T 9.38 125 10.00 125 7.50 8.75 12.81 10.63 7.50 9.38 8.13 8.75 9.06 8.75 10.31 7.81 tl�fei hto ,(per 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 9.38 125 SAMMY X -PRESS M 25 25 1 ood I s teel Are Q t y 9 38 125 17 deflection from vertical Accommodates up to 3-1/2 x 12 pitch roof Also available in stainless steel Use #14 Nut Driver (black) Screw Box Weight Descriptions Qty (per 125) 1/4 -20 x 1 -1/8 Sammy X -Press 20 1/4 -20 x 1 -1/8 Sammy X -Press 35 Sammy X -Press It Installation Tool (Kit includes: Sleeve, Bit Receiver, Hex Wrench, and 25/64" Drill Bit) 8152910 502 XPDB 25/64' Drill Bit 1 0.14 1 10.3 10.3 1 02 Case Qty 125 125 1 OIL teel =oncrete 1/4" 8001957 20 GST 750 1/4 x 3/4 1/4' 8002957 21 GST 100 1/4 x 1 1/4' 8003957 22 GST 200 1/4 x 2 1/4' 8004957 23 GST 300 1/4 x 3 1/4' 8005925 24 GST 600 1/4 x 6 3/8' 8006957 10 GST 75 1/4 x 3/4 25 5.63 125 3/8' 8007957 11 GST 10 1/4 x 1 25 5.93 125 Q 318' 8008957 12 GST 20 1/4 x 2 25 7.50 125 3/8' 8009925 27 GST 25 -380 3/8 x 2 -1/2 25 11.56 125 3/8' 8010957 30 GST 30 1/4 x 3 25 8.75 125 SA MM YSTM 3/8' 8011925 403 GST 40 1/4 x 4 25 10.00 125 3/8' 8012925 14 GST 60 1/4 x 6 25 11.25 125 1/2' 8013925 8 GST 2 1/2' 8014925 6 GST 2.5 -380 1/2' 8015925 15 GST3 1 /2' 8016925 16 GST 4 1/2' 8017925 17 GST 6 1/4 X 2 3/8 X 2 -1/2 1/4X3 1/4X4 1/4 X 6 1/4" 8024957 50 DSTR 100 1/4 -20 X 1 1/4' 8025957 51 DST 100 1/4 -14 X 1 1/4' 8026957 52 DST 150 1/4 -14 X 1 -1/2 1/4' 8027957 53 DST 200 1/4 -14 X 2 1/4' 8028957 54 DST 250 1/4 -12 X 2 -1/2 1/4' 8029957 55 DST 300 1/4 -14 X 3 1/4' 8030957 56 TEK 500 12 -24 X 1 -1/2 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 5.93 6.25 8.13 9.38 11.25 8.75 12.50 13.13 13.25 13.69 125 125 125 125 125 7.81 6.56 6.88 7.50 8.44 9.06 6.88 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 •a• w, 3/8' 8037957 29 DSTR 1 -1/2' 12 -24 X 1 1/2 25 7 75 125 4• 3/8' 8038957 30 DSTR 1' 1/4 -20 X 1 25 7 19 125 Cu 3/8' 8039957 31 DSTR 516 5/16 -18 X 1 -1/4 25 7.06 125 3/8' 8040957 32 DST 10 1/4 -14 X 1 25 5.94 125 3/8' 8041957 33 DST 15 1/4 -14 X 1 -1/2 25 6.56 125 3/8' 8042957 34 DST 20 1/4 -14 X 2 25 6.88 125 3/8' 8043957 35 DST 25 1/4 -14 X 2 -1/2 25 7 81 125 3/8' 8044957 36 DST 30 1/4 -14 X 3 25 8.44 125 3/8' 8045957 37 DST 516 5/16 -18 X 1 -1/4 25 7 50 125 3/8' 8046957 38 TEK 50 12 -24 X 1 -1/2 25 6.88 125 1/2' 8031925 601 DST 2.0 1/4 -14 X 2 25 8.44 1/2' 8032925 1113 DST 2.5 1/4 -14 X 2 -1/2 25 9.06 1/2' 8033925 422 DSTR 1.0 1/4 -20 X 1 25 6.25 1/2' 8034925 28 DSTR 5.16 5/16 -18 X 1 -1/4 25 10.00 1 /2' 8035925 443 DST 5.16 5/16 -18 X 1 1/4 25 8.44 1/2' 8036925 5 TEK 5.0 12 -24 X 1 -1/2 25 7 50 A p) A A OM /f- x `A ID 4 w� JrG�$Vt� Q fit) ;r C?�5 1/4' 8058957 64 CST 200 5/16 1 -1/2 2 5 8.44 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 3/8' 8059957 61 CST 20 5/16 X 1 -1/2 25 7 81 125 1/2' 8060925 66 CST 2 5/16 X 1 -1/2 25 8.75 125 Nut Driver Use #14 Nut Driver for Sammys and Swivel Head Part 8113910 Item 100 m Fig 58 Threaded Side Beam Bracket Size Range 3/8' rod, pipe sizes 1/2' thru 4 Material Carbon Steel Function Practical and economical bracket used to support piping from wood concrete or steel beams. Features Unique design allows rod to be easily threaded into bracket. Offset design permits unlimited rod adjustment. Center mounting hole will accept 3/8' and 1/2' fastener bolts. Per NFPA 13 1/2' thru 2' pipe requires 3/8' fastener 21/2' thru 4 pipe requires 1/2' fastener Approvals Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) and Factory Mutual Engineering approved thru 4 pipe. *Note Additionally UL has listed the Fig. 58 with fasteners as shown in table below Finish Plain Note Available in Electro- Galvanized finish Order By Figure number and finish Dimensions Weights Pipe Size Qty Fastener Type Material 2 2 #16 x 2 Drive Screws Wood 2 1 3/8 Lag Bolt Wood 2 4 1 1/2 Lag Bolt Wood 3'/2 2 1/4 x 1 Lag Bolt Wood 4 2 1/4 x 2 Lag Bolts* Wood 4 2 1/4 x 1 tek screws 14 gauge 4 2 1/4 x 1 tek screws 16 gauge No pre drilling required Dimensions •Weights Pipe Rod Max. Rec. Approx. Size Size A B C Load Lbs. Wt. /100 1/2 thru 4 3/8 2 1 1 300 14 :r> r; `r P4.1. :I "F- I I T it -t7 P: '714K T T r.,. I r Y';r. is ro T 4 Jr PiF -ir.(t S ti. Ntj r. T 4 nct: Office /Manufacturing Facility 1375 Sampson Ave Corona, CA 92879 Ph: 951.737 5599 Fax: 951.737.0330 Customer Service 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com B A a brand of N!BCO WWW.tolco.com Revision 5/24/2001 Fig 6 Riser Clamp Fig 6F Felt Lined Riser Clamp Fig 6PVC PVC Coated Riser Clamp Size Range (Fig 6) 1/2' thru 20' pipe (Fig. 6F) 1/2' thru 2 copper tubing (Fig. 6PVC) 1/2' thru 6' pipe Material Carbon Steel Insulation Material (Fig. 6F) 3/16' felt. Function Used for supporting vertical piping. Approvals Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) Canada (cUL) 1/2' 8' Factory Mutual Engineering Approved, 3/4 thru 8' Conforms to Federal Specification WW-H-171E Type 8 3/4' thru 20' and Manufacturers Standardization Society SP -69 Type 8 Maximum Temperature 650 °F Finish Plain Note Available in Electro- Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By (Fig 6 and Fig 6PVC) pipe size and finish (Fig. 6F) copper tube size and finish. (Fig. 6F is available for Iron Pipe Size consult factory ii Fig 6PVC Fig 6F Dimensions Weights Pipe Max. Rec. Approx. Size A B C Bolt Size Load Lbs. Wt. /100 1/2 9 1/2 1 3/8 255 144 3/4 9 1/2 1 3/8 255 144 1 9 1/2 1 3/8 255 147 1 9' /,8 1/2 1 3/8 255 150 1 10 1/2 1 3/8 255 153 2 1074 1/2 2 3/8 255 165 2'/2 11 5/8 2 3/8 390 228 3 12 5/8 3 3/8 530 246 3 13 5/8 37, 1/2 670 264 4 13 3/4 3 1/2 810 347 5 14 3/4 4 1/2 1160 385 6 1578 7/8 478 1/2 1570 564 8 1872 1 5 5/8 2500 1017 10 20 1 7 5/8 2500 1138 12 22 1 8 5/8 2700 1759 14 24 11/8 9 5/8 2700 1922 16 26 11/8 10 3/4 2900 3245 18 28 1 11 /2 3/4 2900 3372 20 30 13/8 12'/2 3/4 2900 3499 Office/Manufacturing Facility 137 Sampson Ave Corona, CA 92879 Ph 951.737 5599 Fax: 951 737 0330 Customer Service 800 786.5266 www.tolco.com Fig 6 .r� m Fig 907 4 -Way Longitudinal Sway Brace Attachment Size Range 1 x 1 1 x1'/4 and 1 x 1'/4 bracing pipe. Material Carbon Steel, hardened cone point engaging screw Function For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbances, Functions as as longitudinal brace connection when attached to a lateral brace pipe. Bracing connection must be positioned as close as physically possible to the braced pipe (No more than 3' away). Must be used only with TOLCO bracing components. When used in conjunction with TOLCO Fig 1000 this combination bracing restricts piping movement in tension and compression both laterally and longitudinally. Features Universal swivel design allows the Fig 907 to achieve any angle of attachment required Pipe end requires no threads simply slide bracing pipes through fittings and tighten each set screw until lock washer is fully compressed. Application Note Length of bracing pipe per NFPA 13 Table 6-4 5.8 (L /R =200); 1 schedule 40 pipe maximum 7'0' 11/4 schedule 40 pipe maximum 9'0' Alternative pipe materials are currently under review. Please consult factory. Approvals Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) For additional load spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Finish Plain Note Available in Electra Galvanized and HDG finish. Order By Figure number bracing pipe sizes and finish. Important Note The Fig. 907 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance. the UL Listing requires that the Fia. 907 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. The Fia. 907 is not intended for use with the Fia. 1001 Sway Brace Attachment. NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL PATENT APPLICATION IN PROCESS 160 �P7 T til�.o c,t, :}0C lo<c •F (1i;.) r' `ray T 'i.cr Fig 1 laCaFia. Told Fig. 1000 Dimensions Weights Max. Design Approx. Pipe Size A B Load Lbs. Wt. /100 1 x 1 4 4 655* 103 1 x 1 /4 5 4 655* 107 114 x 1 1. 5 5'/4 655* 109 Load will accommodate up to 4" pipe at maximum spacing. Telco F 0. 980 Office /Manufacturing Facility 1375 Sampson Ave Corona, CA 92879 Ph 951 737 5599 Fax. 95 737.0330 Customer Service 800.786 5266 www.folco.com A Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System SC® Tolco fig, 9Rl Tola) Fia. 907 Fig 909 No- Thread Swivel Sway Brace Attachment Size Range 1 bracing pipe. For brace pipe sizes larger than 1 use TOLCO Fig. 980 Material Carbon Steel, hardened cone point engaging screw Function The structural component of a sway and seismic bracing system. Features This product's design incorporates a concentric attach- ment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 (1999 Edition) Table 6 -4.5.9 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. No threading of the bracing pipe is required. Open design allows for easy inspection of pipe engagement. All steel construction eliminates deficiencies associated with malleable type attachments. Fastener can be mounted to all surface angles. Application Note The Fig. 909 is used in conjunction with the TOLCO Fig. 1000 Fig. 1001 or Fig 4 (A) pipe clamp, and joined together with bracing pipe. Install per NFPA 13 and /or TOLCO State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraint Manual. Installation Extend bracing pipe through opening Tighten cone point engaging screw until head bottoms out. Approvals Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Finish Plain Note Available in Electro Galvanized and HDG finish Order By Figure number pipe size and finish Important Note The Fig. 909 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly To ensure performance. the UL Listing requires that the Fla. 909 must be used only with other TOLCO bracingproducts NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL PATENT APPLICATION IN PROCESS. A Dimensions Weights Max. Design. Max. Design Load Approx. Pipe Size B H Load Lbs. Lbs. w/Washer Wt. /100 1 6 1 /8 17/32 2015 2765 91 Available with hole sizes to accommodate up to 3/4" fastener. Consult Factory. Office /Manufacturing Facility 1 Sampson A; Cron CA 92879 P 951.737 5599 fax 951.737 0330 Customer Service 900 786 5266 www.toica.com Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System H 161 TOLCO www .tolco.com Fig 1000 "Fast Clamp" Sway Brace Attachment Size Range Pipe size to be braced: 1 thru 6' Schedule 10 thru 40 Pipe size used for bracing: 1 and 11/4 Schedule 40 IPS. Additionally (UL) approved for use to brace Schedule 7 sprinkler pipe up to 4 (maximum horizontal design load 655 lbs.) Torque requirement 6 8 ft. lbs. Material Carbon Steel Function For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system. Fig. 1000 is used in conjunction with a TOLCOTM Fig. 900 Series Fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13* or TOLCO OSHPD Approved Seismic Manual, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features Can be used to brace Schedules 7 thru 40 IPS Field adjustable, making critical pre- engineering of bracing pipe unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Can be used as 4 -way riser brace. Can be used as longitudinal brace with Fig 907 All steel construction eliminates structural deficiencies associated with casting type sway brace fittings. Comes assembled and individually packaged with illustrated installation instructions sizes are clearly marked. Steel leaf spring insert provided to assure installer and inspector necessary minimum torque has been achieved Application Note Position Fast Clamp and tighten two hex nuts until leaf spring flattens. A minimum of 1 pipe extension beyond the Fig. 1000 is recommended. Approvals Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) For additional load spac ing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to the TOLCO Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. Finish Plain Note Available in Electro- Galvanized and HDG finish or Stainless Steel materials. Order By Order first by pipe size to be braced followed by pipe size used for bracing figure number and finish. Important Note The Fig. 1000 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance. the UL Listing reauires that the Fia. 1000 must be used only with other TOLCO bracina products 168 Maximum Design Load 1 thru 4 pipe size 2015 lbs. 6' size 1265 lbs. Office /Manufacturing Facility 1375 Sampson Ave Corona. CA 92979 Ph: 951.737.5599 Fax 951 '37.0330 Customer Service 800.786 5266 www.torco.com ®c® Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System OKI SPRINKLER' SPE i LT1 10-A SPARE HEAD BOXES All boxes are made out of heavy gauge steel Knockouts and shelf to accomodate any 1/2' or 3/4' heads All- welded construction and full length hinge Powder coated red enamel Slotted for easy mounting with screws, rivets or strapping. 10 -13 Fire Sprinkler Pressure Gauges iizat caA hers adaD a ►ri qua ntitie a i00 0 10 -C 2" Pressure Gauges 800- 854 -1015 65 -10 -161 65 -10 -163: 65 -10 -160: 65 -10 -162: 65 -10 -179' 65 -10 -180: 6 Head Box Available with Plastic Back, Brass Back, Steel Back 0 -300 PSI water 0 -300 PSI air 0 -300 PSI air /water 0 -80 -250 PSI air w /retard 0 -600 PSI water 0 -300 psi glycerine filled (2 -1/2') NON -UL 5' 3 Head Box 7.25' (65 -10 -152) U U 14' (65 -10 -151) 5' Fire Sprinkler Gauge Kit: Includes 114' 3 way valve, 114' x 4' nipple and 1/4' plug 65 -10 -185. 100 psi 65 -10 -186 200 psi 65 -10 -187 300 psi Available with Plastic Back www.argco.com 10 r 12 Head 1Ha 7. 5 17 75' 6., I (65 -10 -150) 6 Large Head Box 4' 3.5" 9 2.125' 0 dd 14' V 14' (65- 10 -15IA) 1 1.18 ,3.125 55' 1/4" NPT 1 75" V 4-1/4° NPT FAX 760 -727 -3270 TIFICAT 0 ARGCO 11-A 6"x 2" ALUMINUM SPRINKLER IDENTIFICATION SIGNS All signs .020 Aluminum Available as generic signs or personalized AIR CONTROL COMBINATION I FIRE DEPARTMENT IN THIS BUILDING ,OP'NSPPINKIER CONTROL 11 TEST DRAIN I STANDPIPE 1 CONNECTION 50-10-010 50-10-088 AIR LINE CONTROL VALV FIRE SPRINKLER E I ALARM 50-10-020 50-10-100 50-10-220 50-10-260 50-10-310 r RI II ALARM LINE DO NOT CLOSE FIRE SPNKLER LOW POINT DRAIN I OPEN 'IALYE PIPE L 50-10-030 50-10-129 ALARM TEST DRAIN 50-10-040 50-10-1.30 1 1 1 1 4% fl SYSTEM II DRAIN l'ALVE 50-10-045 50-10-140 r AJTOMATIC I SPRINKLER SHUTG 1 DR" STANDPIPE 50-10-050 50-16:15 ALARM TEST AUXILIARY DRAIN ENTIRE SYSTEM 50-10-070 56-10-16 11-B IDENTIFICATION DECALS AIR CONTROL' 50-20-010 AIR LINE 50-20-020 ALARM LINE 50-20-030 50 50-10-191 800-720-2746 1 50-10-191 50-10-250 50-10-300 IN THIS SECTION I OPEN SPRINKLER DRAIN 50-10-221 50-10-275 50-10-312 1 FIRE SPRINKLER ri CONTROL VALVE MAIN CONTROL SPRINKLER 50-10-224 50-10-280 50-10-317 FIRE SPRINKLER MAIN DRAIN SPRINKLER VALVE 50-10-340 PRE SPRINKLER Nomit RISER 50-10-228 50- 10-293 50-10-350 FIRE: CONNECTION AUTOMATIC1 r SPRINKLER INSPECTORS (EST 1 OPEN SPRIlq 0 50-10-270 50-10-297 020 Aluminum Holes drilled in corners Zinc Plated Sign Chain Available AP-FREEZE SvSTEM !HRF FXTINGUISHERI iINSREUTOR TP Ti 50-20-045 50-20-200 50-20-270 li j AUXILIARY DRAIN 3t7 CErARTIEr 41 1 1 1 1 MAIN t;011/21i 4 ,L,, 50-20-070 50-20-201 50-20-280 1 7 li CONTROL VALVE FIRE HOSE 1 MAIN DRAO 50-20-100 50-20-200 50-20-290 DPANVA VE I FIRE SPRINKLER sp L. I I PIPE I I 50-20-140 50-20-221 FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER 11 x 2 50-20-219 50-20-317 1 11-C 4"X 6" ALUMINUM SPRINKLER IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 50-10-410 COMBINATION DEPART I WET STANDPIPE SHUT-OFF r-- FIRE 50-10-090 L I DEP PT AENT CONNECTIM (STANDPIPE): 50-10-215 FIRE DEPART1EN COI% ECTIEIN www.argoo.com 11 eTAI'MPIPE. (41- CT-0 FF 1— TES' Ix' DRAIN 50-20-355 'ATER MOTOR LINE 50-20-390 SPRINKLER 50-20-541 SPRINKLER 50-20-542 50-20-410 MET STANDPIPE..; CONTROL 50-10-411 50-10-355 TEST VALVE t i 50-10-386 WATER MOTOR LINE j1 50-10-390 WET STANDPIPE 50-10-40d WET STANDPIPE SHUTOFF 50-10-420 50-10-425 White Vinyl Decals with Bright Red Print Available as generic signs or personalized FAX 760-831-2287 i ,RINKLER I E TIFICATIO 12-A S "x 7" HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SIGNS Bright Red Background with White Copy and Boxes Available in Three different styles: 020 Aluminum with holesdrilled in corners (50 -10 -240) •Vinyl with adhesive back (50 -20 -240) •Embossible silver foil with adhesive back (50 -30 -240) Also available with custom personalization generic 12 -B 9 "x 7" ALUMINUM SPRINKLER IDENTIFICATION S FIRE HOSE IN OTHER STAIRWAY 3" x 8" 50- 10-214 50 120 6" x 12" 50 10 329 50- 10-351 SPRINKLER] AUT MAT1Co RAN VALVE SPRINKLER ALL FLOORSF Cast Aluminum 3" x 8" 50- 10-195 800- 854 -1015 AU Tritilia TIC SP NKLEP FF 50- 10-060 3" x 8" 50- 10-227 3" x 8" 50-10 -081 6 x 12" 50-10 -061 OSE 4" x 12" 50 -10 -271 www.argco.com 12 SPRINKLE CONTRO FIRE STANDPIPE COLD WEATHER IN OTHER STAIRWELL VALVE 12 -C MISCELLANEOUS ALUMINUM SPRINKLER SIGNS 50 -10 -322 50 -10 -360 50 -10 -125 Zinc Plated Sign Chain 100 ft. box (50 -99 -100) 6" Round Aluminum Bell Sign 50- 10-172 personalized Y FDC Wallplate cast aluminum or plastic 50-15 -200 12" x 24" 50-10 -342 FAX 760 727 -3270 TECHNICAL Permit 0 1- 5 g Address 3z3 E Ctii- S-I Project description ire Sys -I-eAm (One, 70vte> Date the permit was finaled Oct Number of technical pages 5� COSCO Fire Protection FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SPECIALISTS SAN DIEGO LOS ANGELES FRESNO SAN FRANCISCO SACRAMENTO PORTLAND SEATTLE ANCHORAGE No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Material Supplier Cosco Fire Protection Inc. 15000 Woodinville Redmond Rd Suite B -800 Woodinville WA 98072 Ph (425) 485 -0432 Fax (425) 483 -0415 First Step FamilySupport Center 325 E 6th St Port Angeles, WA Fire Alarm System Submittal INDEX Manufacturer Part No Io64gd SA -ETH RLCD SIGA -PS SIGA -HRS SIGA -SB SIGA -SD SD -T60 SIGA -270 SIGA -CR SIGA -CT2 SIGA -CT1 MR101 /C G1 RF -HDVM G1 RF -VM 757 -8A -T 757A -W B UB1280 SEATTLE OFFICE 150001sfoodirwEEle Redmond Road Suite B -800 Woodinville. WA 98072 call (425) 485 -0432 fax (425) 483-0415 wv. -.v .c os co fi re .com Page 1 Description FACP, 1 Loop, 64 intelligent devices max, 2 Class Ethernet Port Interface, RJ45, mounts to base plat Remote Annunciator, 80 character LCD, Common Syste Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector <br Intelligent Fixed Temperature Rate -of -Rise Heat Detector Base Standard <br 1> SuperDuct, Signature duct smoke detector <br 1> SuperDuct, Air sample tube, 60 inch <p >Manual Pull Station Single Action, 1- stage /a Control Relay Module Select for either N 0 or N Dual Input Module Two circuit input module for us Single Input Module Single circuit input module f Single SPDT with LED in Metal Enclosure <br <br Multi -cd temporal horn strobe, hi /lo dB 24V, RED Multi -cd strobe 24V, RED w /FIRE <br 110 cd Temporal Horn /Strobe 24 Vdc, RED UL1971 Weatherproof Box, Cast RED <br <br \n 12 VOLT BATTERY 12V8AH Installation Contractor. E Security Overview Features The GE EST 1064 intelligent life safety system offers the power of high -end intelligent processing in a configuration that delivers an uncomplicated solution for small to mid -sized applications. With intelligent detection, electronic addressing, automatic device map- ping, optional Ethernet® connectivity and a full line of easily- config- ured option cards and modules, this flexible system offers advanced features that benefit building owners and contractors alike. The 1064 provides one Class B analog device loop that supports up to 64 device addresses, and two Class B Notification Appliance Circuits INACs). Optional Class A device wiring is available with the use of a module. This life safety system features an attractive design that fits with any decor Its distinctive doorfront offers a contemporary look that's available with red or silver finishes. All LED indicators and its large backlit display remain easy to see at all times. The 1064 supports a wide range of accessories and related equip- ment, including: Signature Series intelligent modules, detectors, and bases R- Series remote annunciators option cards that expand system capacity and extend system capabilities. 1064 me agent ife Safety System EST F t r e Me Safety Small Analog Systems Comes standard with one loop that supports up to 64 intelligent devices of any type and two Class B NACs. Supports Signature Series modules and detectors Form C for Alarm and Trouble, Form A for Supervisory Electronic addressing with automatic device mapping Optional Ethernet port for diagnostics, progromming and variety of system reports Two programmable switches with LEDs and custom labeling Supports Genesis horn silence over two wires and UL 1971 compliant strobe synchronization Optional Class A wiring Supports up to eight serial annunciators, (LCD LED -only and graphic interface). Can use existing wiring for most retrofit applications Upload /download remotely or locally Two -level maintenance alert reporting Pre -alarm and alarm verification by point Adjustable detector sensitivity 4 x 20 character backlit LCD display Data Sheet 85005 -0131 Issue 3 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 8 J Application The 1064 life safety system is a powerful intelligent solution for small to mid -sized buildings. Advanced analog technology delivers the ben- efits of flexible system installation, while a clean and easy-to- opera- tate user interface makes panel operation and system maintenance quick and intuitive. The smart choice Signature Series electronic addressing eliminates the tedium of setting dipswitches, and automatic device mapping ensures that each device resides on the system at its correct location. Mean- while, innovative programming features allow the system designer to customize powerful built -in features to precisely suit the needs of the building owner. Flexibility built right in Two fully programmable front panel switch /LED combinations provide an added measure of flexibility Their slide -in labels take the mystery out of custom applications and present a clean finished appearance. Perfect for retrofits The 1064 is particularly well- suited to retrofit applications. All connections are made over standard wiring no shielded cable required. This means that in most situations existing wiring can be used to upgrade a legacy control panel to i0- Series technology without the expense or disruption of rewiring the entire building. Signals with a difference 1064 NACs are configuroble to fully support the advanced signal- ing technology of GE Genesis and Enhanced Integrity notification appliances. These devices offer precision synchronization of strobes to UL 1971 standards. For Genesis devices, enabling this feature allows connected horns to be silenced while strobes on the same two -wire circuit continue to flash until the panel is reset Clear -cut remote annunciation Remote annunciation is a strong suit of the i064. Up to eight an- nunciators can be installed on a single system. Compatible annun- ciators include a range of LED and LCD models that provide zone or point annunciation, as well as common control capabilities. The i064 also supports graphic annunciation with optional graphic annunicator interface modules. Each interface provides common control, indicators, and LED drivers. Consult the Ordering Informa- tion section for details. A complete line of accessories The 1064 life safety system is supported by a complete line of intelligent detectors, modules and related equipment. Consult the Ordering Information section for details. Operation The front panel provides an easy -to -use operator's interface, as well as all the necessary controls for front panel programming. A large back -lit 80- character LCD displays system status, event details, and programming prompts. Large tactile control buttons are easy to see in low light conditions, and bright multi -color LEDs offer at- a- glance status indication. Control buttons Button System Reset ACK /Panel Silence Signal Silence Drill Remote Disconnect Left arrow Right arrow Up arrow Down arrow Enter Cancel Menu Space Alphanumeric keypad Programmable buttons 1 P MIM (l, KION•I IMMn. nip I MY u. 1 MR= n lice: r I® -H 1® 000 000 1 00 5 1. m a, Description Initiates a system reset. Silences the panel and remote annunciators during an active trouble, supervisory or alarm event and acknowledges new event activations. Alarm mode: Silences active notification appliances. Pressing Signal Silence a second time turns NACs back on Initiates a drill confirmation. Pressing drill a second time turns off the drill function. Dialer Disables or enables dialer. Dialer set to modem only Disables or enables the common alarm relay Display mode: Moves the cursor to the left. Menu mode: Toggles between programming selections. Display mode: Moves the cursor to the right. Menu mode: Retrieves a programming option's sub menu and toggles between a programming option's selections. Display mode: Advances to the previous event. Menu mode: Moves the cursor up. Disploy mode: Advances to the next event. Menu mode: Moves the cursor down. Display mode: Displays selected event details. Menu mode: Retrieves a programming option's sub menu or jumps to the Save function in the menu. Entry mode: Enters the selected data into the system. Display mode: Exits the detailed information display Menu mode: Exits the current menu level. Entry mode: Clears the current entry Display mode: Enters the menu mode Menu mode: Exits menu mode Enters a space, such as a space between words. Entry mode: Pressing a button once enters the number on the button. Pressing the button twice enters the secondary value. These buttons can be programmed to control or enable/ disable a device, zone, or Panel NAC. The buttons can be labeled with a slip -in insert. Data Sheet 85005 -0131 Issue 3 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 8 System LEDs LED FIRE ALARM TROUBLE SUP AC POWER DISABLE GROUND FAULT TEST MONITOR SERVICE DETECTOR SIGNAL SILENCE REMOTE DISCON- NECT DRILL RESET PANEL SILENCE USER KEYS Dimensions I Panel dimensions, in (cm) Model 1 D1 I D2 064 21.50 3.85 (54.6) (9.8) Description Red LED Flashes when there is an active alarm event on any loop. On steady once acknowledged. Yellow LED Flashes when there s a fault with a moni- tored circuit or system component or when a circuit is disabled. On steady once acknowledged. Yellow LED Flashes when there is an active supervisory event on any loop. On steady once acknowledged. Green LED On when the panel has AC power. Yellow LED Double- flashes when there is a disabled circuit, alarm relay, or remote annunciator. Yellow LED On steady during an active ground fault. Yellow LED Flashes when performing an audible walk test. Steady indicates a silent test. Yellow LED Flashes when there is an active monitor event on any loop. On steady once acknowledged. Yellow LED Indicates that detector needs servicing. Yellow LED On steady indicates that NAC circuits are turned off but the panel is still in alarm. Yellow LED On steady indicates that the dialer is dis- abled or that the alarm relay is enabled or disabled when the dialer is set to modem only. Yellow LED Indicates that the panel is in drill. Yellow LED Indicates that the panel is resetting. Yellow LED Indicates that the panel has been silenced during an active trouble, supervisory or alarm event and indicates that new event activa- tions have been acknowledged. Yellow LED. Indicates the programmed key function is active. Surface mounting holes a—D2� D3 I 0 00 0 0 1 11 C C e 7.5 (19.0) 15.5 (39.4) II Surface mounting holes 1 {t D6 D5 D3 1 D4 D5* 14.25 (36.2) Add 1 1/2 in. (3.81 cm) to 01 and 05 dimensions for trim kit. 0 V) a) 0 0 c z 0 E L N E 0 u7 C D4 l C D6 10.25 (26.0) Panel Operation Options Language Marketplace AC foil delay Zone resound Reset inhibit after NACs turn on Auto signal silence Day start Night start Date Mapping LCD banner Event notification A English or French U.S. or Canada Off Off premise notification of an AC power failure is immediate. 1 to 15 hours: Delays the off premise notification of an AC power failure by the time period selected. On: NACs resound each time a device in the zone goes into alarm even if they were silenced Off Inhibits the NACs from turning on again (after they were silenced) when a second device in the zone goes into alarm. Off Panel reset is operational immediately 1 minute: Panel reset is inhibited for one minute. Off Allows immediate silencing of signals from an off normal condition using the Signal Silence button 5 to 30 minutes: Delays the silencing of signals from an off normal condition by disabling the Signal Silence button for the time period selected. Start time for daytime sensitivity Start time for nighttime sensitivity U.S. MM /DD /YYYY Canada: DD /MM /YYYY Disabled: Device mapping is not available Enabled: Device mapping is available Banner text for line one and line two. Each line is capable of up to 20 characters. Zone: When a device is a member of a zone, only the zone information is sent to the LCD display LEDs, printer, and dialer. Zone /device: Zone information is sent to the LCD display and LEDs. Device information is sent to the printer and dialer. Device: Only device informotion is reported. Programming i0- Series life safety systems are simple to set up, yet also offer ad- vanced programming features that put these small building panels into a class of their own. The auto programming feature quickly gets the panel operational using factory default settings. Basic zone and point settings can be programmed easily through the front panel interface, so the system is up and running in no time. For more advanced system configuration and correlation groups programming, i0- Series systems interface to a PC running compat ible i0 -CU software. This option offers full system configuration in the familiar Windows® operating environment. Connection is typi- cally made to a laptop through the panel's optional RS -232 commu- nications port, which can also be used to connect a system printer. Among the many advanced features of i0- Series control panels is the optional network card. This module provides a standard 10 /100 Base T Ethernet® network connection that permits access to the control panel from any remote location with the correct communi- cations protocols. The connection can be used to download to the panel from the i0 -CU, or upload and view system reports using the i0 -CU. Available system reports include: Correlation groups Device maintenance Internal status System status Dialer Device details History System configuration Walk test Data Sheet 85005-0131 Issue 3 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 8 Wiring Configuration Notification appliance:circuits (TB2) The 1064 comes equipped with two notification appliance circuits. Each circuit con be individually configured for continuous temporal, synchronized, and coded output. Circuit Specifications Circuit Type Voltage Current Impedance EOLR Class B wiring 01 NAC7 NAC1+ �I NAC2 EOLR NAC2+ I TB2 Marking indicates output signal polarity when the circuit is active. Polarity reverses when the circuit is not active. Wire notification applionces occordingly Notification appliance polarity shown in active state. Signature Device loop The system provides one device loop circuit that can be used with any mix of Signature Series detectors and modules. The loop circuit is supervised for opens, shorts, and grounds. Circuit Specifications Device loops I 1 loop Class B, Class A optional when Class A card is installed. Supporting up to 64 device addresses. Communication Maximum 20 V peek -to -peek line voltage Circuit current 0.5 A max Circuit impedance 1 6651 total, 0.5 pF max Isolators 164 maximum Class B wiring Loop 1 SEC Loop 1 PRI Loop card Class A wiring Loop 1 SEC Loop 1 PRI Loop card 2 Class B, Class A optional when Class A card is installed. Each circuit is 2.5 amps. 24 VFWR 3 75A total (115/230 60hz) 3.0A total (230v 50hz) 2.5 A max per circuit 26 S2 total, 0.35 pF max 15K0, /2W Loop device Loop device 1111g4ON Loop device Data Line Loop device Alarm, trouble, and supervisory relay (T83) The trouble relay is normally -open, held closed, and opens on any trouble event or when the panel is de- energized. The supervisory relay is normally -open, and closes on any supervisory event. The alarm relay changes over on any alarm event Relay specifications Alarm Trouble j Supervisory Type 1 Form C I Form A Voltage 1 24 VDC at 1 A resistive 1 24 VDC at 1 A resistive Relay circuits con only be connected to power limited sources. Auxiliary Smoke power (TB3) The control panel provides two auxiliary power outputs which can be used for powering ancillary equipment such as remote an- nunciators and two wire smoke detectors. Aux 2 can be software selected to operate continuous. The circuit is supervised for shorts and grounds. Note: For a complete list of devices that can be connected to this circuit, refer to the i0 Series compatibility list (p /n 3101064). Circuit specifications Circuit voltage range Resettable circuit (Aux power 2) Continuous circuit (Aux power 1) Note: Any current above 0.5 amp connected to both Aux 1 and 2 will reduce the total available NAC power by that amount. Annunciator loop (TB4) The control panel provides a connection for up to eight serially driven and supervised remote annunciators. Circuit specifications Device loops Circuit voltage Circuit current Circuit impedance Class B Channel 1 Channel I II 0 TB4 21.9 to 28.3 V 24 VDC nominal at 500 mA 24 VDC nominal at 500 mA. Use this circuit for powering two -wire smoke detectors. Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z) 2.55 V 30 mA max Up to 8 annunciators or 4000 feet Annunciator &CHI( +)IN 9 CH1 IN 0 CH2 +)IN CH2 IN Class A Channel 1 Channel 2 I L Annunciator I CH1 IN -8 CH1 IN CH2 IN I ®CH2( –)IN Data Sheet 85005 -0131 Issue 3 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 8 Option Cards i0- Series panels are supported by a complete line of modules and related equipment that enhance performance and extend system capabilities. Option cards are easy to install and set up. They simply plug directly into the control panel main circuit board or are con- nected to it with a ribbon cable. After installation, terminals remain easily accessible for quick connection of field wiring. The cabinet provides ample room for wire routing, keeping wiring neat and easy to service at all times. SA -CLA Class A Module The SA -CLA card provides Class A capability for NAC, loop, and annuncia- tor wiring. Its termi- nal block provides the wiring connec tion for NAC return wiring. The card is [�o] n required for loop o C and annunciator Class A wiring even SA CLA specifications Operating voltage Operating current Circuit impedance Terminal rating Operating environment Temperature Humidity Network cable o D l o {III o Ethernet card SA -ETH specifications Ethernet Operating environment Temperature Humidity SA -CLA wiring TB2 on main circuit board I[�l] II4 L Class A card ins ailed on main circuit board NAC1 NAC1+ NAC2 NAC2+ though this wiring does not return to the SA -CLA card. The SA -CLA is compatible with i064 control panels only i0500 panels are Class A ready The SA -CLA is installed directly to the control panel circuit board using its plastic standoffs and plug connection. 24 VFWR 2.5 A /circuit, 3.75A total (115/230 60hz) 3.0A total (230v 50hz) 26 Q, 0.35 pF max 12 to18 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 sq mm) 32 to 120 °F (0 to 49 °C) 0 to 93% RH, noncondensing at 90 °F (32 °C) SA -ETH Ethernet Interface Card SA -ETH wiring The SA -ETH card provides a co network connection standard 10/100 Base T Ethernet network connection for connect ing to an intranet, a local net work, or the Internet. The card can be used to download configu- ration programming from the i0 -CU to the panel over the network. 10 /100 Base T The Ethernet card is installed on the plastic assembly and con- nects to the main circuit board via a ribbon cable. 32 to 120 °F (0 to 49 °C) 0 to 93% RH, noncondensing at 90 °F (32 °C) SA -232 RS -232 interface The SA -232 card provides an RS -232 interface with i0- Series panels. It can be used for connecting a printer to the control pone) to print system events. The card also can be used for connecting a computer to download a configuration program from the i0 -CU to the control panel. The RS -232 card is installed on the plastic assembly and connects to the main circuit board via ribbon cable. SMK Smoke Power Converter The SMK Smoke Power Converter Module provides a backup power source for two -wire smoke circuits connected to a Signature data circuit. The SMK moni- tors the operating power from the power supply When power begins to degrade, the SMK provides the necessary operating voltage to the two -wire smoke detection circuits. SMK specifications Input voltage Output voltage Ground fault impedance Operating environment Temperature Humidity Storage temperature Compatible electrical boxes Wire size 24 VDC auxilliary powe (not resettable) OO SMK Two -wire smoke detectors I®eeelrml SA -232 wiring 6 7 6 5 Power Power out P; 2 1 I Iee©Qi 16 15 14 13 3 u 12 11 10 9 JP1 8765 0 321 Two -wire smoke detectors O leeeell 16 15 14 13 3 ij 12 11 10 9 JP1 8 7 6 5 ®3 2 1 g leeeel GND (black wi e) TXD (white wire) RXD (red wi e) OO Data ut SA -232 specifications Operating voltage Standard EIA -232 Terminal rating 12 to18 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 sq mm( Operating environment Temperature 32 to 120 °F (0 to 49 °C) Humidity 0 to 93% RH, noncondensing at 90 °F (32 °C) Terminate or to n xt UM 21.9 to 28.3 VDC (not resettable) 24 VDC nom. at 200 mA, max, special applications 10 k ohm 32 to 120 °F (0 to 49 °C) 0 to 93% RH, noncondensing at 90 °F (32 °C( -4 to 140°F -20 to 60 °C) North American 4 inch square x 2 1/2 in. (64 mm) deep 2 gang box or Standard 4 in. square box 1 1/2 in. (38 mm) deep 14, 16, or 18 AWG wire (1.5, 1.0, or 0 75 sq. mm) (Sizes 16 and 18 AWG are preferred) Data Sheet 85005 0131 Issue 3 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 5 of 8 SA -DACT Dialer The SA -DACT provides communications between the control panel and the central station over a telephone line system. It transmits system status changes (events) to a compatible digital alarm com- municator receiver over the public switched telephone network. The dialer is capable of single, dual, or split reporting of events to two different account and telephone numbers. The modem feature of the SA -DACT can also be used for uploading and downloading panel configuration, history and current status to a PC running the iO -CU SA -DACT wiring Phone cables (supplied) Phone line 1 Phone line 2r To wall phone jack SLC Loop operating voltage Primary power Aux Power 1 (Continuous circuit) Specifications Device loops Notification appliance circuits Power supply NAC Operating voltage Aux Power 2 (Resettable circuit) Auxiliary output Base panel current draw Battery placement RJ31 jacks 00 °a °000 o ffo The dialer phone lines connect to connectors on the dialer's main circuit board. Phone line 1 connects to connector J4 and phone line 2 connects to connector J1. 1 loop Class B, Class A optional, supporting up to 64 device addresses 2 Class B, Class A optional, 2.5 amps each 3.75 A FWR total at 120/230 VAC 60 Hz 3.0 A FWR total at 230 VAC 50 Hz 0.5 amps aux power 24 VDC. NAC minimum voltage: 19.5 VDC 20.4 V battery voltage 20 V peak -to -peak 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 230 VAC 50 -60 Hz 24 VDC nominal at 500 mA. A SMK module is required when using the SIGA -UM module to support two -wire smoke detectors. 24 VDC nominal at 500 mA. 19 to 25.7 VDC Standby 155 mA Alarm: 204 mA 1064 cabinets accommodate up to 10 A/H batteries. Use an external cabinet for larger battery sizes. The SA -DACT queues messages and transmits them based on priority (alarm, supervisory trouble, and monitor). Activations are transmitted before restorations. The SA -DACT is installed on the plastic assembly and connects to the main circuit board via a ribbon cable. SA -DACT specifications Phone line type Phone line connector Communication formats Operating environment Temperature 32 to 120°F (0 to 49 °C) Humidity 0 to 93% RH, noncondensing at 90 °F (32 °C) Compatible DACRs Receiver Ademco FBII Osborne Hoffman Radionics Silent Knight Sur -Gard Batteries Loop circuit Loop circuit max detector standby current Compatibility ID Alarm contact Trouble contact Supervisory contact Environmental Terminal rating Serial communications Remote annunciator Input zones Agency Listing One or two loop -start lines on a public, switched network RJ- 31/38X 1C31/38X1 Contact ID (SIA DC -05) Models 685 CP220 OH 2000 D6600 9800 SG -MLR1, MLR2 Formats Contact ID Contact ID Contact ID Contact ID Contact ID Contact ID Batteries must be sealed lead acid type only Maximum charging capacity 26 Ah. Maximum loop resistance: 66 Q. Maximum loop capacitance: 0.7 pF Style 4, 6, and 7 wiring. 64 isolators maximum 1.5 mA (see the UL and ULC compatibility list for your panel for the maximum quantity of detectors per circuit) 100 Form C 24 VDC 1 A (resistive load) Form C 24 VDC 1 A (resistive load) Form A 24 VDC 1 A (resistive load) Temperature: 0 to 49 °C (32 to 120 °F). Humidity 0 to 93% RH, noncondensing All terminals rated for 12 to 18 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 sq mm) Voltage: 2.55 V Current: 30 mA max 8 drops max, RS -485 Class B, Class A 16 max. UL, CSFM and ULC Data Sheet 85005 -0131 Issue 3 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 6 of 8 Ordering Information Part Description 1064 Intelligent Single Loop Analog Systems i064G 1 Loop System, 64 point capacity 2 Class B NACs, Gray door, surface mount enclosure, 115VAC transformer, English. i064GD 1 Loop System, 64 point capacity 2 Class B NACs, 2 Line Dialer, Gray door, surface mount enclosure, 115VAC transformer, English. i064R 1 Loop System, 64 point capacity 2 Class B NACs, Red Door, surface mount enclosure, 115VAC transformer, English. i064RD 1 Loop System, 64 point capacity 2 Class B NACs, 2 Line Dialer, Red Door, surface mount enclosure, 115VAC transformer, English. i064G -2 1 Loop System, 64 point capacity 2 Class B NACs, Gray door. surface mount enclosure, 230VAC transformer, English. i064R -2 1 Loop System, 64 point capacity 2 Class B NACs, Red door, surface mount enclosure, 230VAC transformer, English i064GL 1 Loop System, 64 point capacity 2 Class B NACs, 16-zone LED display grey door, surface mount enclosure, 115VAC transformer, English i064GL -F 1 Loop System, 64 point capacity 2 Class B NACs, 16-zone LED display grey door, surface mount enclosure, 115VAC transformer, Canadian French SA -TRIM1 Flush mount trim, black Option Cords SA -DACT .Dual Line Dialer /Modem, supports 4/2 and Contact ID mounts in cabinet on base plate. SA -232 Serial Port (RS -232), for connection to printers computers, mounts in cabinet to base plate SA -ETH Ethernet Port, Slave, mounts in cabinet on base plate. SA -CLA Class A adapter module. Provides Class A capacity on NACs. Mounts in cabinet on main board. D16L -i0 -1 LED Annunciator module, two LEDs per zone, 16 zones (4 max programmable for sup). Mounts in cabinet to left of LCD display for zones 1 16 Remote Annunciators (refer to Data Sheet 85005 -0128) LCD Remote Annunciators RLCD Remote Annunciator, 4X20 LCD Common Indicators for displaying system status; mounts 4' Square electrical box, gray housing. RLCD -R Remote Annunciator, 4X20 LCD Common Indicators for displaying system status, mounts 4 Square electrical box, red housing. RLCD -C Remote Annunciator, 4X20 LCD, Common Indicators Common Controls for displaying system status, mounts 4' Square electrical box, gray housing. RLCD -CR Remote Annunciator, 4X20 LCD Common Indicators Common Controls for displaying system status, mounts 4' Square electrical box, red housing. For French common control, add suffix F to model number LED Remote Annunciators Expander RLED -C Remote Annunciator, Common Indicators for displaying system status, common controls 16 groups w/2 LEDs each for zone display mounts to standard 4 Square electrical box, gray housing. RLED -CF Remote Annunciator, Common Indicators for displaying system status, common controls 16 groups w/2 LEDs each for zone display mounts to standard 4 Square electrical box, gray housing, French. RLED -CR Remote Annunciator, Common Indicators for displaying system status, common controls 16 groups.w /2 LEDs each for zone display mounts to standard 4' Square electrical box, red housing. RLED24 Remote Annunciator Zone expander, 24 groups of 2 LEDS each for display of alarm and trouble. Each with custom label area. Mounts to standard 4' electrical box, gray housing. RLED24R Remote Annunciator Zone expander, 24 groups of 2 LEDS each for display of alarm and trouble. Each with custom label area. Mounts to standard 4' electrical box, red housing. Graphic Annunciator Drivers GCI Graphic Annunciator Driver, provides outputs for common indicators and 32 alarm /supv zones as well as inputs for common switches. Provided with a snap track for mounting in custom graphic enclosures. Remote Annunciator Cabinets Accessories RA -ENC1 Remote Annunciator Enclosure, key locked with plexiglass window for one RLCDIC) or RLED(C). RA -ENC2 Remote Annunciator Enclosure, key locked with plexiglass window with space for 2 of either RLCDx, RLEDx or RLED24. RA -ENC3 Remote Annunciator Enclosure, key locked with plexiglass window with space for 3 of either RLCDx, RLEDx or RLED25. RKEY Keyswitch, single gang, provides key operated enable or disable of common controls on RLCD or RLED units. LSRA -SB Surface Mount Box for R Series single units. Programming Tools i0 -CU EST Series configuration and diagnostics utility Continued. Data Sheet 85005 -0131 Issue 3 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 7 of 8 Security U.S. T 888 244 -9979 F 866 -503 -3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Ethernet is o registered trademark of Xerox. 2008 General Electric Company Ail Rights Reserved imagination at work Analog Addressable Devices Accessories Part Number Description Intelligent Detectors Bases SIGA -HFS Intelligent Fixed Temperature Heat Detector UL /ULC Listed SIGA -HRS Intelligent Fixed Temperature /Rate -of -Rise Heat Detector UL /ULC Listed SIGA -IPHS Intelligent 4D Multisensor Detector UL /ULC Listed SIGA -IPHSB Intelligent 4D Multisensor Detector (Black) UL /ULC Listed SIGA -PHS Intelligent 3D Multisensor Detector UL /ULC Listed SIGA -PS Intelligent Photoelectric Detector UL /ULC Listed SIGA -IS Intelligent Ionization Detector UL /ULC Listed SIGA -SD Intelligent SuperDuct Detector SIGA -SB Detector Mounting Base SIGA -S64 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base c/w SIGA -TS Trim Skirt SIGA -RB Detector Mounting Base w /Relay SIGA -RB4 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base /w Relay c/w SIGA -TS Trim Skirt SIGA -IB Detector Mounting Base w /Fault Isolator SIGA -1B4 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base w/ Fault Isolator c/w SIGA -TS Trim Skirt SIGA -LED Remote Alarm LED SIGA -AB4G Audible (Sounder) Base SIGA -TS4 Trim Skirt (supplied with 4 -inch bases) S hip wt. 0.5 (0.23) 2,4 (1.1) 0.2 (0.09) 0.3 (0.15) 0.1 (.04) Modules SIGA -CC1 Single Input Signal Module (Standard Mount) 0.5 (0.23) SIGA -MCC1 Single Input Signal Module (U10 Mount) 0.18 (0.08) SIGA -CC1S Synchronization Output Module (Standard Mount) 0.5 (0.23) SIGA -MCC1S Synchronization Output Module (6110 Mount) 0.18 (0.08) SIGA -CC2 Dual Input Signal Module (Standard Mount) 0.5 (0.23) SIGA -MCC2 Dual Input Signal Module (U10 Mount) 0.18 )0.08) SIGA -CR Control Relay Module (Standard Mount) 0,4 )0.15) SIGA -MCR Control Relay Module (U10 Mount) 0.18 (0.08) SIGA -CRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module (Standard Mount) 0.4 (0.15) SIGA -MCRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module (U10 Mount) 0.1810.08) SIGA -RM1 Riser Monitor Module (Standard Mount) 0.5 (0.23) SIGA -MRM1 Riser Monitor Module (Plug -in) 0.18 (0.08) SVGA -l0 Input /Output Module (Standard Mount) 0.34 (0.15) SIGA -MI0 Input /Output Module (Plug -inl 0.22 (0.101 SIGA -MAB Universal Class A/B Module (Plug -in( 0.18 (0.08) SIGA -CT1 Single Input Module 0.4 (0.15) SIGA -CT2 Duol Input Module 0.4 (0.15) SIGA -MCT2 Dual Input Plug -in (U101 Module 0.1(0.051 SIGA -IM Fault Isolator Module .5 (.23) SIGA -MM1 Monitor Module 0.4 (.15) SIGA -WTM Waterflow /Tamper Module 0.4 (.15) SMK Smoke Power Converter Module 0.4 (0.151 SIGA -U102R Universal Module Board w /Riser Inputs Two Module Positions 0.32 (0.15) SIGA -U106R Universal Module Board w /Riser Inputs Six Module Positions 0.62 (0.28) SIGA -U106 Universal Module Board Six Module Positions 0.56(0.25) Accessories CTM City Tie Module. Provides connection to a local energy fire alarm box. 0.6 (0.3) RPM Reverse Polarity Module 3.0 (1.361 BC 1 Battery Cabinet. 14.0' x 18.25' x 7.25' Holds up to 2 12V24A batteries. 50.0(22.7) 8C 1R Battery Cabinet Red. 14.0' x 18.25' x 7.25' Holds up to 2 12V24A batteries. 50.0(22.7) MFC -A Multifunction Fire Cabinet, 8' x 14' x 3.5' RED. 20.6 (9 4) PT 1S System Printer Desktop style. 36.6 (16.61 Data Sheet 85005 -0131 Issue 3 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 8 of 8 i^ 1- Security Overview The Signature Series Model SIGA -PS Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector gathers analog information from its smoke sensing ele- ment and converts it into digital signals. The detector's on -board microprocessor measures and analyzes these signals. It compares the information to historical readings and time patterns to make an alarm decision. Digital filters remove signal patterns that are not typical of fires. Unwanted alarms are virtually eliminated. The microprocessor in each detector provides four additional benefits Self- diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand -alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication. Self- diagnostics and History Log Each Signature Series detec tor constantly runs self- checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in the detector's non volatile memory Automatic Device Mapping The loop controller learns where each device s serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit The mapping feature provides supervision of each device s installed location to prevent a detector from being rein- stalled (after cleaning etc.) in a different location from where it was originally Stand -alone Operation A decentralized alarm decision by the detector is guaranteed. On -board intelligence permits the detector to operate in stand -alone mode. If loop controller CPU communica- tions fail for more than four seconds, all devices on that circuit go into stand -alone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit. me agent Piotoe ectric Smoke Detector,' SIGA -PS EST F' .r, r i Intelligent Initiating Devices Fast Stable Communication On -board intelligence means less information needs to be sent between the detector and the loop controller. Other than regular supervisory polling response, the detector only needs to communicate with the loop controller when it has something new to report. Standard Features Integral microprocessor Non volatile memory Automatic mapping device Electronic addressing Environmental compensation Intelligent detector Wide 0.67% to 3 77 %/ft sensitivity range Twenty pre -alarm sensitivity values, set in 5% increments Identification of dirty or defective detectors Automatic day /night sensitivity adjustment Twin RED /GREEN status LEDs Standard, relay fault isolator and audible mounting bases Designed and manufactured to ISO 9001 standards UDC ICE Apph otio Note Av iloble Dato Sheet 85001 -0269 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 4 Installation Signature Series detectors mount to North American 1 -gang boxes, 3 -1/2 inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, and to 4 inch square electrical boxes 1 1/2 inches 138 mm) deep. They mount to European BESA and 1 -gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. 4.4' (112 mm) Access Slot for Tamper- Resist Mechanism Tamper Resist Lever Arm Break off to disable (Located on Base) Testing Maintenance Each detector automatically identifies when it is dirty or defective and causes a dirty detector' message. The detector's sensitiv- ity measurement can also be transmitted to the loop controller A sensitivity report can be printed to satisfy NFPA sensitivity measure- ments which must be conducted at the end of the first year and every two years thereafter The user friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each detector and other pertinent messages. Single detectors may be turned off temporarily from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper detector operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Au- thority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN /ULC 536 standards. Compatibility The SIGA -PS detectors are compatible only with the Signature Loop Controller. Warnings Cautions This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires fre- quently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your fire protection specialist. This detector will NOT sense fires that start in areas where smoke cannot reach the detector Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector to alarm it. Accessories All detector mounting bases have wiring terminals that are acces- sible from the 'room -side after mounting the base to the electrical box. The bases mount to North American 1 -gang boxes and to 3 inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, 1 inches (38 mm) deep. They also mount to European BESA and 1 -gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. The SIGA -SB4 SIGA -RB4, and SIGA -164 mount to North American 4 inch sq. electrical boxes in addition to the above boxes. They include the SIGA -TS4 Trim Skirt which is used to cover the 'mounting ears' on the base. The SIGA -AB4G mounts to a 4' sgare box only SIGA -AB4G Audible Base SIGA -SB Standard Base SIGA -IB Isolator Base SIGA -RB Relay Base SIGA -LED Remote LED Standard Base SIGA -SB, SIGA -SB4 This is the basic mounting base for GE Security Signature Series detectors. The SIGA -LED Remote LED is supported by the Standard Base. Relay Base SIGA -RB, SIGA -RB4 This base includes a relay Nor molly open or closed operation is selected during installation. The dry contact is rated for 1 amp (pilot duty) 30 Vdc. The relay's position is supervised to avoid accidentally jarring it out of position. The SIGA RB can be operated as a control relay if programmed to do so at the control panel (EST3 V.2 only). The relay base does not support the SIGA -LED Remote LED Audible Base SIGA -AB4G This base is designed for use where localized or group alarm signaling is required. When the detector senses an alarm condition, the audible base emits a local alarm signal. The optional SIGA -CRR Polarity Reversal Relay can be used for sounding to other audible bases on the same 24 Vdc circuit. Relay and Audible Bases operate as follows: at system power -up or reset, the relay is de- energized when a detector is installed in the base with the power on, the relay energizes for four seconds, then de- energizes when a detector is removed from a base with the power on, the relay is de- energized when the detector enters the alarm state, the relay is energized. Isolator Base SIGA -IB, SIGA -1B4 This base includes a built -in line fault isolator for use on Class A circuits. A detector must be installed for it to operate. The isolator base does not support the SIGA -LED Remote LED The isolator operates as follows: a short on the line causes all isolators to open within 23 msec at 10 msec intervals, beginning on one side of the Class A circuit nearest the loop controller, the isolators close to provide the next isolator down the line with power when the isolator next to the short closes, reopens within 10 msec. The process repeats beginning on the other side of the loop con- troller Remote LED SIGA -LED The remote LED connects to the SIGA -SB or SIGA -SB4 Standard Base only It features a North American size 1 -gang plastic faceplate with a white finish and red alarm LED SIGA -TS4 Trim Skirt Supplied with 4 inch bases, it can also be ordered separately to use with the other bases to help hide surface imperfections not covered by the smaller bases. Data Sheet 85001 -0269 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 4 Application Although photoelectric detectors have a wide range of fire sensing capabilities they are best suited for detecting slow smoldering fires. The table below shows six standard test fires used to rate the sensitivity of smoke and heat detectors The table indicates that no single sensing element is suited for all test fires. GE Security recommends that this detector be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Test Fire Open Wood Wood Pyrolysis Smouldering Cotton Poly Urethane Foam n- Heptane Liquid Fire without Smoke Typical Wiring The detector mounting bases accept #18 AWG (0 75mm #16 (1.0mm #14 AWG 11.5mm and #12 AWG (2.5mm wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm and #18 AWG (0.75mm are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Standard Detector Base, SIGA -SB, SIGA -SB4 Remote LED Max resistance per wire must not exceed 10 Ohms DATA IN 1-) >i DATA IN 1 +1 From Signature Controller or Previous Device DATA IN DATA IN From Signature Controller or Previous Device SIGA -IS ion optimum suitoble very suitable very suitable optimum unsuitable DATA OUT I DATA OUT To Next Device DATA OUT DATA OUT To Next Device SIGA -PS Photo unsuitable optimum optimum very suitable very suitable unsuitable Term Description 1 Not Used 2 DATA IN /OUT +I 3 Not Used 4 DATA IN 5 Remote LED 1 -1 6 Remote LED 7 Not Used 8 DATA OUT Isolator Detector Base, SIGA IB, SIGA IB4 Term 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Description Not Used DATA IN /OUT 1 +1 DATA IN'1 Not Used Not Used DATA OUT I -1 Not Used SIGA -HRS and SIGA HFS Rate -of -Rise/ Fixed Temp. optimum unsuitable unsuitable suitable very suitable optimum Common A Relay Detector Base, SIGA -RB, SIGA -RB4 Normally- Normally Closed Open A DATA IN DATA IN From Signature Controller or Previous Device Volume etting Default High volume' Cut for low volume 24 Vdc in From power supply or previous base Data in From Signature controller or previous device SIGA -PHS SIGA -IPHS Photo Heat 3D Ion /Photo /Heat 40 very suitable optimum optimum optimum optimum optimum very suitable optimum optimum optimum very suitable very suitable Audible Detector Base, SIGA -AB4G o o ED DATA OUT DATA OUT To Next Device Term Description 1 Normally Open 2 DATA IN /OUT I +1 3 Common 4 DATA IN (-I 5 Not Used 6 Normally Closed 7 DATA OUT 1-) CONTACT RATING 1.0 Amp 30 VDC (Pilot Duty) Tone setting Default Temporal pattern Cut for steady tone To nfgu utpul olu to ut the uit bo rtl shown 24 Vdc out To next base or EOL relay Data out To next Signature device Data Sheet 85001 -0269 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 4 a Security U.S. T 888 378 -2329 F 866 -503 -3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.g esecurity.com /est 2006 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved Signature Series is a Trademark of GE Security Specifications Sensing Element Storage Operating Environment Sensitivity Range User Selected Alarm Sensitivity Settings Pre -alarm Sensitivity Operating Voltage Operating Current Catalog Number SIGA -PS Accessories SIGA -SB SIGA -SB4 SIGA -RB SIGA -RB4 SIGA -IB SIGA -IB4 SIGA -LED SIGA -AB4G SIGA -TS4 Imagination at work Construction Finish Compatible Mounting Bases LED Operation Compatibility Address Requirements Agency Listings UL Listed Spacing Ordering Information Description Photoelectric Light Scattering Principle Air Velocity Range: 0 to 5,000 ft /min (0 to 25.39 m /s); Humidity 0 to 93% RH, Non Condensing Operating Temp: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C); Stor age Temp: -4 °F to 140 °F 20 Cto 60 °C) ULI /ULC 0.67% to 3.77% obscuration /foot Most Sensitive: 1.0 /ft. More Sensitive: 2.0 /ft. Normal: 2.5 /ft. Less Sensitive: 3.0 /ft. Least Sensitive: 3.5 /ft. 5% increments, allowing up to 20 pre -alarm settings 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Quiescent: 45pA 19 V Alarm. 45pA 19 V Emergency Stand -alone Alarm Mode: 18mA Pulse Current. 100 pA (100 msec); During Communi- cation: 9 mA max. High Impact Engineering Polymer White SIGA -SB Standard Base, SIGA -RB Relay Base, SIGA -IB Isolator Base, SIGA AB4, SIGA -AB4G Audible Bases On -board Green LED Flashes when polled; On -board Red LED Flashes when in alarm Both LEDs' Glow steady when in alorm (stand alone) Compatible Remote Red LED (model SIGA -LED( Flashes when in alarm Use With: SIGNATURE Loop Controller Uses one Device Address UL, ULC, MEA, CSFM 30 ft Intelligent Photoelectric Detector UL /ULC Listed Detector Mounting Base Standard 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base c/w SIGA -TS4 Trim Skirt Detector Mounting Base w /Relay 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base w /Relay c/w SIGA -TS4 Trim Skirt Detector Mounting Base w /Fault Isolator 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base w/ Fault Isolator c/w SIGA -TS4 Trim Skirt Remote Alarm LED Audible (Sounder) Base Trim Skirt (supplied with 4 -inch bases) Ship Wt. Ibs ikg) 0.5 (.23) 0.2 (.09) .3 (0.15) .1 (.04) Data Sheet 85001-0269 lssue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 4 Security Overview Signature Series Model SIGA -HFS and SIGA -HRS Intelligent Heat Detectors gather analog information from their fixed temperature and /or rate -of -rise heat sensing elements and converts it into dig ital•signals. The detector's on -board microprocessor measures and analyzes these signals. It compares the information to historical readings and time patterns to make an alarm decision. Digital fil- ters remove signal patterns that are not typical of fires. Unwanted alarms are virtually eliminated. The microprocessor in each detector provides four additional ben- efits Self- diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand -alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication. nte agent Heat detectors SIGA -HFS SIGA -HRS Intelligent Initiating Devices Standard Features Note: Some features described here may not be supported by all control systems. Check your control panel's Installation and Opera- tion Guide for details. 70 foot (21.3 meter) spacing 15° F 19° C) /min rate -of- rise /135° F (57° C) ft. and 135° F (57 C) fixed temperature type Intelligent detector c/w integral microprocessor Non volatile memory Automatic device mapping Electronic addressing Identification of defective detectors Twin RED /GREEN status LEDs Standard, relay fault isolator and audible mounting bases Designed and manufactured to ISO 9001 standards I ft a ICE Apple olio Note Av iLoble C'') Data Sheet 85001 -0243 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 6 Signature Series Overview Self- diagnostics and History Log Each Signature Series detec tor constantly runs self- checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in the detector's non volatile memory This information is accessible for review any time at the control panel, PC, or by using the SIGA -PRO Signature Program /Service Tool. In the unlikely event that an unwanted alarm does take place, the control panel's history file can be called up to help isolate the prob- lem and prevent it from happening again. Automatic Device Mapping The loop controller learns where each device s serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. This mapping feature provides supervision of each device's installed location to prevent a detector from being reinstalled (after cleaning etc.) in a different location from where it was originally The history log for the detector remains relevant and intact regardless of its new location. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or as- built' drawing information showing wire branches IT taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy This takes the mysteryout of the installation. The preparation of as -built drawings is fast and efficient Stand -alone Operation A decentralized alarm decision by the detector is guaranteed. On -board intelligence permits the detector to operate in stand -alone mode. If loop controller CPU communica- tions fail for more than four seconds, all devices on that circuit go into stand -alone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit. Each detector on the circuit continues to collect and analyze information from its surroundings. Both the SIGA -HRS and SIGA -HFS detectors alarm if the ambient temperature increases to 135 °F (57 °C) or for the SIGA -HRS only the temperature increases at a rate exceeding 15 °F (9 °C) /minute. If the detector is mounted to a relay base, the relay operates. Similarly if it is mounted to an audible base, the on -board horn sounds. Fast Stable Communication On -board intelligence means less information needs to be sent between the detector and the loop controller Other than regular supervisory polling response, the detector only needs to communicate with the control panel when it has something new to report. This provides very fast control panel response time and allows a lower baud rate (speed) to be used for communication on the circuit. The lower baud rate offers several advantages including: less sensitivity to circuit wire characteristics less sensitivity to noise glitches on the cable less emitted noise from the data wiring twisted or shielded wiring is not required Electronic Addressing The loop controller electronically addresses each detector, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each detector has its own unique serial number stored in its on -board memory The loop controller identifies each device on the circuit and assigns a 'soft' address to that device's serial number. If desired, detectors can be addressed using the SIGA -PRO Signature Program /Service Tool. Installation Spacing The SIGA -HFS (fixed temperature) and the SIGA -HRS (fixed temperature /rate -of -rise combination) intelligent heat detectors are rated for installation at up to 70 foot (21.3 meter) spacing. These detectors may be installed in rooms with ambient temperatures up to 100 °F (38 °C). Status LEDs Twin LEDs are visible from any direction. A flashing GREEN LED shows normal system polling from the loop controller A flashing RED LED means the detector is in alarm state. Both LEDs on steady shows alarm state stand -alone mode. Normal GREEN LED activity is not distracting to building occupants, but can be quickly spotted by a maintenance technician. Quality and Reliability GE Security detectors are manufactured in North America to strict international ISO 9001 standards. All electronics utilize surface mount technology (SMT) for smaller size and greater immunity to RF noise. A conformal coating is used for humidity and corrosion resistance. All critical contacts are gold plated. Installation Signature Series detectors mount to North American 1 -gang boxes, 3 -1/2 inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, and to 4 inch square electrical boxes 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) deep. They mount to European BESA and 1 -gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. 4.4' (112 mm) Tamper- Resist Lever Arm Break off to disable (Located on Base) Access Slot for Tamper Resist Mechanism Data Sheet 85001 -0243 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 6 Application The table below shows six standard test fires used to rate the sensitivity of smoke and heat detectors. The table indicates that no single sensing element is suited for all test fires. GE Security recommends that this detector be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Test Fire Open Wood Wood Pyrolysis Smouldering Cotton Poly Urethane Foam n- Heptane Liquid Fire without Smoke Typical Wiring The detector mounting bases will accept #18 AWG 10.75mmi, #16 (1.0mm #14 AWG (1.5mm and #12 AWG (2.5mm wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm and #18 AWG (0 75mm are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Standard Detector Base, SIGA -SB, SIGA -SB4 Remote LED SIGA -IS Ion optimum suitable very suitable very suitable optimum unsuitable Max resistance per wire must not exceed 10 Ohms DATA IN I -1 DATA IN +1 From Signature Controller nr Prpvini fPVirp DATA IN i DATA IN From Signature Controller or Previous Device DATA OUT (-i DATA OUT I+ To Next Device Term 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 Isolator Detector Base, SIGA -IB, SIGA -1B4 Term 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DATA OUT() DATA OUT To Next Device SIGA -PS Photo unsuitable optimum optimum very suitable very suitable unsuitable Description Not Used DATA IN /OUT 1 Not Used DATA IN Remote LED I Remote LED 1 Not Used DATA OUT -I Description Not Used DATA IN /OUT 1 +1 DATA IN l -I Not Used Not Used DATA OUT -I Not Used SIGA -HRS and SIGA HFS Rate -of -Rise/ Fixed Temp. optimum unsuitable unsuitable suitable very suitable optimum Common A Relay Detector Base, SIGA -RB, SIGA -RB4 DATA IN() DATA IN From Signature Controller or Previous Device Volume setting Default High volume' Cut for low volume 24 Vdc in From power supply or previous base Data in From Signature controller or previous device SIGA -PHS Photo Heat 3D very suitable optimum' optimum very suitable optimum very suitable Normally- Normally Closed Open A DATA OUT DATA OUT To Next Device Audible Detector Base, SIGA -AB4G CD IG SIGA -IPHS Ion /Photo /Heat 4D optimum optimum optimum optimum optimum very suitable Term Description 1 Normally -Open 2 DATA IN /OUT (+I 3 Common 4 DATA IN I-) 5 Not Used 6 Normolly- Closed 7 DATA OUT I -I CONTACT RATING 1.0 Amp 30 VDC (Pilot Dutyl Tone setting Default Temporal pattern Cut for steady tone To nligu utput olume to ut the clr it bo rd shown 24 Vdc out To next base or EOL relay Data out To next Signature device Data Sheet 85001 -0243 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 6 Accessories All detector mounting bases have wiring terminals that are acces- sible from the 'room -side after mounting the base to the electrical box. The bases mount to North American 1 -gang boxes and to 31/2 inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, 1 inches (38 mm) deep They also mount to European BESA and 1 -gong boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. The SIGA -SB4, SIGA -RB4 and SIGA -1B4 mount to North American four inch square electrical boxes in addition to the above boxes. They include the SIGA -TS4 Trim Skirt which is used to cover the 'mounting ears' on the base. The SIGA -AB4G mounts to a 4 sqare box only N I SIGA -AB4G SIGA -SB Audible Base Standard Base SIGA -IB Isolator Bas SIGA -RB SIGA -LED Relay Base Remote LED Standard Base SIGA -SB, SIGA -SB4 This is the basic mounting base for GE Security Signature Series detectors. The SIGA -LED Remote LED is supported by the Standard Base. Relay Base SIGA -RB, SIGA -RB4 This base includes a relay Nor molly open or closed operation is selected during installation. The dry contact is rated for 1 amp (pilot duty) 30 Vdc. The relay's position is supervised to avoid accidentally jarring it out of position. The SIGA -RB can be operated as a control relay if programmed to do so at the control panel (EST3 V 2 only). The relay base does not support the SIGA -LED Remote LED Audible Base SIGA -AB4G This base is designed for use where localized or group alarm signaling is required. When the detector senses an alarm condition, the audible base emits a local alarm signal. The optional SIGA -CRR Polarity Reversal Relay can be used for sounding to other audible bases on the same 24 Vdc circuit. Relay and Audible Bases operate as follows: at system power -up or reset, the relay is de- energized when a detector is installed in the base with the power on, the relay energizes for four seconds, then de- energizes when a detector is removed from a base with the power on, the relay is de- energized when the detector enters the alarm state, the relay is energized. Isolator Base SIGA -IB, SIGA -1B4 This base includes a built -in line fault isolator for use on Class A circuits. A detector must be installed for it to operate. The isolator base does not support the SIGA -LED Remote LED The isolator operates as follows: a short on the line causes all isolators to open within 23 msec at 10 msec intervals, beginning on one side of the Class A circuit nearest the loop controller the isolators close to provide the next isolator down the line with power if the isolator next to the short closes, it reopens within 10 msec. The process repeats beginning on the other side of the loop control- ler Remote LED SIGA -LED The remote LED connects to the SIGA -SB or SIGA -SB4 Standard Base only It features a North American size 1 -gang plastic faceplate with a white finish and red alarm LED SIGA -TS4 Trim Skirt Supplied with 4 inch bases, it can also be ordered separately to use with the other bases to help hide surface imperfections not covered by the smaller bases. Warnings Cautions This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires fre- quently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your fire protection specialist This detector will NOT sense fires that start in areas where heat cannot reach the detector Heat from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector to alarm it. The heat sensor in this device only provides a source of informa- tion to supplement the information provided by photoelectric or ionization smoke detectors which may be located nearby The heat detector by itself does NOT provide life safety protection. Under no circumstances should heat detectors be relied on as the sole means of fire protection. Compatibility The SIGA -HFS and SIGA -HRS detectors are compatible only with GE Security's Signature Loop Controller. Data Sheet 85001 -0243 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 6 Specifications Catalog Number, Heat Sensing Element Alarm Point UL Listed Detector Spacing Operating and Storage Environment Operating Voltage Operating Current Construction Finish Compatible Mounting Bases LED Operation Compatibility Address Requirements Agency Listings Ordering Information Catalog Number SIGA -HFS SIGA -HRS Accessories SIGA -SB SIGA -SB4 SIGA -RB SIGA -RB4 SIGA -IB SIGA -1B4 SIGA -LED SIGA -AB4G SIGA -TS4 SIGA -HFS Fixed Temperature Alarms at 135 °F (57 °C) Ambient 70 feet (21.3 meters) center to center spacing Operating Temp: 32 °F to 100 °F (0 °C to 38 °C) Storage Temp: -4 °F to 140 °F -20 °C to 60 °C) Humidity 0 to 93% RH, Non Condensing 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Quiescent: 45pA 19 V Alarm: 45pA 19V Emergency Stand -alone Alarm Mode: 18mA Pulse Current: 100 pA (100 msec) High Impact Engineering Polymer White SIGA -SB Standard Base, SIGA -RB Relay Base, SIGA -IB Isolator Base, SIGA -AB4, SIGA -AB4G Audible Bases On board Green LED Flashes when polled On -board Red LED Flashes when in alarm; Both LEDs Glow steady when in alarm (stand- alone) Compatible Remote Red LED (model SIGA -LED) Flashes when in alarm Use With: SIGNATURE Loop Controller Uses one device address UL, ULC, MEA, CSFM Description Intelligent Fixed Temperature Heat Detector UL /ULC Listed Intelligent Fixed Temperature /Rate -of -Rise Heat Detector UL/ULC Listed Detector Mounting Base 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base c/w SIGA -TS Trim Skirt Detector Mounting Base w /Reloy 4 -inch Detector Mounting Base /w Relay c/w SIGA -TS Trim Skirt Detector Mounting Base w /Fault Isolator 4 -inch Detector Mounting Bose w/ Fault Isolator c/w SIGA -TS Trim Skirt Remote Alarm LED Audible (Sounder) Base Trim Skirt (supplied with 4 -inch bases) SIGA -HRS Fixed Temperature/ Rate -of -Rise Alarms at 135 °F (57 °C) Ambient or Temp. increase above 15 °F (9 °C( per min. Ship Wt. Ibs (kg) 0.5 (0.23) 0.2 (.09) 0.3 (0.15) 0.1 (.04) Data Sheet 85001 -0243 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 5 of 6 i r Security U.S. T 888 378 -2329 F866 -503 -3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www. g esec u r ity.c om /est 2006 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved Signature Series is a Trademark of GE Security 0 imagination at work Data Sheet 85001 -0243 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 6 of 6 Security Overview The GE Security SuperDuct Signature Series smoke detector is the most advanced and most reliable device in its class. Designed for easy installation and superb reliability SuperDuct represents the perfect balance of practical design and advanced technology SuperDuct detectors feature a unique design that speeds installa- tion and simplifies maintenance. Removable dust filters, conformal ly coated circuit boards, and optional water- resistant gaskets keep contaminants away from components, ensuring years of trouble free service. When cleaning is required, the assemblies come apart easily and snap back together in seconds. A Signature Series photoelectric sensor is incorporated into the design of each SIGA -SD duct smoke detector. This sensor inherits the power and benefits of this exceptional line of intelligent devices. Signature Series sensors gather analog information from their smoke sensing elements and convert it into digital signals. The sen- sor measures and analyses these signals and compares the infor mation to historical readings and time patterns to make an alarm decision. Digital filters remove signal patterns that are not typical of fires, which virtually eliminates unwanted alarms. WARNING: Duct detectors hove specific limitations. Duct detectors are not a substitute for on open area smoke detector. Duct detectors ore not a substitute for early warning detection or o replacement for a building's regular fire detection system. Smoke detec tors are not designed to detect toxic gases which can build up to hazardous levels in some fir es. These devices will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions, GE Security suggests you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. me agent duct Smoke detector SIGA -SD E S T t L. I LL-21 Intelligent Initiating Devices Standard Features Less than 2' deep for easy installation and applications where space is tight -4 °F to 158 °F I -20 °C to 70 °C) operating range with 100 ft /min. to 4,000 ft /min air velocity rating assures reliability under harsh environmental conditions Status LEDs remain visible through clear assembly cover Cover monitor switch for added security Standard sampling tube spacing for easy drop -in migration from other detectors Sampling tube can be installed with or without the cover in place and can be rotated in 45- degree increments to ensure proper alignment with duct airflow 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc operation Magnet- activated test switch One Form C auxiliary alarm relay for controlling ancillary equip- ment (e.g. HVAC controls) No special tools required for easy access to field connections Signature Series intelligence Environmental compensation with differential sensing for reli- able, stable, and drift -free sensitivity Wide 0.79% to 2 46% obscuration /ft. smoke sensitivity Identification of dirty or defective detectors MEA LC rr Data Sheet 85001 -0584 Issue 5 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 4 Application SuperDuct detectors are ideally suited to duct smoke detection applications where early indication of combustion is required within the confined space of ventilation ductwork. Its primary purpose is to provide early warning of an impending fire and to prevent smoke from circulating throughout the building. It is typically used to detect smoke in the supply side of the HVAC system but can provide supervision of the return side as well. HVAC unit Protected premises FACP Alarm relay output Duct smoke detector Duct smoke detector Alarm relay output Remote test station Return air Supply air Remote test station SuperDuct detectors continually sample air flow in the HVAC duct and initiate an alarm condition whenever smoke is detected. An alarm is activated when the quantity (percent obscuration) of com- bustion products in that air sample exceeds the detector's sensitiv- ity setting. Signature Series Intelligence Like all Signature detectors, the SIGA -SD features electronic ad- dressing and issues a dirty sensor warning when it reaches its pre- set limit The dirty sensor warning indicates the sensor is operating within its specified limits but is in need of servicing. When the detec tor's ability to compensate for environmental changes has reached its limit, the duct smoke detector signals a trouble condition. The SIGA -SD also uses differential sensing to prevent gradual environmental changes from triggering unwanted alarms. A rapid change in environmental conditions, such os smoke from a fire, causes the detector to signal an alarm state, but dust and debris accumulated over time does not change alarm sensitivity Each Signature Series SuperDuct detector contains a microproces- sor that performs comprehensive self- diagnostics and stores the results in nonvolatile memory Stored results include details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, and number of alarms and troubles. This information can be retrieved and reviewed when desired. Detector Configuration The detector assembly cover provides easy access to the smoke sensor its wiring connections, sample and exhaust tubes, and the smoke chamber itself Air enters the detector's sensing chamber through a sampling tube (ordered separately) that extends into the duct and is directed back into the ventilation system through an exhaust tube (included). The difference in air pressure between the two tubes pulls the sampled air through the sensing chamber. When a sufficient amount of smoke is detected in the sensing chamber the detector initiates an alarm. The sampling tube may be installed from either the duct side of the assembly or from inside the sensor comportment, as preferred by the installer (The exhaust tube must be installed from the duct side.) Sampling tubes may be rotated in 45- degree increments so that air -holes can be aligned to allow the unit to be mounted at virtually any angle relative to the air flow. In installations where the duct smoke detector's controls and indi- cators are hidden from view, a remote test station or an LED indica- tor can be connected to the detector to provide these functions. Remote Test Stations Labor saving Remote Test /Reset stations provide alarm testing from the convenience of a remote location. Tests can be performed quickly and safely without having to climb to the roof. Magnetically operated and key- operated one -gang models are available. Signature SuperDuct detectors are also compatible with SIGA -LED remote alarm LED Air velocity in the duct as low as 100 ft /min. maintains adequate air flow into the sensor smoke chamber through oir holes in the air sampling tube and discharges through the exhaust tube. Super air sampling tubes must be installed with the inlet holes facing the airstream. Sampling tubes may be rotated in 45- degree increments so that air -holes can be aligned to allow the unit to be mounted in virtuolly any angle relative to the airflow SuperDuct sensors are engineered to operate optimally under the harsh environmental conditions frequently found in HVAC ductwork. Nonetheless, before installing the detector test the duct air velocity temperature, and humidity to verify that it is within the operating range of the SuperDuct detector. Consult the SuperDuct installation sheet for details. 3. Dimensions 3,08 (7.82 cm) 8.70 (22.1 cm) 8.15 (20.7 cm) 7.751n (19.7 cm) .60 (4.06 cm) 0 540 113.72 i) 0 0 0 0 2.28 (5 78 cm) 5.45 (13.84 cm) Data Sheet 85001 -0584 Issue 5 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 4 Assembly Exhaust tube Wiring L Sampling tube socket Exhaust tube socket Auxiliary equipment Thin gasket Thick gasket Plug 0 0 0 0 L Detector b Sampling tube (ordered separately) Power indicator Alarm indicator Coupling Airflow Data In Data In Mounting Sampling tube I® ®I® I mo/ C l 7 n 1 n n n V 1 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 Alarm 1 i u Alarm 1 Test O Notes [1] No more than one remote test station or LED indicator can be connected to the detector at the same time. Wiring is unsupervised. Maximum wire resistance is 10 ohms per wire. HVAC duct a Detector n #10 sheet metal screw (2X) Data Out Data Out SIGA -LED [1] or SD -TRK or SD -TRM [1] Data Sheet 85001 -0584 Issue 5 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 4 r Security U.S. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F32 2 721 86 13 Latin Americo T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com/est 2007 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved Signature Series is a Trademark of GE Security Dimensions Air velocity rating Air pressure differential Sensitivity Alarm test response time LED indicators Common alarm relay Operating voltage Operating current Catalog Number SIGA -SD Accessories SD -T8 SD -T18 SD -T24 SD -T36 SD -T42 SD -T60 SD -T78 SD -T120 SIGA -LED SD -TRM SD -TRK SD -VTK SD -GSK SD -MAG SIGA -SDPCB Imagination at work Specifications detector 8.70 x 5.45 x 1.90 inches (221 x 138 x 48 mm) Wire size 14 to 22 AWG Detection Photoelectric method (light scattering principle) 100 to 4,000 ft /min and meets the required minimum air pressure differential 0.005 to 1.00 inches of water 0.79 to 2.46 /ft obscuration 5 seconds Alarm (red), Power (green) Unsupervised and power limited Quantity 1 Type: Form C Ratings: 2.0 A at 30 Vdc (resistive) 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc Standby 45 pA Alarm: 45 pA Inrush: 1 mA Standalone alarm: 18 mA Temperature (UL): -4 to 158 °F -29 to 70 C). Operating Temperature (ULC): -4 to 120 environment °F -29 to 49 °C) Relative humidity 10 to 93 noncondensing Agency listings UL, ULC, CSFM, FM, MEA Ordering Information Description Intelligent SuperDuct Detector 8 -inch sampling tube 18 -inch sampling tube 24 -inch sampling tube 36 -inch sampling tube 42 -inch sampling tube 60 -inch sampling tube 78 -inch sampling tube 120 -inch sampling tube Remote alarm LED Remote test station, magnetic Remote test station, keyed Air velocity test kit (stoppers only etc) Cover gasket kit Test magnet kit Replacement PCB /Signature sensor kit Specifications test stations Remote Test/Reset Stations provide alarm test, trouble indication, and reset capability from a remote location. They include a one -gong plate, momentary SPST switch, red alarm LED, and terminal block. Magnetically- operated models (TRM) or key operoted models (TRK) are available. Compatible electrical boxes LED indicators LED type Wire size Resistance per wire Current requirements LED circuit ratings Switch ratings (SD -TRK) Switch ratings (SD -TRM) Compatible detectors Operating environment Storage temperature Agency listings North American 1 -gong box Standard 4 -in square box, 1 1/2 inches deep, with 1 -gang cover Alarm (red) Clear lens 14 to 22 AWG 10 Ohms, max. See controller specifications Voltage: 3 Vdc, max. Current: 30 mA, max. Voltage: 125 Vdc, max. Current: 4 A, max. Voltage: 200 Vdc, max Current: 0.5 A, max. SuperDuct conventional two -wire and Signature duct smoke detectors -4 °F to 158 °F -20 °C to 70 °C) Humidity 93% RH, noncondensing to 140 °F -20 to 60 °C) UL, ULC, CSFM Ship Wt. Ib. (kg) 2.4 (1.1) 0.5 (0.2) 1.5 (0.7) 2.7 (1.2) 3.0 (1.4) 3.5 (1.6) 5.8 (2.6) 7.5 (3.4) 11.5 (5.2) 1.0 )0.5) 1.0 (0.5) 1.0 (0.5) 1.0 (0.5) 0.5 (0.2) 0.5 (0.2) 1.0 (0.5) Data Sheet 85001 -0584 Issue 5 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 4 Security Overview The SIGA -270 and SIGA -278 series Manual Pull Stations are part of GE Security's Signature Series system. The SIGA -270 Fire Alarm Manual Pull Stations feature our very familiar teardrop shape. They are made from die -cast zinc and finished with red epoxy pow- der -coat paint complemented by aluminum colored stripes and markings. With positive pull -lever operation, one pull on the station handle breaks the glass rod and turns in a positive alarm, ensuring protection plus fool -proof operation. Presignal models (SIGA -270P) are equipped with a general alarm (GA) keyswitch for applications where two stage operation is required. The up -front highly visible glass rod discourages tampering, but is not required for proper operation. GE Security's double action single stage SIGA -278 station is a contemporary style manual station made from durable red colored lexan. To initiate an alarm, first lift the upper door marked 'LIFT THEN PULL HANDLE' then pull the alarm handle. Standard Features Note: Some features described here may not be supported by all control systems. Check your control panel's Installation and Operation Guide for details. Traditional familiar appearance SIGA -270 models feature our familiar teardrop design with simple positive pull action and sturdy die -cost metal body One stage (GA), two stage (pre signal), and double action models SIGA -270 models are available for one or two stage alarm sys- tems. The single stage double action SIGA -278 features a rugged Lexan housing with keyed reset mechanism. vanua Pu Stations SIGA -270, SIGA -270P, SIGA -278 EST Fire I iei)/ Intelligent Initiating Devices Break glass operation An up -front visible glass rod on the SIGA -270 discourages tam- pering. Intelligent device with integral microprocessor All decisions are made at the station allowing lower communica- tion speed while substantially improving control panel response time. Less sensitive to line noise and loop wiring properties; twisted or shielded wire is not required. ADA Compliant Meets ADA requirements for manual pull stations. Electronic Addressing with Non volatile memory Permanently stores programmable address, serial number type of device, and job number. Automatically updates historic information including hours of operation, last maintenance date, number of alarms and troubles, and time and date of last alarm. Automatic device mapping Each station transmits wiring information to the loop controller regarding its location with respect to other devices on the circuit. Stand -alone operation The station inputs an alarm even if the loop controller's polling interrogation stops. Diagnostic LEDs Status LEDs; flashing GREEN shows normal polling; flashing RED shows alarm state. Designed for high ambient temperature operation Install in ambient temperatures up to 120 °F (49 °C). MEA Patented Data Sheet 85001 -0279 Issue 8 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 4 Application The operating characteristics of the fire alarm stations are deter mined by their sub -type code or 'Personality Code NORMALLY OPEN ALARM LATCHING Pesonality Code 1) is assigned by the factory no user configuration is required. The device is configured for Class B IDC operation. An ALARM signal is sent to the loop con- troller when the station s pull lever is operated. The alarm condition is latched at the station. Compatibility Signature Series manual stations are compatible only with GE Secu- rity's Signature Loop Controller. Warnings Cautions This device will not operate without electrical power. As fires fre- quently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. Testing Maintenance To test (or reset) the station simply open the station and operate the exposed switch. The SIGA -270 series are opened with a tool; the SIGA -278 requires the key which is supplied with that station. The station's automatic self- diagnosis identifies when it is defec tive and causes a trouble message. The user friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each Signature series device and other pertinent messages. Single devices may be deactivated temporarily from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Au- thority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN /ULC 536 standards. Typical Wiring The fire alarm station s terminal block accepts #18 AWG (0 75mm to #12 AWG (2.5mm wire sizes. See Signature Loop Controller cata- log sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Wiring Notes /1\ Refer to Signature Loop Controller manual for maximum wire distance. 2. All wiring is power limited and supervised. REAR VIEW of 278 Red LED (Alarm /Active) DATA IN (o) 2. DATA IN From Signaiu Controlle Pr De REAR VIEW of 270P 270PB Red LED (Alarm /Ac e) DATA IN S 1 DATA IN From Signatu Controlle Pr ous De ce O Figure 4 Single Stage Systems O TB2 TB n 8 "7 6 5 r4 46 I d .3 2 1 0 0 Figure 5. Two Stage Systems DATA OUT *)1 DATA OUT To Next Devlc Ix DATA OUT DATA OUT 10 Next Devlc Gr LED (Normal) Gr LED (Normal) Data Sheet 85001 -0279 Issue 8 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 4 Installation Single -stage Signature Series fire alarm manual pull stations mount to North American 21/2 inch 164 mm( deep 1 -gang boxes. Two stage presignal (270P) models require 11/2 inch (38 mm) deep 4 -inch square boxes with 1 -gang, 1/2-inch raised covers. Openings must be angular. Rounded openings are not acceptable. Recommended box: Steel City Model 52 -C 13, in Canada, use Iberville Model CI- 52- C- 49 -1/2. All models include terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm? to 0.75 mmi wire size. GE Security recommends that these fire alarm stations be installed according to latest recognized edition of notional and local fire alarm codes. Electronic Addressing: The loop controller electronically addresses each manual station, saving valuable time during system commission- ing. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each station has its own unique serial number stored in its on -board memory The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a soft' address to each serial number. If desired, the stations can be addressed using the SIGA -PRO Signature Program /Service Tool. Do not bo with nded ope ngs Key -Latch t Compatble Electrical Box Cover Release Back Q Plate 15 ID Q Toggle Switch Figure 1. SIGA -278 installation Compatible Elect( oI Bo with 1 -inch ed -4 Back yII Plate Toggle Switch Co Rele Scrw Glass Rod Rele Le er Figure 3 SIGA -270P SIGC -270PB installation A r Compatible Electrical Box 1 Q Q Plate NiFµ 0 Cover Release Screw Toggle Switch Glass Rod Release Lever Figure 2. SIGA -270, SIGC 270F SIGC -270B installation Data Sheet 85001 -0279 Issue 8 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 4 ll( Security U.S T 888- 378 -2329 F 866 -503 -3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin Americo T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www. g esec u r ity. co m /est 2007 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved Signature Series is a Trademark of GE Security Specifications Catalog Number Description Addressing Requirements Operating Current Construction Finish Type Code Operating Voltage Storage and Operating Environment LED Operation Compatibility Agency Listings Note: SIGC -270F SIGC -2708 and SIGC -270PB are ULC listed only Suffix 'F' indicates French markings. Suffix '8' indicates English /French titling uol markings. Ordering Information Catalog Number SIGA -270 SIGC -270F SIGC 270B SIGA -270P SIGC 270PB SIGA -278 Accessories 32997 276 -K2 276 -K1 27165 270 -GLR 276 -GLR 2768 -RSB 0 Imagination at work Description SIGA -270P SIGC -270PB SIGA -270, SIGC -270F SIGC -270B Single Action One Stage Uses 1 Module Address Standby 250pA Activated 400pA Diecast Zinc with aluminum markings Factory Set 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Operating Temperature: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C) Storage Temperature: -4 °F to 140 °F -20 °C to 60°C( Humidity 0 to 93% RH On -board Green LED Flashes when polled On -board Red LED Flashes w hen in alarm Both LEDs Glow steady when in alarm (stand- alone) Use With: Signature Loop Controller UL, ULC (note 1). MEA, CSFM One Stage Fire Alarm Station, English Markings One Stage Fire Alarm Station, Single Action Two Stage (Presignal) Uses 2 Module Uses 1 Module Addresses Address Standby 396pA Activated 680pA Red Epoxy SIGA -278 Double Action One Stage Standby 250pA Activated 400pA Lexan Red with white markings UL/ULC Listed French Markings ULC Listed One Stage Fire Alarm Station, French /English Markings ULC Listed Two Stage Presignal) Fire Alarm Station, English Markings UL/ULC Listed Two Stage (Presignal) Fire Alarm Station, French /English Markings ULC Listed Double Action (One Stage) Fire Alarm Station, English Markings UL/ULC Listed GA Key w /Tag for pre signal station (CANADA ONLY) GA Key for pre signal station (USA ONLY) Station Reset Key Supplied with all Key Reset Stations 12 Glass Rods for SIGA -270 series (CANADA ONLY) 20 Glass Rods for SIGA -270 series (USA ONLY) 20 Glass Rods for SIGA -278 series Surface Mount Box, Red for SIGA put stations Ship Wt Ibs (kgl 1(0.5) 0.11.05) 1 (0.61 Data Sheet 85001 -0279 Issue 8 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 4 of 4 Security Overview The Control Relay Module and the Polarity Reversal Relay Module are part of the Signature Series system. They are intelligent analog addressable devices available in either plug -in IU10) versions, or standard 1 -gang mount versions. The SIGA -CR /MCR Control Relay Module provides a Form 'C dry relay contact to control external appliances such as door closers, fans, dampers etc. This device does not provide supervision of the state of the relay contact. Instead, the on -board microprocessor ensures that the relay is in the proper ON /OFF state. Upon com- mand from the loop controller the SIGA -CR /MCR relay activates the normally open or normally closed contact. The SIGA CRR /MCRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module provides a Form 'C' dry relay contact to power and activate a series of SIGA AB4G Audible Sounder Bases. Upon command from the Signature loop controller, the SIGA -CRR reverses the polarity of its 24 Vdc output, thus activating all Sounder Bases on the data loop. Standard -mount versions (SIGA -CR and SIGA -CRR) are installed to standard North American 1 -gang electrical boxes, making them ideal for locations where only one module is required. Separate I/O and data loop connections are made to each module. Plug -in UIO versions (SIGA -MCR and SIGA -MCRR) are part of the U10 family of plug -in Signature Series modules. They function identically to the standard mount versions, but take advantage of the modular flexibility and easy installation that characterizes all U10 modules. Two- and six module UIO motherboards are available. All wiring connections are made to terminal blocks on the mother board. U10 assemblies may be mounted in GE Security enclosures. Contro Re ay vodu es SIGA -CR, SIGA -MCR, SIGA -CRR, SIGA -MCRR FST [The E, I.!ie Scteiy Intelligent Input /Output Standard Features Provides one no /nc contact (SIGA -CR /MCR) Form 'C' dry relay contact can be used to control external appli- ances such as door closers, fans, dampers etc. Allows group operation of sounder bases The SIGA CRR /MCRR reverses the polarity of its 24 Vdc output, thus activating all Sounder Bases on the data loop. Plug -in (U10) or standard 1 -gang mount U10 versions allow quick installation where multiple modules are required. The 1 -gang mount version is ideal for remote locations that require a single module. Automatic device mapping Signature modules transmit information to the loop controller regarding their circuit locations with respect to other Signature devices on the wire loop. Electronic addressing Programmable addresses are downloaded from the loop con- troller a PC, or the SIGA -PRO Signature Program /Service Tool; there are no switches or dials to set. Intelligent device with microprocessor All decisions are made at the module to allow lower communica- tion speed with substantially improved control panel response time and less sensitivity to line noise and loop wiring properties; twisted or shielded wire is not required. Ground fault detection by address Detects ground faults right down to the device level. IQBIIIIIII SIGA•CR MEA Data Sheet 85001 -0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 6 Installation SIGA-CR and SIGA-CRR: modules mount to North American 21/2 inch (64 mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 11/2 inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with 1-gang covers and SIGA-MP mounting plates. The terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 rrim° to 0.75 mml wire size. U10 Motherboard 6-32 Self-tapping screws f 1 Compatible electrical box fi— i-- #6 Flat washers et electr al enclosure Wall plate, white (1-gang) SIGA-MCR and SIGA-MCRR: mount the U10 motherboard inside a suitable GE Security enclosure with screws and washers provided. Plug the module into any available position on the motherboard and secure the module to the motherboard with the captive screws. Wiring connections are made to the terminals on the motherboard (see wiring diagram). U10 motherboard terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm to 0.75 mm wire size. Plug-in (U10) Captive Module screws Electronic Addressing The loop controller electronically addresses each module, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each module has its own unique serial number stored in its on-board memory The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a 'soft' address to each serial number If desired, the modules can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool GE Security recommends that this module be installed according to latest recognized edition of notional and local fire alarm codes. Application The operation of Signature Series control relays is determined by their sub-type code or 'Personality Code. Personality Code 8: CONTROL RELAY (SIGA-CR/MCR) Dry Contact Output. This setting configures the module to provide one Form 'C' DRY RELAY CONTACT to control Door Closers, Fans, Dampers, etc. Contact rating is 2.0 amp 24 Vdc; 0.5 amp 120 Vac (or 220 Vac for non-UL applications). Personality Code 8 is assigned at the fac tory No user configuration is required. Personality Code 8: POLARITY REVERSAL RELAY MODULE ISIGA- CRR/MCRRI. This setting configures the module to reverse the polarity of its 24 Vdc output. Contact rating is 2.0 amp 24 Vdc (pilot duty). Personality Code 8 is assigned at the factory No user configuration is required. Compatibility The Signature Series modules are compatible only with GE Securi- ty's Signature Loop Controller Warnings &Cautions This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires fre- quently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. Testing Maintenance The module s automatic self-diagnosis identifies when it is defective and causes a trouble message. The user-friendly maintenance pro- gram shows the current state of each module and other pertinent messages. Single modules may be turned off (deactivated) tempo- rarily from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ULC 536 standards. Data Sheet 85001-0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 6 Typical Wiring Modules will accept #18 AWG (0 75mm #1611.Omm #14 AWG (1.50mm and #12 AWG (2.5mm wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm and #18 AWG 10.75mm are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. DATA IN DATA INO S Red LED (Alarm /Active) From Signature Controller or Previous Device Data In Data Out_ 4— Normally- Normally Open Common Closed A A TB2 8 7 6 v (v: 4-- 11 4 3 2 1 TBl ;t� SIGA -CR Control Relay Normally Open Common Normally Closed A A A A 1234 TB14 1 DATA OUT DATA OUT To Next Device 4� 3 2 Green LED (Normal) Red LED (Active) �j jI��00/ TB15 12 3 4 No connections required for MCR. Other modules may require connections. SIGA -MCR Control Relay 4 3 2 Green LED (Normal) A Notes No connections required for MCR. Other modules may require connections. Refer to Signature Loop Controller Installation Sheet for wiring specifications. NFPA 72 requires that the SIGA -CR /SIGA -MCR be installed in the same room as the device it is control- ling. This requirement may not apply in all markets. Check with your local AHJ for details. The SIGA -UIO6R and the SIGA -UIO2R do not come with TB14 Q The SIGA -U106 does not come with TB8 through TB13. Supervised and power limited. If the source is nonpower limited, maintain a space of 1/4 inch from power limited wiring or use FPL, FPLP FPLR, or an equivalent in accordance with the National Electrical Code. 7) Maximum #12 AWG (2.5mm wire. Min. #18 (0 75mm Data Sheet 85001 -0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 6 Typical Wiring Modules will accept #18 AWG 10.75mm #1611.Omm #14 AWG (1.50mm and #12 AWG (2.50mm wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG 11.Omm and #18 AWG (0.75mm are preferred for ease of installation, See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Listed 24 VDC Nominal Power Supply Signature 5+ Controller 8 SIGA -CRR Schematic 4 3 1 Powai In Pow r O.it Polohly Reverses When Actuated r a- J CR A 6 A- AB4G AB4G AB4G Audible Base Audible Base Audible Base CRR i Optional CR for disabling /disconnecting sounder base SIGA -MCRR Schematic Notes ,L Refer to the Signature controller installation sheet for wiring. One Pair of Wires (24 Vdc power). One Pair of Wires (Signature Datal. Q Single Wire (24 Vdc power). The SIGA -UI06R and the SIGA -U102R do not come with TB14. The SIGA -U106 does not come with TB8 through TB13. 6 Supervised and power limited. If the source is nonpower limited, maintain a space of 1/4 inch from power limited wiring or use FPL, FPLP FPLR, or an equivalent in accordance with the National Electrical Code. 9 Maximum 412 AWG (2.5 mmz I wire; Minimum 418 AWG (0.75 mm I. 10 End -of -Line Relay must monitor and report power sup- ply trouble to control pone). 11 Class B Data wiring may be 'T- tapped. 1111112i AWL A 0 A SIGA -CRR Polarity whe ctivaled. Doto Out Signatu Doto 0 it t Data In Gr LED (Normal) Opt! al MCRR MCR fo di obling /di cling udible bo A Signatu Data Data Out Ci it UL /ULC Listed 24 Vdc powe apply Audible (3a 1234 \1234 1 0 SIGA -MCRR I O O Z ■F r 00 01 0 0 0 M: No connections required for MCRR. Other modules may require connections. f Fo rmol ope at Fo Ge al Fi Alarm Ope abo -Ir CT1 MCRR 210(R) motherbo rd Red LED (Active) J �f` =3 1 2 4 require connections. 6254A -003 EOL Relay 6254A -003 EOL Relay equ edfo upe 8 7 CT1 4 4 3 2 32 No connections required for 3814 MCRR. Other modules may require connections. N. Gr LED (Normal( N. Red LED (Act( el F No connections required for 3815 MCRR. Other modules moy Data Sheet 85001 -0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 6 Specifications Catalog Number Description Type Code Address Requirements Operating Current Operating Voltage Relay Type and Rating Mounting Construction Finish Storage and Operating Environment LED Operation Compatibility Agency Listings Catalog Number SIGA -CR SIGA -MCR SIGA -CRR SIGA -MCRR Related Equipment 27193 -11 27193 -16 SIGA -U102R SIGA -UIO6R SIGA -U106 SIGA -AB4G Accessories MFC -A SIGA -MB4 SIGA -MP1 SIGA -MP2 SIGA -MP2L Ordering Information SIGA -CR Control Relay Personality Code 8 (Factory Set) Form 'C' North American 2 inch (64 mm) deep•) -gang boxes and 11/2 inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with 1 -gang covers and SIGA -MP mounting plates Description Control Relay Module (Standard Mount) Control Relay Module (U10 Mount) Polarity Reversal Relay Module (Standard Mount) Polarity Reversal Relay Module (U10 Mount) SIGA -MCR SIGH -CRR SIGA -MCRR Polarity Reversal Relay Personality Code 8 (Factory Set) Uses 1 Module Address Standby 100pA Activated 100pA 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) 24 VDC 2 amps (pilot duty) 120 Vac 0.5 amps 220 Vac (non -UL( 0.5 amps Plugs into U102R, U106R or 0106 Motherboards North American 2 inch (64 mm) deep 1 -gang boxes and 1 inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with 1 -gang covers and SIGA -MP mounting plates High Impact Engineering Polymer Operating Temperature: 32 °F to 120 °F (0 °C to 49 °C) Storage Temperature: -4 °F to 140 °F -20 °C to 60 °C) Humidity' 0 to 93% RH On -board Green LED Flashes when polled On -board Red LED Flashes when in alarm /active Use With: Signature Loop Controller UL, ULC, CSFM, MEA Surface Mount Box Red, 1 -gang Surface Mount Box White, 1-gang Universal Input Output Module Board w /Riser Inputs Two Module Positions Universal Input Output Module Board w /Riser Inputs Six Module Positions Universal Input- Output Module Board Six Module Positions Audible (Sounder) Detector Base Multifunction Fire Cabinet Red, supports Signature Module Mounting Plates Transporider Mounting Bracket (allows for mounting two 1 -gang modules in a 2 -gang box) Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1 footprint Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 footprint Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 extended footprint Plugs into U102R, U106R or U106 Motherboards Ship Weight Ibs (kg) 0.4 (0.15) 0.18 (0.08) 0.4 (0.15) 0.18 (0.08) 1 (0.6) 1 (0.6) 0.32 (0.15) 0.62 (0.28) 0.56 (0.25) 0.3 (0.15) 7 0 (3.1) 0.4 )0.15) 1.5 (0.70) 0.5 (0.23) 1.02 (0.46) Data Sheet 85001 -0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 5 of 6 C_ Security U.S. T 888 378 -2329 F 866-503-3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F32 2 721 86 13 Latin Americo T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www. g e s e c u r ity.c o m/ e s t 2006 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved Signature Series is a Trademark of GE Security imagination at work Signature Series Overview The Signature Series intelligent analog addressable system from GE Security is an entire family of multi- sensor detectors and mounting bases multiple- function input and out put modules, network and non network control panels, and user friendly maintenance and service tools. Analog information from equipment connected to Signature devices is gathered and converted into digital signals. An onboard microprocessor in each Signature device measures and analyzes the signal and decides whether or not to input an alarm. The microprocessor in each Signature device provides four additional benefits Self- diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand -alone Operation and Fast, Stable Com- munication. Self- diagnostics and History Log Each Signature Series device constantly runs self checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in its non volatile memory This information is accessible for review any time at the control panel, PC, or using the SIGA -PRO Signature Program /Service Tool. The information stored in device memory includes: Device serial number address, and type Time and date of last alarm Most recent trouble code logged by the detector 32 possible trouble codes may be used to diagnose faults. Automatic Device Mapping -The Signature Data Controller (SDC) learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. The SDC keeps a map of all Signature Series devices connected to it The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or as- built' drawing informa- tion showing branch wiring IT- taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy This takes the mystery out of the installation. The preparation of as -built drawings is fast and efficient. Device mapping allows the Signature Data Controller to discover Unexpected additional device addresses Missing device addresses Changes to the wiring in the circuit. Most Signature modules use a personality code selected by the installer to determine their actual function. Personality codes are downloaded from the SDC during system configura- tion and are indicated during device mapping. Standalone Operation A decentralized alarm decision by the device is guaranteed. On- board intelligence permits the device to operate in standalone (degrade) mode. If Signature loop controller CPU communications fail for more than four seconds, all devices on that circuit go into standalone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit Each Signature device on the circuit continues to collect and analyze information from its slave devices. When connected to a panel utilizing standalone operation, modules with their 'personality' set as alarm devices (IDC) will alarm should their slave alarm- initiating device activate. Data Sheet 85001 -0239 Issue 7.2 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 6 of 6 t, I. Security Overview The SIGA -CT1 Single Input Module and SIGA -CT2 /SIGA -MCT2 Dual Input Modules ore intelligent analog addressable devices used to connect one or two Class B normally -open Alarm, Supervisory or Monitor type dry contact Initiating Device Circuits (IDC). The actual function of these modules is determined by the 'personality code' selected by the installer. This code is downloaded to the module from the Signature loop controller during system configuration. The input modules gather analog information from the initiating devices connected to them and convert it into digital signals. The module's on -board microprocessor analyzes the signal and decides whether or not to input an alarm. The SIGA -CT1 and SIGA -CT2 mount to standard North American 1 -gang electrical boxes, making them ideal for locations where only one module is required. Separate I/O and data loop connections are made to each module. The SIGA -MCT2 is part of the UIO family of plug -in Signature Series modules. It functions identically to the SIGA -CT2 but takes advan- tage of the modular flexibility and easy installation that character izes all U10 modules. Two- and six module U10 motherboards are available. All wiring connections are mode to terminal blocks on the motherboard. U10 assemblies may be mounted in GE Security enclosures. nput vodu es SIGA -CT1, SIGA -CT2 SIGA -MCT2 Standard Features Multiple applications Including Alarm, Alarm with delayed latching (retard) for water flow applications, Supervisory and Monitor The installer selects one of four 'personality codes' to be downloaded to the module through the loop controller. Plug -in (U10) or standard 1 -gang mount UIO versions allow quick installation where multiple modules are required. The 1 -gang mount version is ideal for remote locations that require a single module. Automatic device mapping Signature modules transmit information to the loop controller regarding their circuit locations with respect to other Signature devices on the wire loop. Electronic addressing Programmable addresses are downloaded from the loop control- ler, a PC, or the SIGA -PRO Signature Program /Service Tool. There are no switches or dials to set. Non volatile memory Permanently stores serial number, type of device, and job number. Stand -alone operation The module makes decisions and inputs an alarm from initiating devices connected to it even if the loop controller's polling interro- gation stops. (Function availability dependent upon control panel.) Ground fault detection by address Detects ground faults right down to the device level. [ST Dire Lire o e (.y Intelligent Input /Output Ill�l(f)ff OVIC littegivA SIGA -CT1/2 MEA IC Appli anon Note Av iloble Data Sheet 85001 -0241 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 4 Signature Series Overview The Signature Series intelligent analog addressable system from GE Security is an entire family of multi- sensor detectors and mount ing bases, multiple- function input and output modules, network and non network control panels, and user friendly maintenance and service tools. Analog information from equipment connected to Signature devices is gathered and converted into digital signals. An onboard microprocessor in each Signature device measures and analyzes the signal and decides whether or not to input an alarm. The microprocessor in each Signature device provides four addi- tional benefits Self- diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand -alone Operation and Fast Stable Communication. Self- diagnostics and History Log Each Signature Series device constantly runs self- checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in its non volatile memory This informa- tion is accessible for review any time at the control panel, PC, or using the SIGA -PRO Signature Program /Service Tool. Automatic Device Mapping -The Signature Data Controller (SDC) learns where each device's serial number address is installed rela- tive to other devices on the circuit The SDC keeps a map of all Sig- nature Series devices connected to it. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or as- built' drawing information showing branch wiring IT- taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy Installation SIGA -CT1 and SIGA -CT2: modules mount to North American 2 inch(64 mm( deep 1 -gang boxes and 11/2 inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with 1 -gang covers and SIGA -MP mounting plates. The terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mmz to 0 75 mm wire size. Compatible electrical box Wall plate white (1-gang) cto SIGA -MCT2: mount the U10 motherboard inside a suitable GE Secu- rity enclosure with screws and washers provided. Plug the SIGA MCT2 into any available position on the motherboard and secure the module to the motherboard with the captive screws. Wiring connections are made to the terminals on the motherboard (see wiring diagram). U10 motherboard terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm to 0 75 mmz) wire size. U10 Motherboard 6 -32 Se It- tapping screws f mil ®0 6 Flat washers Cabinet electrical enclosure Plug -in (UI0)'' >Capti Module screws Electronic Addressing The loop controller electronically addresses each module, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each module has its own unique serial number stored in its on -board memory The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a 'soft address to each serial number. If desired, the modules can be addressed using the SIGA -PRO Signature Program /Service Tool. GE Security recommends that this module be installed according to latest recognized edition of notional and local fire alarm codes. Application The duty performed by the SIGA -CT1 and SIGA CT2 /MCT2 is de- termined by their sub -type code or 'Personality Code' The code is selected by the installer depending upon the desired application and is downloaded from the loop controller. One personality code can be assigned to the SIGA -CT1. Two person- ality codes can be assigned to the S1GA-CT2/MCT2. Codes 1, 2, 3 and 4 can be mixed on SIGA CT2 /MCT2 modules only For example, personality code 1 can be assigned to the first address (circuit Al and code 4 can be assigned to the second address (circuit B). NORMALLY -OPEN ALARM LATCHING (Personality Code 1) As- sign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally open dry contact initiating devices such as Pull Stations, Heat Detectors, etc. An ALARM signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The alarm condition is latched at the module. NORMALLY -OPEN ALARM DELAYED LATCHING (Personality Code 2) Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally -open dry contact initiating devices such as Waterflow Alarm Switches. An ALARM signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed for approximately 16 seconds. The alarm condition is latched at the module. NORMALLY -OPEN ACTIVE NON- LATCHING (Personality Code 3) Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally -open dry contact monitoring input such as from Fans, Dampers, Doors, etc. An ACTIVE signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The active condition is not latched at the module. NORMALLY -OPEN ACTIVE LATCHING (Personality Code 4) Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally open dry contact monitoring input such as from Supervisory and Tamper Switches. An ACTIVE signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The active condi- tion is latched at the module. Data Sheet 85001 -0241 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 4 Typical Wiring Modules will accept #18 AWG (0.75mm #1611.0mm and #14AWG (1.50mm and #12 AWG (2.50mm wire sizes. Note Sizes #16 AWG 11.0mm and #18 AWG (0 75mm are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Initiating (Slave) Device Circuit Wire Specifications Maximum Allowable Wire Resistance Moximum Allowable Wire Capacitance For Design Reference: AAA Q4 Style B (Class B) NOTES Red LED (Alarm /Active) DATA IN DATA IN From Signature Controller or Previous Device TB2 TB1 Typical N.O. Initiating Device 8 7 SIGA -CT1 DATA OUT +)1 DATA OUT To Next Device Moximum 25 Ohm resistance per wire. A Maximum #12 AWG 12.5 mm I wire; Minimum #18 AWG 10.75 mm2). /S Refer to Signature controller installotion sheet for wiring specificotions. /4\ Moximum 10 Vdc 350 pA The SIGA -UI06R and the SIGA -U102R do not come with TB14. 6 All wiring is supervised and power limited. 7 These modules will not support 2 -wire smoke detectors. UL /ULC Listed 47K(2 EOL Green LED (Normal) Warnings Cautions This module will not operate without electrical power As fires fre- quently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist Compatibility The Signature Series modules are compatible only with GE Securi- ty's Signature Loop Controller. 50 ohms (25 ohms per wire) per Circuit 0.1pF per Circuit Wire Size #18 AWG (0.75 mm #16 AWG (1.00 mm #14 AWG (1.50 mm #12 AWG (1.50 mm MIN 1 1 UL /ULC Lusted 47KS2 EOL uau ed 7 K E Red LED (Alarm /Active) DATA IN 1 DATA IN( From Signature Controller or Previous Device Sign Dg Typical N.O. Initiating Device INPUT 1 TB2 Style B (Clas B) DIN rmall DIA 6 LL TB1 Maximum Distance to EOLR '87 6 5 0 INPUT 2 SIGA -CT2 000 ft (1,219 m) SIGA -MCT2 DATA OUT +)1 DATA OUT .1 To Next Device Green LED (Normal) UL /ULC Listed 47K0 EOL UDLC ed dew E Data Sheet 85001 -0241 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 4 r Security U.S. T 888- 378 -2329 F 866 -503 -3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe 1 32 2 725 11 20 F32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.g esecu rity.com /est 2006 General Electric Compony All Rights Reserved Signature Series is a Trademark of GE Security Specifications Catalog Number Description Type Code Address Requirements Operating Current Operating Voltage Construction Mounting Storage and Operating Environment LED Operation Compatibility Agency Listings 0 Imagination at work Ordering Information Catalog Number SIGA -CT1 SIGA -CT2 SIGA -MCT2 Description SIGA -CT1 Single Input Module 48 (factory set) Four sub -types (personality codes) are available Uses One Module Ad- dress Standby 250pA, Activated 400pA Single Input Module UL /ULC Listed Dual Input Module UL /ULC Listed Dual Input Plug -in (U10) Module UL, ULC Listed SIGA -CT2 SIGA -MCT2 Dual Input Module 49 (factory set) Four sub -types (personality codes) are available Uses Two Module Addresses Standby 396pA, Activated 680pA 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) High Impact Engineering Polymer North American 21/2 inch (64 mm) deep one -gang boxes and 1 inch (38 mml deep 4 Inch square boxes with one -gang covers and SIGA -MP mounting plates Operating Temperature: 32 °F to 120 °F 10 °C to 49°C) Storage Temperature: -4 °F to 140 °F (-20°C to 60 °C); Humidity' 0 to 93% RH On -board Green LED Flashes when polled; On -board Red LED Flashes when in alarm /active Both LEDs Glow steody when in alarm (stand alone) Use with Signature Loop Controller UL, ULC, MEA, CSFM Related Equipment 27193 -11 Surface Mount Box Red, 1 -gang 27193 -16 Surface Mount Box White, 1 -gong SIGA -U102R Universal Input Output Module Board w /Riser Inputs Two Module Positions SIGA -U106R Universal Input Output Module Board w /Riser Inputs Six Module Positions SIGA -U106 Universal input- Output Module Board Six Module Positions MFC -A Multifunction Fire Cabinet —.Red, supports Signature Module Mounting Plates SIGA -M84 Transponder Mounting Bracket (allows for mounting two 1 -gang modules in a 2 -gang box) SIGA -MP1 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1 footprint SIGA -MP2 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 footprint SIGA -MP2L Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 extended footprint U102R /6R/6 Mother board Ship Wt. Ibs (kg) 0.4(0.15) 0.4 )0.15) 0.1)0.05) 1.0 (0.6) 1.0 (0.6) 0.32 (0.15) 0.62 (0.281 0.56 )0.25) 7.0 13.1) 0.4 (0.15) 1.510.70) 0.5 (0.23) 1.02 (0.46) Data Sheet 85001 -0241 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 4 Security Overview The MR- Series Multi Voltage Control Relays offer SPDT or DPDT 10 Amp contacts which may be operated by one of four input con- trol voltages. A single relay may be energized from a voltage source of 24 Vdc, 24 Vac, 115 Vac or 230 Vac by wiring to appropriate input terminals. Each relay position contains a red light emitting diode (LED) which indicates the relay coil is energized. Relays may be 'snapped apart' from a standard four module assembly and used independently These devices are ideal for applications where local contacts are required for system status, remote contacts for control of electrical loads and general purpose switching. They are suitable for use with HVAC Temperature Control, Fire Alarm, Security Energy Manage- ment and Lighting Control Systems. vu ti -Vo tage Contro Re ays MR -100 MR -200 Series Standard Features Each relay position may be energized from one of four input voltages Each relay position contains a red LED which illuminates when the coil is energized. This provides a timesaving convenience when checking an installed system; no metering is required. Single, dual or triple relay modules may be 'snapped apart' from a standard four position master SPDT or DPDT relays available Available in dustproof metal enclosures with LED viewing port Track mounting hardware to facilitate installation in standard cabinets UL recognized relays rated at 10 million mechanical operations ULI listed as control unit accessory 'RELAY ON' LED 'SNAP APART SEAMS LED VIEWING HOLES MR -101 /T S 1 e E Life .le w Accessories LED VIEWING HOLE MR- 104 /C, MR -204/C MR -104/T Data Sheet 270062 Issue 1.1 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 2 F Security U.S. T 888- 378 -2329 F866 -503 -3996 Canado T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com 2006 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved 0 Imagination at work Installation Wiring (TYPICAL FOR ONE MODULE POSITION) SPDT Contacts 10 AMPS 115 V.A.C. Input Control Voltoge 24 VDC 24 VAC 115 VAC 290 VAC NC c No LJ 10 01 0 24 115 230 1 11 1 OV C N TERM NAL STRIP CONNECTIONS MR 101 (MR -104) Specifications Power. Requirements MR -101 Position MR 201 Position Relays MR 101 MR -201 Enclosure Contact Rating Ambient Temperature Approvals Dimensions MR -101 /T and MR 201/T MR 104 /T and MR -204/T MR 101 /C and MR -201 /C MR -104 /C and MR -204/C "RELAY ENERGIZED" INDICATOR Input Control Voltage 24 VDC 24 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 15 mA 24 Vac, 24 Vdc, 115 Vac, 230 Vac 35 mA 24 Vac, 24 Vdc, 115 Vac, 230 Vac Ordering Information Model Description MR 101 /T Single SPDT relay with LED and track mounting hardware MR 101 /C Single SPDT relay with LED mounted in metal enclosure MR 104 /T Four position SPDT relay with LEDs and track mounting hardware MR -104/C Four position SPDT relay with LEDs mounted in metal enclosure MR 201/T Single DPDT relay with LED and track mounting hardware MR 201 /C Single DPDT relay with LED mounted in metal enclosure MR 204/T Four position DPDT realy with LEDs and track mounting hardware MR 204/C Four- position DPDT relay with LEDs mounted in metal enclosure DPDT Contacts 10 AMP 115 V.A.C. 1 1v1 1 I ND C NC NO C NC 10000001 I I I I 100Sml 0 24 115 230 r r OV H 24V C c N UL Recognized SPDT UL Recognized SPDT 18 ga. CRS, plated with 1/2 in conduit knockouts (top and bottom) 10 Amps 115 Vac 58 °F to 185 °F (-50 °C to 85 °C) UL Listed control unit accessory 3. 0H02.125Wx1.5Din(76Hx54Wx38Dmm) 3 .0H08.5Wx1.5Din(76Hx216Wx38Dmm) 6. 125Hx3 .25Wx2.5Din(156mmHx83mmW064Dmm) 6. 125Hx9 .5Wx2.5Din(156Hx241W064Dmm) TERMINAL STRIP CONNECT ONS MR -201 (MR -204) Data Sheet 270062 Issue 1.1 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 2 Security Overview Integrity temporal horns and temporal horn strobes are specially designed for use with compatible life safety communication and control equipment to alert occupants of a life safety event. The horn emits a piercing low frequency sound that is easily heard above moderate ambient noise levels. The flash from its strobe can be noticed from almost any position in the room, corridor, or large open space. Integrity's rugged plastic housing is made from durable and fire retardant, high impact plastic with a slightly textured surface. Its ingenious mounting plate firmly holds the device in place with a single screw A separate trim plate is not required. Terminals accept up to #12 AWG (2.5mm wire for polarized connections. Strobes are shipped with standard wall mount style 'FIRE' lens markings. Where ceiling orientation, other languages, or different lens markings are required, GE Security offers optional LKW and LKC series Lens Marking Kits. These optional lens markings simply snap on to the strobe. Consult GE Security for availability of special lens markings. Integrity horns and horn strobes are designed for 16 to 33 Vdc operation and must be connected to signal circuits that output a constant (not pulsed) voltage. A diode is used to allow full signal circuit supervision. empora Horns and Horn strobes 757 Series I Fire t.i irt Strobes, Horns, Bells Chimes Standard Features UL 1971 listed synchronizing strobe Integrity strobes synchronize to the latest UL 1971 requirements when used with a synchronization source. Adjustable Audible Output Select temporal or continuous tones, and High setting for 98 dBA output or Low setting for 94 dBA sound output Genesis compatible All Genesis and Integrity strobes on the same circuit meet UL 1971 synchronization requirements when used with an external control module. Approved for public and private mode applications UL 1971 listed as signaling devices for the hearing impaired and UL 1638 listed as protective visual signaling appliances. Durable red or white Noryl front plate Ideal for outdoor, industrial or harsh environments. Field changeable field markings Lens language or standard 'FIRE' marking is easily changed with optional LKW and LKC series lens kits. Easy Installation Flush mount to standard North American 4 square or two -gang box. Integrity's universal mounting plate allows it to be wired and then left hanging free for easy inspection and testing before it is fastened to the electrical box. Data Sheet 85001 -0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 6 Application NOTE: The installation of visible and audible signols are subject to national and local standards, codes, and ordinances. Consult your Authority Hoving Jurisdiction for device installation requirements, application standards, and minimum performance specifications. Horns During installation, the horn is configured for steady or temporal tone signal and either low (94 dBA) or high (98 dBA( output. When temporal output is selected all horns on a common two -wire circuit are self synchronized (see specifications). External control modules are not required for audible synchronization. Suggested sound pressure level for each signaling zone used with alert or alarm signals is at least 15dB above the average ambi- ent sound level, or 5dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater measured 5' (1.5m) above the floor The average ambient sound level is the RMS A- weighted sound pressure measured over a 24 -hour period. Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically result in a 6 dB reduction of the received sound pressure level. The actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. A 3 dBA difference represents a barely noticeable change in volume. 105 95 85 75 dBA 75 85 95 105 Temporal Horn (dBA) Typical Sound Output Distribution dBA measured at 10 ft in anechoic chamber 757 Series Temporal Horn ('HIGH' output) Installation and Mounting All models fit to a standard flush mounted, North American two gang electrical box, 2 inch (69 mm) minimum. Optional flush trims are not required. For surface mount use GE Security's custom indoor and outdoor surface boxes painted in color- matched red or white epoxy GE Security recom- mends that fire alarm horn /strobes always be installed in accordance with the latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Mounting Plate (provided) Strobes GE Security strobes are UL 1971 listed for use indoors as wall- mounted public -mode notification appliances for the hearing impaired. Prevail- ing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed specified levels, where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation. Consult with your Authority Having Jurisdiction for details. As part ofthe Enhanced Integrity line of products, 757 Series strobes exceed UL synchronization requirements (within 10 millisec onds other over a two -hour period) when used with a synchroniza- tion source. Synchronization is important in order to avoid epileptic sensitivity Integrity strobes are fully compatible with GE Genesis signals. NOTE: The flash intensity of some visible signals may not be adequate to alert or woken occupants in the protected area. Research indicates that the intensity of strobe needed to awoken 90% of sleeping persons is approximately 100 cd. GE Security recommends that strobes in sleeping rooms be rated at at least 110 cd. WARNING: These devices will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions, further safeguards such as backup power supplies may be required. #6 -32 screws (by others) Housing 5 -1/2' (140mm) x 5 -1/2' (140mm) x 5/8' (16mm) Single Mounting Screw (provided) North American 2 -gang electric box, 2 (69mm) minimum (Alternative: 4' square box 2 1/8' (54mm) deep) Surface Box 5 -5/8' (143mm) sq. x 3 -9/16' (91mm) deep Data Sheet 85001-0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 6 Typical Wiring Strobe Operating Current (RMS) The strobe must be connected to signal circuits which output a con- stant (not pulsed) voltage. The horn can be connected to continuous voltage circuits. HORN and STROBE FIRST DEVICE ON SAME CIRCUIT +z To UUULC Listed Fire Alarm Control Panel Signal Circuit HORN and STROBE ON SEPARATE CIRCUIT To UUULC Listed +F- Fire Alarm Control Panel Signal Circuit To UUULC Listed Fire Alarm Control Panel Signal Circuit dBA Output Horn strobes High dB Output Low dB Output Horns High dB Output Low dB Output FIRST DEVICE Horn/Strobe Horn /Strobe Horn/Strobe Temporal 79.0 75.0 Temporal 82.0 75.0 UL464 UL464 dBA Output Notes and Comments All values shown are dBA measured at 10 feet 13.01m). UL1480 values measured in reverberation room. Average values are measured in anechoic chamber. Steady 85.0 79.0 Steady 85.0 82.0 To Next Device or EOL Resistor To Next Device Horn /Strobe or EOL Resistor To Nexl Strobe Device or EOL Resistor UL Rating 16 Vdc 1 109 16 Vfwr 1 150 Typical, Current 24 Vdc 24 Vfwr Average Temporal 97.0 93.0 anechoic Steady 97.0 93.0 Average anechoic Temporal Steady 98.0 98.0 94.0 94.0 '15.cd 15/75 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 1 150 1 130 1 263 1 210 189 1 333 329 420 15 cd 15/75 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd 69 1 90 1 89 159 1 180 108 1 128 1 134 1 255 1 260 Vdc: Volts direct current, regulated and filtered Vfwr Volts full wove rectified Current Draw Notes and Comments 1. Current values are shown in mA. 2. UL Nameplate Rating can vary from Typical Current due to measurement methods and instruments used. 3. GE Security recommends using the Typical Current for system design including NAC and Power Supply loading and voltage drop calculations. 4. Use the 16 Vdc RMS current ratings for filtered power supply and battery AH calcu- lations Use the 16 Vfwr RMS current ratings for unfiltered power supply calcula- tions. 5. Fuses, circuit breakers and other overcurrent protection devices are typically rated for current in RMS values. Most of these devices operate based upon the heating offect of the current flowing through the device. The RMS current determines the 102.0 98.0 neasng avecr ano rnereiore, me erip ona hoia threshold tor those devices. Peak Temporal Peak Temporal 104.0 99.0 anechoic Steady 102.0 98.0 anechoic Steady 104.0 99.0 Data Sheet 85001 0341 Issue 6.0 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 6 Light Output Patterns 15 cd (-5A) Series Strobes 15/75 cd -7A) Series Strobes Horizontal Output Horizontal Output degrees degrees p�0. -45 15 0 45..�� {1i�A1�i45 -60 A 60 75 ----.41P- 75C` �,yf�75 -90 90 -90�t G 90 30 20 10 cd 10 20 30 100 50 cd 50 t Vertical Output Vertico%Output -90-75. 9900,75 30' +�0�p�� -4530 100 !//��L• 4530 �`l5� ap�15 0. 0 m cd 0 m A7 N 30 5 r 30 10 45 45 60 60 20 10 cd 10 20 30 'QAv age ULrr Specifications Rated Strobe Output candela (cd) UL 1638 UL 1971 ULC 5526 Standalone Synchronization Characteristics (note 2) Operating Volts Horn Output (note 1) Horn Current Mounting INDOOR Mounting OUTDOOR Agency Listings Strobe Flash Synchronization Synchronization Sources Strobe Marking Flash Tube Enclosure Housing Wire Connections INDOOR Operating Environment OUTDOOR Operating Environment (must use weatherproof box) 50 100 90 75 =Average Ulm' 757 1A -T I 757 -5A -T 1 15 cd (indoor only) 15 cd (wall mount only) 15 cd N/A (horn only) 30 cd -3A) Series Strobes Horizontal Output degrees 60 40 20 cd 20 40 Vertical Output. 60 90. 40 y, 30 20 r /p G o cd I 0 20.1 JP 15 40 ,tt 60.1 60 45 0 60 75 cd 4A) Series Strobes Horizontal Output degrees D 30 15 1 5 30 7 _90 air 90 140 1 00 60 cd 60 100 440 Vertical Output 140 -90.75 60' 100 ���h�� 45 60110fr 15 0 cd ;'#�ra D 60 td� 4 15 ik3ft 30 100 140 6$ 90 60 90 =Average UL mi 0 Q Average UL mi 757 7A -T 75 cd 15 cd wall 15 cd ceiling 75 cd 757 3A -T 30 cd 30 cd wall 15 cd ceiling 30 cd 45 60 757 -4A -T 75 cd 75 cd wall 60 cd ceiling 75 cd 110 cd -8A) Series Strobes Horizontal Output degrees -45 `i�"��OI 60� -9 060 -90. rte:• C 200 100 cd 100 Vertical Output 150 9075 60 100 f f l t 5 30 50 !I/04.011;4 -15 cd 4': A 50 �\\Pie 4., ;115 100 -G S 0 •0 60 Horizontal 200 150 9 =Average ULmi Q 90° Vertical -90° 90° 757 -8A -T 110 cd 110 cd wall 60 cd ceiling 120 cd Strobe flash at 1 per second within 200 milliseconds on common circuit Horn pulses of temporal rate within 200 milliseconds on common circuit Strobe: 16 -33 Vdc or Vfwr Continuous Horn: 16 -33 Vdc or Vfwr Continuous Anechoic: High Setting 104 dBA (peak) /98 dBA (avg); Low Setting 99 dBA (peak) /94 dBA (avg) Reverberent: High Setting 85 d8A (continuous) /82 dBA (temporal); Low Setting 82 dBA (continuous) /75 dBA (temporal) High Output: 40 mA 24 Vdc; 55mA 24 Vrms FWR Low Output: 20 mA 24 Vdc; 28 mA 24 Vrms FWR Synchronized at one flash per second. External control module necessary to meet UL 1971 synchronization requirements of 10 milliseconds over a two -hour period. G1M -RM, SIGA -CC1S, SIGA- MCC1S, BPS6A, BPS10A Supplied with LKW -1 'FIRE' red letters, vertical both sides (Wall Mount) see LKW and LKC series for ceiling style and optional markings. Clear LEXAN with white marking sleeve Textured, color impregnated engineered plastics exceeds 94V -0 UL flammability rating Terminals separate, polarized inputs for Horn Strobe, #12 AWG (2.5mmz) maximum 32 120° F (0 -49° C) ambient temperature. 93% relative humidity 40° C 98% relative humidity 40° C, 31 150° F 35 -66° C) ambient temperature (757 -4A. rated at 48 cd 35° C per UL/@ -40° C per ULC) (757 7A. rated at 17 7 cd 35° C per UL -40° C per ULC) (757 -8A: rated at 70.7 cd 35° C per UL/© -40° C per ULC) Flush: North American 2 -gang box, 3' high x 4' wide x 2 (69 mm( minimum Surface: 757A -SB Back box Bi- directional: 757A -BDF Mounting Frame Surface: 757A -WB Weatherproof Box UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 464, ULC S526, ULC S525, MEA, CSFM, FM. CE (All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule) Note 1 Measured at 10 ft 13m1 24 Vdc. Subtract 3 dBA for models with strobes. Note 2 Temporal audible pattern is defined as sec ON, '/z sec OFF '/z sec ON,' sec OFF '/z sec ON, 11/2 sec OFF then repeat cycle. Integrity audible will not be affected by Genesis signal silence operation when on the same two wire circuit with Genesis horn strobes. Data Sheet 85001 0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 6 Ordering Information Catalog Number Description Temporal Horns 757 1A -T* Temporal Horn, Red Temporal Horn- Strobes, 757 7A -T* 757 5A -T* 757 3A T* 757 -4A -T* 757 -8A -T* Temporal Horn Strobe, 15/75cd, Red Temporal Horn Strobe, 15cd, Red Temporal Horn Strobe, 30cd, Red Temporal Horn Strobe, 75cd, Red Temporal Horn Strobe, 110cd, Red Synchronization Sources Genesis Signal Master Remote Mount (1 gang) Synchronization Output Module (Standard Mount) UL /ULC Listed SIGA- Synchronization Output Module (U10 Mount) MCC1S UL Listed BPS6A 6.5 Amp Booster Power Supply BPS10A 10 Amp Booster Power Supply G1M -RM SIGA -CC1S Mounting Accessories 757A -SB* 757A -WB* 757A -BDF* Add W for White housings. Surface Box,.Red, Indoor Weatherproof Box, Red, Surface Bi- directional Frame, Red Ship .Wt lb. (kg) 1.7 (0.8) 2.0 (0.9) 0.2 (0.1) 0.5 (0.23) 0.18 (0.08) 13 5.9) 13 (5.9) 1.5 (0.7) 4 (1.8) LKW -1 LKW -1R LKW -2 LKW -3 LKW -4 LKW -5 LKW -6 LKW -7 LKW -8 LKW -9 a Lens Marking Kits isee note 1) 'FIRE' Wall Orientation (supplied) 'FIRE' Wall Orientation, RED 'FEU' Wall Orientation 'FIRE /FEU' Wall Orientation 'SMOKE' Wall Orientation 'HALON' Wall Orientation 'CO2' Wall Orientation 'EMERGENCY' Wall Orientation ALARM' Wall Orientation 'FUEGO' Wall Orientation Add Suffix W" to catalog no. for WHITE (e.g. 757 7A -TW) Change "W' to "C' for CEILING mount. (e.g. LKC 1) 0.1 (.05) Data Sheet 85001 0341 Issue 6.0 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 5 of 6 Security U.S. T 888- 378 -2329 F 866 -503 -3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com/est 2008 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved imagination at work Data Sheet 85001 -0341 Issue 6 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 6 of 6 Security Overview The Genesis line of signals are among the smallest, most compact audible- visible emergency signaling devices in the world. About the size of a deck of playing cards, these devices are designed to blend with any decor Thanks to patented breakthrough technology GE Security Genesis strobes do not require bulky specular reflectors and lenses. Instead, an exclusive cavity design conditions light to produce a highly controlled distribution pattern. Significant development efforts em- ploying this new technology have given rise to a new benchmark in strobe performance FullLight technology FullLight strobe technology produces a smooth light distribution pattern without the spikes and voids characteristic of specular reflectors. This ensures the entire coverage area receives consistent illumination from the strobe flash. As a result Genesis strobes with FullLight technology go well beyond the minimum UL- required 'T' pattern, significantly exceeding UL 1971 and ULC S526 light distri- bution requirements. Genesis strobes and horn- strobes offer 15 to 110 candela output, which is selectable with a conveniently located switch on the side of the device Models are also available that offer fixed 15/75 cd output. The candela output setting remains clearly visible even after final installation, yet it stays locked in place to prevent unau- thorized tampering. Genesis signals feature textured housings in architecturally neutral white or traditional fire red. An ingenious iconographic symbol indicates the purpose of the device. This universal symbol is code compliant and is easily recognized by all building occupants regardless of what language they speak. Models with 'FIRE' markings are also available. Fie d Configurab e Horns and Strobes Genesis Series L-1 Fire L Lie `atety Strobes, Horns, Bells Chimes Standard Features Unique low profile design The most compact UL 1971 /ULC S526 listed strobe available Ultra -slim protrudes less than one inch Attractive appearance No visible mounting screws Four field configurable options in one device Select 15 30, 75 or 110 cd strobe output Select high (default) or low dB horn output Select temporal (default) or steady horn output Select public mode flash rate (default) or private mode temporal flash Fixed 15/75 cd model available Easy to install Fits standard 1 -gang electrical boxes no trim plate needed Optional trim plate accommodates oversized openings Pre assembled with captive hardware #12 AWG terminals ideal for long runs or existing wiring Unparalleled performance Industry's most even light distribution Meets tough synchronizing standards for strobes Single microprocessor controls both horn and strobe Low current draw minimizes system overhead Independent horn control over a single pair of wires Highly regulated in -rush current Multiple frequency tone improves sound penetration Industry's first temporal strobe output Data Sheet 85001 -0573 Issue 9 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 6 Application Genesis strobes are UL 1971 listed for use indoors as wall- mounted public -mode notificotion appliances for the hearing impaired. Prevailing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed 105 dBA (87dBA in Canada), where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act (see application notes USA) Combination horn strobe signals must be installed in accordance with guidelines established for strobe devices. Strobes Genesis strobes are UL 1971 listed for use indoors as wall- mounted public -mode notification appliances for the hearing impaired. Prevail- ing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed specified levels, where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation. Consult with your Authority Having Jurisdiction for details. All Genesis strobes exceed UL synchronization requirements (within 10 milliseconds other over a two -hour period) when used with a synchronization source. Synchronization is important in order to avoid epileptic sensitivity NOTE: The flash intensity of some visible signals may not be adequate to alert or waken occupants in the protected area. Research indicates that the intensity of strobe needed to awaken 90% of sleeping persons is approximately 100 cd. GE Security recommends that strobes in sleeping rooms be rated at at least 110 cd. WARNING: These devices wit not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions, further safeguards such as backup power supplies may be required. Horns Genesis horn output reaches as high as 99 dB and features a unique multiple frequency tone that results in excellent sound penetration and an unmistakable warning of danger. Horns may be configured for either coded or non -coded signal circuits. They can also be set for low dB output with a jumper cut that reduces horn output by about 5 dB. Horn -only models may be ceiling- mounted or wall- mounted. The suggested sound pressure level for each signaling zone used with alert or alarm signals is at least 15 dB above the average ambient sound level, or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater measured 5 feet (1.5 m) above the floor The overage ambient sound level is, A- weighted sound pressure measured over a 24 -hour period. Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically result in a 6 dB reduction of the received sound pressure level. The actual ef- fect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. A 3 dBA difference represents a barely noticeable change in volume. Installation Genesis horns and strobes mount to any standard one -gang sur face or flush electrical box. Matching optional trim plates are used to cover oversized openings and can accommodate one -gang, two -gang, four -inch square, or octagonal boxes, and European 100 mm square. Genesis Horn /Strobe with optional trim plate All Genesis signals come pre assembled with captive mounting screws for easy in- stallation. Two tabs at the top of the signal unlock the cover to reveal the mounting hardware. The shallow depth of Genesis devices leaves ample room behind the signal for extra wiring. Once installed with the cover in place, no mounting screws are visible. Field Configuration Temporal horn and horn strobe models are factory set to sound in a three -pulse temporal pattern. Units may be config- ured for use with coded systems by cutting a jumper on the circuit board. This results in a steady output that can be turned on and off (coded) as the system applies and removes power to the signal cir cuit. A Genesis Signal Master is required when horn strobe models are configured for coded systems. Non temporal, horn -only models sound a steady tone. Genesis strobes and horn strobes are shipped from the fac tory ready for use as UL 1971 compliant signals for public mode operation. These signals may be configured for temporal flash by cutting a jumper on the circuit board. This battery- saving feature is intended for private mode signaling only Genesis strobes and horn strobes may be set for 15, 30, 75, or 110 candela output. The output setting is changed by simply opening the device and sliding the switch to the desired setting. The device does not have to be removed to change the output setting. The setting remains visible through a small window on the side of the device after the cover is closed. Horns and horn strobes are factory set for high dB output. Low dB output may be selected by cutting a jumper on the circuit board. This reduces the output by about 5 dB Wiring Field wiring terminals accommodate #18 to #12 AWG (0.75 mm to 2.5 mmz) wiring. Horns, strobes, and combination horn strobes are interconnected with a single pair of wires as shown below. 04 Polarity shown in alarm condition O< Note: Strobes must have continuous voltage. To next device or end of line device Data Sheet 85001 0573 Issue 9 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 6 Current Draw Strobes, Horn Strobes Horns Multi -cd Wall Strobes (G1 -VM) UL 15 cd* 1 30 cd* 1 15/75 cd* Rating RMS 1 RMS 1 RMS 16 Vdc 1 103 1 141 1 152 16 Vfwr 1 125 1 179 1 224 *G1 -VM multi -cd; *G1F V1575 fixed 15/75 cd Typical Current 16 Vdc 20 Vdc 24 Vdc 33 Vdc 16 Vfwr 20 Vfwr 24 Vfwr 33 Vfwr Typical Current 16 Vdc 20 Vdc 24 Vdc 33 Vdc 16 Vfwr 20 Vfwr 24 Vfwr 33 Vfwr ,RMS 85 71 59 46 119 103 94 87 15 cd Mean 79 66 55 44 64 51 44 37 15 cd RMS Mean 102 89 88 77 81 71 74 64 144 77 141 68 136 65 125 54 Typical 15 cd Current RMS Mean 16 Vdc 96 84 20 Vdc 79 70 24 Vdc 68 61 33 Vdc 56 52 16 Vfwr 128 69 20 Vfwr 118 60 24 Vfwr 1 113 54 33 Vfwr 1 112 48 30 cd 15/75 RMS Mean RMS Mean 127 124 1 150 140 98 96 123 114 82 80 104 97 64 63 84 77 169 97 223 126 143 76 189 100 129 65 169 85 112 52 1 148 68 30 cd RMS 1 Mean 135 129 109 104 94 90 72 74 182 106 162 87 152 76 144 65 30 cd RMS Mean 130 1 124 104 99 88 84 71 68 180 104 157 84 144 74 137 I 64 RMS 245 188 152 112 332 253 218 179 75 cd* RMS 255 346 75 cd Mean 243 186 150 111 203 150 121 89 RMS 285 240 191 137 376 331 262 205 Wall Temporal Horn strobes High dB Setting 15 30 UL d cd* cd* d* cd* *G1 -HDVM multi -cd Rating RMS RMS RMS RMS *G1F- HDV1575 fixed 15/75 cd RMS 16 Vdc 1 129 1 167 172 1 281 1 337 16 Vfwr 1 176 1 230 269 1 397 443 Wall Temporal Horn strobes Low dB Setting UL 15 30 15/75 75 110 Rating cd* cd* cd* cd* cd* RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS 16. Vdc 122 1 160 146 1 274 330 *G1 -HDVM multi -cd 16 Vfwr 162 216 231 383 429 *G1F- HDV1575 fixed 15/75 cd 110 cd* RMS 311 392 110 cd Mean 283 238 190 136 240 198 152 106 15/75 75 cd 110 cd RMS Mean RMS Mean RMS Mean 158 149 243 240 302 1 297 133 124 189 186 241 237 119 110 156 154 197 193 100 93 1 118 116 146 1 143 241 139 344 204 389 244 213 115 266 156 343 200 195 101 230 128 279 161 182 87 197 99 226 117 Wall or Ceiling Mounted Temporal Horns (G1 -HD) UL High dB (RMS) Low dB (RMS) Rating 16 Vdc 26 19 24 Vdc 36 27 33 Vdc 41 33 16 Vfwr 51 37 24 Vfwr 69 52 33 Vfwr 76 70 Typical Current 16 Vdc 20 Vdc 24 Vdc 33 Vdc 16 Vfwr 20 Vfwr 24 Vfwr 33 Vfwr High dB RMS Mean 22 17 24 19 27 21 32 25 34 15 40 19 45 21 52 24 Low dB RMS Mean 17 14 '19 16 22 18 26 22 30 14 34 16 38 18 47 22 Wall or Ceiling Mounted Horns (G1 -P) UL Designation Voltage Range Max. Current, RMS Regulated 24 Vdc 16 33 Vdc 1 13 mA 15/75 75 cd 110 cd 24 fwr 16 33 Vfwr 1 11 mA RMS Mean RMS 1 Mean RMS Mean 160 152 246 242 309 305 Typical Current RMS 1 Mean 137 129 193 190 248 243 24 Vdc 10 1 10 122 114 161 158 203 200 24 Vdc 11 11 106 98 124 121 154 151 31 Vdc 12 12 247 143 352 212 393 249 20 Vfwr 9 1 8 220 120 274 158 362 210 24 Vfwr 10 1 9 203 106 235 133 282 165 Notes and Comments 196 94 201 101 232 123 1 Current values are shown in mA. 2. UL Nameplate Rating can vary from Typical Current due to measurement methods and instruments used. 3. GE Security recommends using the Typical Current for system design including NAC and Power Supply loading and voltage drop calculations. 4. Use the Vdc RMS current ratings for filtered power supply and battery AH calculations. Use the Vfwr RMS current ratings for unfiltered power supply calculations. 5. Fuses, circuit breakers and other overcurrent protection devices ore typically rated for current in RMS values. Most of these devices operate based upon the heating affect of the current flowing through the device. The RMS current not the mean cur rent) determines the heating affect and therefore, the trip and hold threshold for those devices. 6. Our industry has used 'mean' currents over the years. However, UL will direct the industry to use the 2004 RMS values in the future. Data Sheet 85001 -0573 Issue 9 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 6 dBA output Temporal Horns, Horn strobes (G1 -HD, G1 -HDVM series) High dB Setting 16 Vdc 24 Vdc 33 Vdc Low dB Setting Temporal Steady 16 Vdc 24 Vdc 33 Vdc Mounting (indoor only) Horn pulse rate Temporal 81.4 84.4 86.3 76.0 79 4 82.1 Specifications Housing Lens Wire connections Operating environment Agency listings /approvals Dimensions (HxWxD) Operating voltage Strobe output rating Strobe flash rate Synchronization Sources Temporal audible pattern UL464 Average Temporal/ Steady 85.5 91.4 88.6 94.5 90.4 96.9 UL464 Steady 80.1 83.5 86.5 Average Temporal/ Steady 86.3 89.8 92.5 Steady Tone Horns (G1 -P series) UL464 16 Vdc I 77dBA,min 16 Vfwr 1 77 dBA, min Notes 1. All values shown are dBA measured at 10 feet 13.01m) 2. UL464 values measured in reverberation room. 3. Average and Peak values are measured in onechoic chamber. Average 85 dBA 85 dBA Peak Temporal/ Steady 94.2 97.6 99.5 Peak Temporal/ Steady 89.2 92.5 95.3 Peak 91 dBA 91 d8A Average Sound Output (dBA) (High dB setting, anechoic, 24V measured at 10ft) 100 50 15• 15• O Light output (effective cd) Percent of UL rating versus angle 120 110 100 00 30 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 M 30 40 50 60 0• Red or white textured UV stabilized, color impregnated engineered plastic. Exceeds 94V -0 UL flammability rating. Optical grade polycarbonate (clear) Strobes and horn strobes are for wall -mount installation only Horn -only models may be ceiling- or wall- mounted. Flush mount: 2 inch (64 mm) deep one -gang box Surface mount: Model 27193 surface mount box, wiremold box, or equivalent surface -mount box With optional trim plate: One -gang, two -gang, four -inch square, octagonal, or European single -gang box Screw terminals: single input for both horn and strobe. #18 to #12 AWG (0.75 mm to 2.5 mm wire size Indoor only 32 120 °F (0 -49 °C) ambient temperature. 93% relative humidity UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 464, ULC S525, ULC S526, CSFM, CE, FCC, MEA (FM pending). (All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule.) Signal: 4 -1/2' x 2 3/4 x 13/16' (113 mm x 68 mm x 21 mm( Trimplate: 5' (127 mm); Height 5 -7/8' (149 mm); Depth (13 mm) G1 -HD series temporal -tone horns non- coded, filtered 16 -33 Vdc or unfiltered 16 -33 Vdc FWR (or coded when horn set to steady tone) G1 -HDVM series temporal -tone horn strobes: non coded, filtered 16 -33 Vdc or unfiltered 16 -33 Vdc FWR (or coded (audible NAC only) when used with optional G1M Genesis Signal Master) G1 VM series strobes: non coded, filtered 16 33 Vdc or unfiltered 16 -33 Vdc FWR G1 -P series steady -tone horns: coded or non coded, filtered 20 -31 Vdc or unfiltered 20 -27 Vfwr UL 1971, UL 1638, ULC S526: selectable 15 cd, 30 cd, 75 cd, or 110 cd output UL 1971. 15 cd (fixed 15/75 cd models) UL 1638, ULCS526. 75 cd (fixed 15/75 cd models) G1 -VM strobes and G1 -HDVM series temporal -tone horn strobes: one flash per second synchronized with optional G1M Genesis Signal Master indefinitely within 10 milliseconds (or self- synchronized within 200 milliseconds over thirty minutes on a common circuit without G1M Genesis Signal Master) Temporal setting (private mode only): synchronized to temporal output of horns on some circuit G1M, G1M -RM, SIGA -CC1S, SIGA- MCC1S, BPS6A, BPS10A G1 -HD temporal -tone horns and G1 -HDVM series temporal -tone horn strobes: temporal rate synchronized with optional G1M Genesis Signal Master indefinitely within 10 milliseconds (or self- synchronized within 200 milliseconds over thirty minutes on a common circuit without G1M Genesis Signal Master) G1 -P steady -tone horns: continuous, steady tone only 1 sec ON, 1/2 sec OFF 1/2 sec ON, 1 /2 sec OFF 1 sec ON, 1 sec OFF then repeat cycle Data Sheet 85001 -0573 Issue 9 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 4 of 6 Ordering Information Catalog Number Red Finish G1R -HDVM G 1 R -VM G1R -HD White Finish G1 -HDVM G1 -VM G1 -HD G1-P G1F -HDVM G 1 F -VM G1F -HD G1F -P G1F- HDV1575 G1RF- HDV1575 G1F -V1575 1 G1RF -V1575 Mounting Accessories G1T 1 GIRT 1 Genesis Trim Plate (for two -gang or 4' square boxes) j 0.15 (0.7) G1T -FIRE G1RT -FIRE Genesis Trim Plate (for two -gang or 4' square boxes) 0.1510.7) with 'FIRE' markings 27193 -16 1 27193 -11 1 One -gang surface mount box 1(0.4) Synchronization Modules G1M 1 Genesis Signal Master Snap -on Mount G1M -RM 1 Genesis Signal Master Remote Mount (1-gang) 0.2(0.1) SIGA -CC1S 1 Intelligent Synchronization Output Module (2 -gang) 0.5 (0.23) SIGA -MCC1S 1 Intelligent Synchronization Output Module (Plug -in U10) 0.18 (0.08) Note 1. These 15/75 cd models provide fixed output and are not multi candela devices. The 15 cd out- put component complies with UL1971, while the 75 cd output component complies with UL 1638. G1R -P G1RF -HDVM G1RF -VM G1RF -HD G1RF -P Genesis Horn Strobes may be ordered in red or white, with or without 'FIRE' marking. Order matching trim plates separately Description Ship Wt. Ibs (kg) Genesis Horn Strobe (selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd output, selectable high /low dB output) Genesis Strobe (selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd output) Genesis Temporal Horn (selectable high /low dB output) Genesis Steady Horn (not compatible with Genesis Signal Master) Genesis Horn Strobe (selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd output, selectable high /low dB output) with 'FIRE' marking Genesis Strobe (selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd output) with 'FIRE' marking Genesis Temporal Horn (selectable high /low dB output) with 'FIRE' marking Genesis Steady Horn with 'FIRE' marking (not compatible with Genesis Signal Master) 15/75 cd temporal horn strobe, hi /lo dB -24V with 'FIRE' marking (see note 1) 15/75 cd strobe with 'FIRE' marking (see note 1) 0.25 10.11) Data Sheet 85001 -0573 Issue 9 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 5 of 6 Security U.S. T 888 378 -2329 F866 -503 -3996 Canada T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258 Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063 Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799 Europe T 32 2 725 11 20 F 32 2 721 86 13 Latin Americo T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300 www.gesecurity.com/est 2007 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved. Genesis Series is a trademark of GE Security imagination at work Data Sheet 85001 -0573 Issue 9 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 6 of 6